e10vk
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
FORM 10-K
|
|
|
(Mark One)
|
[X]
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2008
|
[ ]
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
Commission File
No. 000-25826
HARMONIC INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
77-0201147
|
|
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer Identification
Number)
|
549 Baltic Way
Sunnyvale, CA 94089
(408) 542-2500
(Address, including zip code, and
telephone number, including area code, of Registrants
principal executive offices)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of
the Act:
|
|
|
Title of each class
|
|
Name of each exchange on which registered
|
|
|
Common Stock, par value $.001 per share
Preferred Share Purchase Rights
|
|
NASDAQ Global Select Market
NASDAQ Global Select Market
|
Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the
Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act.
Yes [ ] No
[ü]
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file
reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
Yes [ ] No
[ü]
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for shorter period that the Registrant was
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to
such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes
[ü] No
[ ]
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K
is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best
of the Registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in
Part III of this
Form 10-K
or any amendment to this
Form 10-K.
[ü]
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated
filer [ü]
|
|
|
|
Accelerated filer [ ]
|
Non-accelerated filer [ ]
|
|
|
|
Smaller reporting company [ ]
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
|
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company
(as defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act).
Yes [ ] No
[ü]
Based on the closing sale price of the Common Stock on the
NASDAQ Global Select Market on June 27, 2008, the aggregate
market value of the voting and non-voting Common Stock held by
non-affiliates of the Registrant was $845,233,378. Shares of
Common Stock held by each officer and director and by each
person who owns 5% or more of the outstanding Common Stock have
been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be
affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not
necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.
The number of shares outstanding of the Registrants Common
Stock, $.001 par value, was 95,370,525 on January 30,
2009.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY
REFERENCE
Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Registrants 2009
Annual Meeting of Stockholders (which will be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of the
end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008) are
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report
on
Form 10-K.
HARMONIC INC.
FORM 10-K
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Forward Looking
Statements
Some of the statements contained in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
are forward-looking statements that involve risk and
uncertainties. The statements contained in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements
within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including, without limitation,
statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, intentions or
strategies regarding the future. In some cases, you can identify
forward-looking statements by terminology such as
may, will, should,
expects, plans, anticipates,
believes, intends,
estimates, predicts,
potential, or continue or the negative
of these terms or other comparable terminology. These
forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:
|
|
|
|
|
statements regarding new and future products and services;
|
|
|
|
statements regarding our strategic direction, future business
plans and growth strategy;
|
|
|
|
statements regarding anticipated changes in economic conditions
or the financial markets, and the potential impact on our
business, results of operations and financial condition;
|
|
|
|
statements regarding the expected demand for and benefits of our
products and services;
|
|
|
|
statements regarding seasonality of revenue and concentration of
revenue sources;
|
|
|
|
statements regarding the completion of proposed acquisitions and
resulting benefits;
|
|
|
|
statements regarding potential future acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
statements regarding anticipated results of potential or actual
litigation;
|
|
|
|
statements regarding our competitive environment;
|
|
|
|
statements regarding the impact of governmental regulation;
|
|
|
|
statements regarding anticipated revenue and expenses, including
the sources of such revenue and expenses;
|
|
|
|
statements regarding expected impacts of changes in accounting
rules;
|
|
|
|
statements regarding use of cash, cash needs and ability to
raise capital; and
|
|
|
|
statements regarding the condition of our cash investments.
|
These statements are subject to known and unknown risks,
uncertainties and other factors, which may cause our actual
results to differ materially from those implied by the
forward-looking statements. Important factors that may cause
actual results to differ from expectations include those
discussed in Risk Factors beginning on page 14
in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
All forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
are based on information available to us on the date thereof,
and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking
statements. The terms Harmonic, the
Company, we, us,
its, and our as used in this Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
refer to Harmonic Inc. and its subsidiaries and its predecessors
as a combined entity, except where the context requires
otherwise.
3
PART I
Item 1.
Business
OVERVIEW
We design, manufacture and sell versatile and high performance
video products and system solutions that enable service
providers to efficiently deliver the next generation of
broadcast and on-demand services, including high-definition
television, or HDTV,
video-on-demand,
or VOD, network personal video recording and time-shifted TV.
Historically, the majority of our sales have been derived from
sales of video processing solutions and edge and access systems
to cable television operators and from sales of video processing
solutions to direct-to-home satellite operators. We also provide
our video processing solutions to telecommunications companies,
or telcos, broadcasters and Internet companies that offer video
services to their customers. On December 22, 2008, Harmonic
entered into a definitive agreement to acquire Scopus Video
Networks Ltd., a publicly traded company organized under the
laws of Israel, and the acquisition is expected to close in
March 2009. The proposed acquisition of Scopus is expected to
expand our product offerings and customer base, in part by
better enabling us to supply solutions to broadcasters and
programmers who deliver video content to our service provider
customers, and in part by extending our sales and distribution
capacity in international markets.
INDUSTRY
OVERVIEW
Demand for
Broadband and Digital Video Services
The delivery to subscribers of television programming and
Internet-based information and communication services is
converging, driven in part by advances in technology and in part
by changes in the regulatory and competitive environment.
Viewers of video increasingly seek a more personalized and
dynamic video experience that can be delivered to a variety of
devices ranging from wide-screen HDTVs to mobile devices,
including cellular phones. Today, there are a number of
developing trends which impact the broadcasting and television
business and that of our service provider customers, which
deliver video programming. These trends include:
On-Demand
Services
The expanding use of digital video recorders and network-based
VOD services is leading to changes in the way subscribers watch
television programming. Subscribers are increasingly utilizing
time-shifting and ad-skipping
technology. Further advances in technology are likely to
accelerate these trends, with cable, satellite and telco
operators announcing initiatives, often in conjunction with
network broadcasters, to increasingly personalize
subscribers video viewing experience.
High-Definition
Television
The increasing popularity of HDTV and home theater equipment is
putting pressure on broadcasters and
pay-TV
providers to offer additional HDTV content and higher quality
video signals for both standard and high definition services,
including recent initiatives to broadcast in the 1080p standard
of HDTV. At the end of 2008, DIRECTV offered approximately 130
national HDTV channels to its subscribers, and other service
providers are also rapidly introducing expanded HDTV offerings
for both national and local channels.
The Internet and
Other Emerging Distribution Methods
Several companies, including Google, Apple and Netflix, as well
as traditional broadcasters such as NBC, now enable their
customers to download video content to PCs and mobile devices.
Other devices that link broadband connections and PCs to the
television set are gaining in popularity. We believe that the
delivery of video over the Internet will further change
traditional video viewing habits and distribution methods.
Mobile
Video
Several telcos in the U.S. and abroad have launched video
services to cellular telephones and other mobile devices.
Certain cable operators have entered into agreements with mobile
phone operators that are likely to lead to further expansion of
mobile video services.
4
These trends are expected to increase the demand from service
providers for sophisticated digital video systems and optical
network products, which are required to acquire video content
from a variety of sources and deliver it to the subscriber.
The Market
Opportunity
Personalized video services, such as VOD, and the increasing
amounts of high definition content, as well as an increasing
amount of video data being transmitted over Internet
connections, require greater bandwidth to the home in order to
deliver maximum choice and flexibility to the subscriber. In
addition, the delivery of live television and downloadable
content to cellular telephones and other mobile devices creates
bandwidth constraints and network management challenges. The
demand for more bandwidth-intensive video, voice and data
content has strained existing communications networks and
created bottlenecks, especially in the headends and in the last
mile of the communications infrastructure where homes connect to
the local network. The upgrade and extension of existing
networks or the construction of completely new network
environments to facilitate the delivery of high-speed broadband
video, voice and data services requires substantial expenditure
and often the replacement of significant portions of the
existing infrastructure. As a result, service providers are
seeking solutions that maximize the efficiency of existing
available bandwidth and cost-effectively manage and transport
digital traffic within networks, while minimizing the need to
construct new networks for the distribution of video, voice and
data content.
Competition and
Deregulation
Competition among traditional service providers in the cable and
satellite markets has intensified as offerings from
non-traditional providers of video, such as telcos, Internet
companies and mobile operators, are beginning to attract
subscribers. The economic success of existing and new operators
in this increasingly competitive environment will depend, to a
large extent, on their ability to provide a broader range of
offerings that package video, voice and data services for
subscribers. These services all need to be delivered in a highly
reliable manner with easy access to a service providers
network. This increasingly competitive environment led to higher
capital spending by many of the market participants in 2007 and
2008, in an effort to deploy attractive packages of services and
to capture and retain high revenue-generating subscribers.
Similar competitive factors and the liberalization of regulatory
regimes in foreign countries have led to the establishment
abroad of new or expanded cable television networks, the launch
of new direct broadcast satellite, or DBS, services and
particularly, the entry of telephone companies into the business
of providing video services.
Pay-TV
services have seen recently significant investment in emerging
markets due to deregulation and growing disposable incomes.
Although we expect competition among our customers to remain
vibrant and
pay-TV
services to continue to grow, we anticipate that capital
expenditures by most of our domestic and international customers
will decline in 2009, as a result of global economic conditions
and restricted access to credit.
Our Cable
Market
To address increasing competition and demand for high-speed
broadband services, cable operators have widely introduced
digital video, voice and data services. By offering bundled
packages of broadband services, cable operators are seeking to
obtain a competitive advantage over telephone companies and
direct broadcast satellite, or DBS, providers and to create
additional revenue streams. Cable operators have been upgrading
and rebuilding their networks to offer digital video, which
enables them to provide more channels and better picture quality
than analog video, allowing them to better compete against the
substantial penetration of DBS services. These upgrades to
digital video allow cable operators to roll out HDTV and
interactive services, such as VOD, on their digital platforms.
Capital spending on upgrades includes investment in digital
video equipment that can receive, process and distribute content
from a variety of sources in increasingly complex headends. For
example, VOD services require video storage equipment and
servers, systems to ingest, store and intelligently distribute
increasing amounts of content, complemented by edge devices
capable of routing, multiplexing and modulation for delivering
signals to individual subscribers over a hybrid fiber-coax, or
HFC, network. Additionally, the provision of HDTV channels
requires deployment of high-definition encoders and
significantly more available bandwidth than the equivalent
number of standard definition channels. In order to provide more
bandwidth for such services, operators are adopting bandwidth
optimization techniques such as switched digital video, new
standards such as Data Over Cable Service Interface
Specification, or DOCSIS, 3.0, as well as making enhancements to
their optical networks, including the segmentation of nodes and
the extension of bandwidth from 750 MHz to 1 GHz.
5
Our Satellite
Market
Satellite operators around the world have established digital
television services that serve millions of subscribers. These
services are capable of providing up to several hundred channels
of high quality standard definition video as well as increasing
numbers of high definition channels. DBS services, however,
operate mostly in a one-way environment. Signals are transmitted
from an uplink center to a satellite and then beamed to dishes
located at subscribers homes. This method is suited to the
delivery of broadcast television, but does not lend itself
easily to two-way services, such as Internet access or VOD. As
cable operators expand the number of channels offered and
introduce services such as VOD and HDTV, DBS providers are
seeking to protect and expand their subscriber base in a number
of ways. Domestic DBS operators have made local channels
available in all major markets in standard definition format and
are adding local channels in high definition in many markets.
Advances in digital video compression technology allow DBS
operators to cost-effectively add these new channels and to
further expand their video entertainment offerings. Certain DBS
operators have also entered into partnerships with, or have
acquired, companies which provide terrestrial broadband
services, thereby allowing them to introduce VOD and high-speed
data services which are delivered over the broadband
connections. The new services, particularly HDTV, pose
continuing bandwidth challenges and are expected to require
ongoing capital expenditures for satellite capacity and other
infrastructure by such operators.
Our Telco
Market
Telcos are also facing increasing competition and demand for
high-speed residential broadband services as well as saturation
of fixed-line and basic mobile services. Consequently, many
telcos around the world have added video services as a
competitive response to cable and satellite and as a potential
source of revenue growth. However, the telcos legacy
networks are not well equipped to offer video services. The
bandwidth and distance limitations of the copper-based last mile
present difficulties in providing multiple video services to
widespread geographic areas. Multi-channel video, especially
HDTV, delivered over DSL lines has significant bandwidth
constraints, but the use of video compression technology at very
low bit rates and improvements in DSL technology have allowed
many operators to introduce competitive video services using the
Internet Protocol (IPTV). A few operators, including Verizon,
are building out fiber networks to homes, enabling the delivery
of hundreds of video channels as well as very high data speed
delivery of data. Many major telcos around the world are now
implementing plans to rebuild or upgrade their networks to offer
bundled video, voice and data services including mobile video
services to hand-held devices such as cellular telephones.
Other
Markets
In the terrestrial broadcasting market, operators in many
countries are now required by regulation to convert from analog
to digital transmission in order to free up broadcast spectrum.
The conversion to digital transmission often provides the
opportunity to deliver new services, such as HDTV and data
transmission. These broadcasters are faced with similar
requirements to cable and satellite providers in that they need
to convert analog signals to digital signals prior to
transmission over the air and must also effectively manage the
available bandwidth to maximize their revenue streams.
Similarly, operators of wireless broadcast systems require
encoding for the conversion of analog signals to digital signals.
We expect that our proposed acquisition of Scopus will allow us
to more effectively address the needs of network broadcasters
and other programmers to transmit live programming of news and
sports to their studios and to subsequently deliver their
content to cable, satellite and telco operators for distribution
to their subscribers.
Current Industry
Conditions
The telecommunications industry has seen considerable
restructuring and consolidation in recent years. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
In 2008, Liberty Media acquired a controlling stake in DIRECTV
from News Corp., following the sale of DIRECTV by Hughes to News
Corp. a few years previously.
|
|
|
|
In 2007, Time Warner Cable was spun out of Time Warner.
|
|
|
|
In 2007, AT&T acquired Bell South.
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
In 2006, Adelphia Communications sold its cable systems out of
bankruptcy to Comcast and Time-Warner Cable, the largest
U.S. multi-system operators, or MSOs.
|
|
|
|
In 2006, NTL and Telewest, the major cable operators in the UK,
merged to form Virgin Media.
|
Regulatory issues, financial concerns and business combinations
among our customers are likely to significantly affect the
industry, capital spending plans, and our business for the
foreseeable future.
The current global economic slowdown has led many of our
customers to announce or plan lower capital expenditures for
2009, and we believe that this slowdown caused certain of our
customers to reduce or delay orders for our products in the
fourth quarter of 2008. Many of our international customers,
particularly those in emerging markets, have been exposed to
tight credit markets and depreciating currencies, further
restricting their ability to invest to build out or upgrade
their networks. Some customers have difficulty in servicing or
retiring existing debt and the financial constraints of certain
international customers required us to significantly increase
our reserves for doubtful accounts in the fourth quarter of
2008. For example, Charter Communications recently indicated
that it expects to file for bankruptcy protection in the first
quarter of 2009 in order to implement a restructuring aimed at
improving its capital structure.
PRODUCTS
Harmonics products generally fall into two principal
categories, video processing solutions and edge and access
products. In addition, we provide network management software
and have introduced and acquired new application software
products. We also provide technical support services to our
customers worldwide. Our video processing solutions provide
broadband operators with the ability to acquire a variety of
signals from different sources, in different protocols, and to
organize, manage and distribute this content to maximize use of
the available bandwidth. Our edge products enable cable
operators to deliver customized broadcast or narrowcast
on-demand and data services to their subscribers. Our access
products, which consist mainly of optical transmission products,
node platforms and return path products, allow cable operators
to deliver video, data and voice services over their
distribution networks.
Video Stream
Processing Products
DiviCom encoders. We offer our Electra and Ion high
performance encoders, which provide compression of video, audio
and data channels. Using sophisticated signal pre-processing,
noise reduction and encoding algorithms, these encoders produce
high-quality video and audio at low data transmission rates. Our
encoders are available in the standard and high definition
formats in both MPEG-2 and the newer MPEG-4 AVC/H264, or MPEG-4,
video compression standards. Compliance with these widely
adopted standards enables interoperability with products
manufactured by other companies, such as set-top boxes and
conditional access systems. Most of our encoders are used in
real-time broadcasting applications, but they are also employed
in conjunction with our software in encoding of video content
and storage for later delivery as VOD.
Statistical multiplexing solutions. We offer a
variety of solutions that enable our customers to efficiently
combine video streams generated by encoders into a single
transport stream at the required data rate. These channel
combinations, or pools can be in standard
definition, high definition, or a combination of both. An
important product for these applications is our DiviTrackIP
which enables operators to combine inputs from different
physical locations in a single multiplex. DiviTrackIP also
enhances the bandwidth efficiency of our encoders by allowing
bandwidth to be dynamically allocated according to the
complexity of the video content.
Stream processing products. Our ProStream platform
and other stream processing products offer our customers a
variety of capabilities which enable them to manage and organize
digital streams in a format best suited to their particular
delivery requirements and subscriber offerings. Specific
applications include multiplexing, scrambling, re-encoding,
rate-shaping, splicing, and ad insertion. Our products for these
applications include our ProStream 1000, 2000 and 4000.
Decoders and descramblers. We provide our ProView
integrated receivers-decoders to allow service providers to
acquire content delivered from satellite and terrestrial
broadcasters for distribution to their subscribers. These
products are available in both standard and high definition
formats. The Pro Stream 1000 can also be used as a bulk
descrambler to enable operators to deliver up to 128 channels of
video and efficiently descramble the content at small or remote
headends.
7
Edge and Access
Products
Edge products. Our Narrowcast Services Gateway
family, or NSG, is a fully integrated edge gateway, which
integrates routing, multiplexing and modulation into a single
package for the delivery of narrowcast services to subscribers
over cable networks. The NSG is usually supplied with Gigabit
Ethernet inputs, allowing the cable operator to use bandwidth
efficiently by delivering IP signals from the headend to the
edge of the network for subsequent modulation onto the HFC
network. Originally developed for VOD applications, our most
recent NSG product, the high-density, multi-function NSG 9000,
may also be used in switched digital video and M-CMTS
applications as well as large-scale VOD deployments.
Optical transmitters and amplifiers. Our family of
optical transmitters and amplifiers operate at various optical
wavelengths and serve both long-haul and local transport
applications in the cable distribution network. The PWRLink
series provides optical transmission primarily at a headend or
hub for local distribution to optical nodes and for
narrowcasting, which is the transmission of programming to a
select set of subscribers. Our METROLink Dense Wave
Division Multiplexing, or DWDM, system allows operators to
expand the capacity of a single strand of fiber and also to
provide narrowcast services directly from the headend to nodes.
We recently introduced SupraLink, a transmitter which allows
deeper deployment of optical nodes in the network and minimizes
the significant capital and labor expense associated with
deploying additional optical fiber.
Optical nodes and return path equipment. Our family
of PWRBlazer optical nodes supports network architectures which
meet the varying demands for bandwidth delivered to a service
area. By the addition of modules providing functions such as
return path transmission and DWDM, our configurable nodes are
easily segmented to handle increasing two-way traffic over a
fiber network without major reconstruction or replacement of our
customers networks. Our return path transmitters support
two-way transmission capabilities by sending video, voice and
data signals from the optical node back to the headend. These
transmitters are available for either analog or digital
transport.
Software
Products
Management and control software. Our NMX Digital
Service Manager gives service providers the ability to control
and visually monitor their digital video infrastructure at an
aggregate level, rather than as just discrete pieces of
hardware, reducing their operational costs. Our NETWatch
management system operates in broadband networks to capture
measurement data and our software enables the broadband service
operator to monitor and control the HFC transmission network
from a master headend or remote locations. Our NMX Digital
Service Manager and NETWatch software is designed to be
integrated into larger network management systems through the
use of simple network management protocol, or SNMP.
Content management software. Our MediaPrism software
provides operators with a suite of integrated content
preparation tools to create high-quality on-demand content.
MediaPrism incorporates a number of Harmonic hardware and
software products, including CLEARCut storage encoding and our
CarbonCoder software-based transcoding solutions that facilitate
the creation of multi-format video for Internet, mobile and
broadcast applications. Our ProStream 8000 solution allows
operators to present on-screen mosaics with several channels
tiled within a single video stream. Our Armada and Streamliner
products enable the intelligent management of an operators
video-on-demand
assets and the distribution of these assets to subscribers.
Technical and
support services
We provide consulting, implementation and maintenance services
to our customers worldwide. We draw upon our expertise in
broadcast television, communications networking and compression
technology to design, integrate and install complete solutions
for our customers. We offer a broad range of services and
support including program management, budget analysis, technical
design and planning, parts inventory management, building and
site preparation, integration and equipment installation,
end-to-end system testing, comprehensive training and ongoing
maintenance. Harmonic also has extensive experience in
integrating our products with numerous third-party products and
services.
8
CUSTOMERS
We sell our products to a variety of broadband communications
companies. Set forth below is a representative list of our
significant end user and integrator/distributor customers based
on net sales during 2008.
|
|
|
United States
|
|
International
|
|
Cablevision Systems
|
|
Acetel
|
Charter Communications
|
|
Alcatel-Lucent
|
Comcast
|
|
Capella Communications
|
Cox Communications
|
|
Octal TV-Novabase
|
DIRECTV
|
|
PUH Klonex
|
EchoStar
|
|
Simac Broadcast
|
Time Warner Cable
|
|
Virgin Media
|
Historically, a majority of our sales have been to relatively
few customers, and due in part to the consolidation of ownership
of cable television and direct broadcast satellite systems, we
expect this customer concentration to continue in the
foreseeable future. Sales to our ten largest customers in 2008,
2007 and 2006 accounted for approximately 58%, 53% and 50% of
net sales, respectively. In 2008, sales to Comcast and EchoStar
accounted for 20% and 12% of net sales, respectively. In 2007,
sales to Comcast and EchoStar accounted for 16% and 12% of net
sales, respectively. Sales to Comcast accounted for 12% of net
sales in 2006.
Sales to customers outside of the U.S. in 2008, 2007 and
2006 represented 44%, 44%, and 49% of net sales, respectively.
We expect international sales to continue to account for a
substantial portion of our net sales for the foreseeable future,
and expect that, following the completion of the proposed
acquisition of Scopus, our international sales may increase,
both in absolute terms and as a proportion of net sales.
International sales are subject to a number of risks, including
changes in foreign government regulations and telecommunications
standards, import and export license requirements, tariffs,
taxes and other trade barriers, fluctuations in foreign currency
exchange rates, difficulty in collecting accounts receivable,
difficulty in staffing and managing foreign operations, managing
distributor relations and political and economic instability.
Also, additional international markets may not develop and we
may not receive future orders to supply our products in
international markets at rates equal to or greater than those
experienced in recent periods.
SALES AND
MARKETING
In the U.S. we sell our products principally through our
own direct sales force which is organized geographically and by
major customers and markets to support customer requirements. We
sell to international customers through our own direct sales
force as well as through independent distributors and
integrators. Our principal sales offices outside of the
U.S. are located in the United Kingdom, France and China,
and we have recently established an international support center
in Switzerland to support our international customers.
International distributors are generally responsible for
importing the products and providing certain installation,
technical support and other services to customers in their
territory. Our direct sales force and distributors are supported
by a highly trained technical staff, which includes application
engineers who work closely with operators to develop technical
proposals and design systems to optimize system performance and
economic benefits to operators. Technical support provides a
customized set of services, as required, for ongoing
maintenance,
support-on-demand
and training for our customers and distributors both in our
facilities and
on-site.
Our marketing organization develops strategies for product lines
and market segments, and, in conjunction with our sales force,
identifies the evolving technical and application needs of
customers so that our product development resources can be most
effectively and efficiently deployed to meet anticipated product
requirements. Our marketing organization is also responsible for
setting price levels, demand forecasting and general support of
the sales force, particularly at major accounts. We have many
programs in place to heighten industry awareness of Harmonic and
our products, including participation in technical conferences,
publication of articles in industry journals and exhibitions at
trade shows.
9
MANUFACTURING AND
SUPPLIERS
We use third party contract manufacturers extensively to
assemble full turnkey products and a substantial majority of
subassemblies and modules for our products. Our increasing
reliance on subcontractors involves several risks, and we may
not be able to obtain an adequate supply of components,
subassemblies, modules and turnkey systems on a timely basis. In
2003, we entered into an agreement with Plexus Services Corp. as
our primary contract manufacturer, and Plexus currently provides
us with a substantial portion of the products we purchase from
our contract manufacturers. This agreement has automatic annual
renewals unless prior notice is given and has been renewed until
October 2009.
Our manufacturing operations consist primarily of final assembly
and testing of fiber optic systems. These processes are
performed by highly trained personnel employing technologically
advanced electronic equipment and proprietary test programs. The
manufacturing of our products and subassemblies is a complex
process and we cannot be sure that we will not experience
production problems or manufacturing delays in the future.
Because we utilize our own manufacturing facilities for the
final assembly and test of our fiber optic systems, and because
such manufacturing capabilities are not readily available from
third parties, any interruption in our manufacturing operations
could materially and adversely affect our business, operating
results, financial position or cash flows.
Upon completion of the proposed acquisition of Scopus, we will
own Scopus manufacturing operations in Israel. Scopus
assembles and tests most of its products at this facility, from
components and sub-assemblies manufactured by local and
international suppliers. Our ability to improve production
efficiency with respect to Scopus business may be limited
by the terms of research grants that Scopus has received from
the Office of the Chief Scientist, or OCS, an arm of the Israeli
government. These grants restrict the transfer outside of Israel
of intellectual property developed with funding from the OCS,
and also limits the manufacturing outside of Israel of products
containing such intellectual property. In addition, OCS also
generally requires royalty payments with respect to products
developed with OCS grants.
Many components, subassemblies and modules necessary for the
manufacture or integration of our products are obtained from a
sole supplier or a limited group of suppliers. For example, we
are dependent on a small private company for certain video
encoding chips which are incorporated into several new products.
Our reliance on sole or limited suppliers, particularly foreign
suppliers, involves several risks, including a potential
inability to obtain an adequate supply of required components,
subassemblies or modules and reduced control over pricing,
quality and timely delivery of components, subassemblies or
modules. In particular, certain components have in the past been
in short supply and are available only from a small number of
suppliers, or from sole source suppliers. While we expend
considerable efforts to qualify additional component sources,
consolidation of suppliers in the industry and the small number
of viable alternatives have limited the results of these
efforts. We do not generally maintain long-term agreements with
any of our suppliers, although the agreement with Plexus was for
an initial term of three years and has been renewed until
October 2009. Managing our supplier relationships is
particularly difficult during time periods in which we introduce
new products and during time periods in which demand for our
products is increasing, especially if demand increases more
quickly than we expect. An inability to obtain adequate
deliveries or any other circumstance that would require us to
seek alternative sources of supply could affect our ability to
ship our products on a timely basis, which could damage
relationships with current and prospective customers and harm
our business. We attempt to limit this risk by maintaining
safety stocks of certain components, subassemblies and modules.
As a result of this investment in inventories, we have in the
past and in the future may be subject to risk of excess and
obsolete inventories, which could harm our business, operating
results, financial position or cash flows.
INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY
We currently hold 40 issued U.S. patents and 18 issued
foreign patents, and have a number of patent applications
pending. Although we attempt to protect our intellectual
property rights through patents, trademarks, copyrights,
licensing arrangements, maintaining certain technology as trade
secrets and other measures, we cannot assure you that any
patent, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property
rights owned by us will not be invalidated, circumvented or
challenged, that such intellectual property rights will provide
competitive advantages to us or that any of our pending or
future patent applications will be issued with the scope of the
claims sought by us, if at all. We cannot assure you that others
will not develop technologies that are similar or superior to
our technology, duplicate our technology or design around the
patents that we own. In addition, effective patent, copyright
and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in
certain foreign countries in which we do business or may do
business in the future.
10
We believe that patents and patent applications are not
currently significant to our business, and investors therefore
should not rely on our patent portfolio to give us a competitive
advantage over others in our industry. We believe that the
future success of our business will depend on our ability to
translate the technological expertise and innovation of our
personnel into new and enhanced products. We generally enter
into confidentiality or license agreements with our employees,
consultants, vendors and customers as needed, and generally
limit access to and distribution of our proprietary information.
Nevertheless, we cannot assure you that the steps taken by us
will prevent misappropriation of our technology. In addition, we
have taken in the past, and may take in the future, legal action
to enforce our patents and other intellectual property rights,
to protect our trade secrets, to determine the validity and
scope of the proprietary rights of others, or to defend against
claims of infringement or invalidity. Such litigation could
result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could
negatively affect our business, operating results, financial
position or cash flows.
In order to successfully develop and market our products, we may
be required to enter into technology development or licensing
agreements with third parties. Although many companies are often
willing to enter into such technology development or licensing
agreements, we cannot assure you that such agreements will be
negotiated on terms acceptable to us, or at all. The failure to
enter into technology development or licensing agreements, when
necessary, could limit our ability to develop and market new
products and could cause our business to suffer.
Harmonics industry is characterized by the existence of a
large number of patents and frequent claims and related
litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property
rights. In particular, leading companies in the
telecommunications industry as well as an increasing number of
companies whose principal business is the ownership and
exploitation of patents, have extensive patent portfolios. From
time to time, third parties, including certain of these
companies, have asserted and may assert exclusive patent,
copyright, trademark and other intellectual property rights
against us or our customers. There can be no assurance that we
will be able to defend against any claims that we are infringing
upon their intellectual property rights, or that the terms of
any license offered by any person asserting such rights would be
acceptable to us or our customers or that failure to obtain a
license or the costs associated with any license would not cause
our business, operating results, financial position or cash
flows to be materially adversely affected. Also, you should read
Risk Factors We or our customers may face
intellectual property infringement claims from third
parties and Legal Proceedings for a
description of a claim against us by Stanford University and
Litton Systems, which we settled out of court and for which we
recorded a litigation charge in the fourth quarter of 2008.
BACKLOG
We schedule production of our products and solutions based upon
our backlog, open contracts, informal commitments from customers
and sales projections. Our backlog consists of firm purchase
orders by customers for delivery within the next twelve months
as well as deferred revenue which is expected to be recognized
within the next twelve months. At December 31, 2008,
backlog, including deferred revenue, was $74.0 million,
compared to $98.9 million at December 31, 2007. The
decrease in backlog at December 31, 2008 from
December 31, 2007 was due in part to the timing of the
completion or acceptance of projects, and to a decrease in
orders received where product shipment had not been made. We
believe that the global economic slowdown caused certain
customers to reduce or delay capital spending plans in the
fourth quarter of 2008, and that these conditions could persist
well into 2009. Anticipated orders from customers may fail to
materialize and delivery schedules may be deferred or canceled
for a number of reasons, including reductions in capital
spending by cable, satellite and other operators or changes in
specific customer requirements. In addition, due to
weather-related seasonal factors and annual capital spending
budget cycles at many major end users, our backlog at
December 31, 2008, or any other date, is not necessarily
indicative of actual sales for any succeeding period.
COMPETITION
The markets for digital video systems and fiber optic systems
are extremely competitive and have been characterized by rapid
technological change and declining average selling prices. The
principal competitive factors in these markets include product
performance, reliability, price, breadth of product offerings,
network management capabilities, sales and distribution
capabilities, technical support and service, and relationships
with network operators. We believe that we compete favorably in
each of these categories. Harmonics competitors in digital
video solutions include vertically integrated system suppliers,
such as Motorola, Cisco Systems, Ericsson and Thomson
Multimedia, and in certain product lines, a number of smaller
companies. In edge devices and fiber optic access products,
competitors include corporations such as Motorola, Cisco Systems
and Arris.
11
Recent consolidation in the industry has led to the acquisition
of smaller companies such as Scientific-Atlanta, Tandberg
Television and C-Cor by Cisco Systems, Ericsson and Arris,
respectively. Consequently, most of our principal competitors
are substantially larger and have greater financial, technical,
marketing and other resources than Harmonic. Many of these large
organizations are in a better position to withstand any
significant reduction in capital spending by customers in these
markets, and are often more capable of engaging in price-based
competition for sales of products. They often have broader
product lines and market focus, and, therefore will not be as
susceptible to downturns in a particular market. In addition,
many of our competitors have been in operation longer than we
have and have more long-standing and established relationships
with domestic and foreign customers. We may not be able to
compete successfully in the future and competition may harm our
business, operating results, financial position or cash flows.
If any of our competitors products or technologies were to
become the industry standard, our business could be seriously
harmed. In addition, companies that have historically not had a
large presence in the broadband communications equipment market
have expanded their market presence through mergers and
acquisitions. Further, our competitors may bundle their products
or incorporate functionality into existing products in a manner
that discourages users from purchasing our products or which may
require us to lower our selling prices, which could adversely
affect our net sales and result in lower gross margins.
RESEARCH AND
DEVELOPMENT
We have historically devoted a significant amount of our
resources to research and development. Research and development
expenses in 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $54.5 million,
$42.9 million and $39.5 million, respectively.
Our research and development program is primarily focused on
developing new products and systems, and adding new features to
existing products and systems. Our development strategy is to
identify features, products and systems for both software and
hardware that are, or expected to be, needed by, or desirable
to, our customers. Our current research and development efforts
are focused heavily on enhanced video compression and we also
devote significant resources to stream processing solutions and
stream management software. Other research and development
efforts are focused in edge devices for VoD, switched broadcast
and M-CMTS, and broadband optical products that enable the
transmission of video over fiber optic networks.
Our success in designing, developing, manufacturing and selling
new or enhanced products will depend on a variety of factors,
including the identification of market demand for new products,
product selection, timely implementation of product design and
development, product performance, effective manufacturing and
assembly processes and sales and marketing. Because of the
complexity inherent in such research and development efforts, we
cannot assure you that we will successfully develop new
products, or that new products developed by us will achieve
market acceptance. Our failure to successfully develop and
introduce new products could harm our business and operating
results.
EMPLOYEES
As of December 31, 2008, we employed a total of
698 people, including 247 in sales, service and marketing,
261 in research and development, 113 in manufacturing operations
and 77 in a general and administrative capacity. There were
487 employees in the U.S., and 211 employees in
foreign countries who are located in the Middle East, Europe and
Asia. We also employ a number of temporary employees and
consultants on a contract basis. None of our employees is
represented by a labor union with respect to his or her
employment by Harmonic. We have not experienced any work
stoppages and we consider our relations with our employees to be
good. Additionally, Scopus has approximately 300 employees,
of whom we expect to retain a significant number, assuming
closing of the proposed acquisition. Our future success will
depend, in part, upon our ability to attract and retain
qualified personnel. Competition for qualified personnel in the
broadband communications industry and in the geographic areas
where our primary operations are located remains strong, and we
cannot assure you that we will be successful in retaining our
key employees or that we will be able to attract skilled
personnel in the future.
12
EXECUTIVE
OFFICERS OF REGISTRANT
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the
executive officers of Harmonic and their ages as of
February 1, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
Patrick J. Harshman
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
President & Chief Executive Officer
|
Robin N. Dickson
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
Matthew Aden
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Service
|
Nimrod Ben-Natan
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
Vice President, Solutions and Strategy
|
Charles J. Bonasera
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
Vice President, Operations
|
Neven Haltmayer
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
Vice President, Research and Development
|
Patrick J. Harshman joined Harmonic in 1993 and was
appointed President and Chief Executive Officer in May 2006. In
December 2005, he was appointed Executive Vice President
responsible for the majority of our operational functions,
including the unified digital video and broadband optical
networking divisions as well as global marketing. Prior to the
consolidation of our product divisions, Dr. Harshman held
the position of President of the Convergent Systems division
and, prior to that, for more than four years, was President of
the Broadband Access Networks Division. Dr. Harshman has
also previously held key leadership positions in marketing,
international sales, and research and development.
Dr. Harshman earned a Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering from
the University of California, Berkeley and completed an
Executive Management Program at Stanford University.
Robin N. Dickson joined Harmonic in 1992 as Chief
Financial Officer. From 1989 to March 1992, Mr. Dickson was
Corporate Controller of Vitelic Corporation, a semiconductor
manufacturer. From 1976 to 1989, Mr. Dickson held various
positions at Raychem Corporation, a materials science company,
including regional financial officer of the Asia-Pacific
Division of the International Group. Mr. Dickson holds a
Bachelor of Laws from the University of Edinburgh and is a
member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland.
Matthew Aden joined Harmonic in October 2007 as Vice
President, Worldwide Sales and Service. Mr. Aden was
previously Vice President of Worldwide Sales and Customer
Operations at Terayon Communications, a manufacturer of
broadband systems, from July 2005 to July 2007. Prior to
Terayon, Mr. Aden was at Motorola/General Instrument from
1984 until July 2005 and held a variety of positions in
executive sales management. Mr. Aden holds a
Bachelors degree in Business Administration from the
University of Nebraska.
Nimrod Ben-Natan joined Harmonic in 1997 and was
appointed Vice President of Product Marketing, Solutions and
Strategy in 2007. Mr. Ben-Natan initially joined us as a
software engineer to design and develop our first-generation
video transmission platform, and in 2000, transitioned to
product marketing, solutions and strategy to develop the digital
video cable segment. From 1993 to 1997, Mr. Ben-Natan was
employed at Orckit Communications Ltd., a digital subscriber
line developer. Previously, Mr. Ben-Natan worked on
wireless communications systems while he was with the Israeli
Defense Signal Corps. Mr. Ben-Natan holds a Bachelors
degree in Computer Science from Tel Aviv University.
Charles J. Bonasera joined Harmonic in November 2006 as
Vice President, Operations. From 2005 to 2006, Mr. Bonasera
was Senior Director-Global Sourcing at Solectron Corporation, a
global provider of electronics manufacturing services and supply
chain solutions. From 1999 to 2005, Mr. Bonasera held
various key positions in outsourcing strategies, commodity
management, supply management and supply chain development at
Sun Microsystems, Inc.
Neven Haltmayer joined Harmonic in December 2002 and was
appointed Vice President, Research and Development in November
2005. Prior to November 2005, Mr. Haltmayer was Director of
Engineering of Compression Systems and managed the development
of Harmonics MPEG-2 and MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 encoder and
DiviCom Electra product lines. Between 2001 and 2002,
Mr. Haltmayer held various key positions including Vice
President of Engineering and was responsible for system
integration and development of set top box middleware and
interactive applications while at Canal Plus Technologies.
Mr. Haltmayer holds a Bachelors degree in Electrical
Engineering from the University of Zagreb, Croatia.
13
ABOUT
HARMONIC
Harmonic was initially incorporated in California in June 1988
and reincorporated into Delaware in May 1995.
On December 8, 2006, we completed the acquisition of the
video networking software business of Entone Technologies, Inc.
The solutions offered by the Entone video networking software
business facilitate the provisioning of personalized video
services, including VOD, network personal video recording
(nPVR), time-shifted television and targeted advertisement
insertion.
On July 31, 2007, we completed the acquisition of Rhozet
Corporation. Rhozet develops and markets software-based
transcoding solutions that facilitate the creation of
multi-format video for Internet, mobile and broadcast
applications. With Rhozets products, and sometimes in
conjunction with other Harmonic products, Harmonics
existing broadcast, cable, satellite and telco customers can
deliver traditional video programming over the Internet and to
mobile devices, as well as expand the types of content delivered
via their traditional networks to encompass web-based and
user-generated content. The acquisition also opens up new
customer opportunities for Harmonic with Rhozets customer
base of broadcast content creators and online video service
providers and is complementary to Harmonics VOD networking
software business acquired in December 2006 from Entone
Technologies.
On December 22, 2008, we entered into a definitive
agreement to acquire Scopus Video Networks, Ltd., a publicly
traded company organized under the laws of Israel. Under the
terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, Harmonic plans to pay
$5.62 per share in cash, without interest, for all of the
outstanding ordinary shares of Scopus, which represents an
enterprise value of approximately $51 million, net of
Scopus cash and short-term investments. The proposed
acquisition of Scopus is expected to strengthen Harmonics
position in international video broadcast and contribution and
distribution markets. Scopus provides complementary video
processing technology, expanded research and development
capability and additional sales and distribution channels,
particularly in emerging markets. Scopus has approximately
300 employees, the majority of whom are located at its
headquarters in Rosh Haayin, Israel. The merger is
expected to close in March 2009.
Our principal executive offices are located at 549 Baltic Way,
Sunnyvale, California 94089. Our telephone number is
(408) 542-2500.
Available
Information
Harmonic makes available free of charge on the Harmonic website
the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q,
Current Reports on
Form 8-K,
and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as
reasonably practicable after Harmonic files such material with,
or furnishes such material to, the Securities and Exchange
Commission. The address of the Harmonic website is
http://www.harmonicinc.com.
Item 1A.
Risk Factors
We depend on
cable, satellite and telecom industry capital spending for a
substantial portion of our revenue and any decrease or delay in
capital spending in these industries would negatively impact our
operating results and financial condition or cash
flows.
A significant portion of our sales have been derived from sales
to cable television, satellite and telecommunications operators,
and we expect these sales to constitute a significant portion of
net sales for the foreseeable future. Demand for our products
will depend on the magnitude and timing of capital spending by
cable television operators, satellite operators,
telecommunications companies and broadcasters for constructing
and upgrading their systems.
These capital spending patterns are dependent on a variety of
factors, including:
|
|
|
|
|
access to financing;
|
|
|
|
annual budget cycles;
|
|
|
|
the impact of industry consolidation;
|
|
|
|
the status of federal, local and foreign government regulation
of telecommunications and television broadcasting;
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
overall demand for communication services and consumer
acceptance of new video, voice and data services;
|
|
|
|
evolving industry standards and network architectures;
|
|
|
|
competitive pressures, including pricing pressures;
|
|
|
|
discretionary customer spending patterns; and
|
|
|
|
general economic conditions.
|
In the past, specific factors contributing to reduced capital
spending have included:
|
|
|
|
|
uncertainty related to development of digital video industry
standards;
|
|
|
|
delays associated with the evaluation of new services, new
standards and system architectures by many operators;
|
|
|
|
emphasis on generating revenue from existing customers by
operators instead of new construction or network upgrades;
|
|
|
|
a reduction in the amount of capital available to finance
projects of our customers and potential customers;
|
|
|
|
proposed and completed business combinations and divestitures by
our customers and regulatory review thereof;
|
|
|
|
weak or uncertain economic and financial conditions in domestic
and international markets; and
|
|
|
|
bankruptcies and financial restructuring of major customers.
|
The financial difficulties of certain of our customers and
changes in our customers deployment plans adversely
affected our business in the past. Recently, economic conditions
in the countries in which we operate and sell products have
become increasingly negative, and global economies and financial
markets have experienced a severe downturn stemming from a
multitude of factors, including adverse credit conditions
impacted by the subprime-mortgage crisis, slower economic
activity, concerns about inflation and deflation, rapid changes
in foreign exchange rates, increased energy costs, decreased
consumer confidence, reduced corporate profits and capital
spending, adverse business conditions and liquidity concerns and
other factors. Economic growth in the U.S. and in many
other countries has slowed significantly or receded recently,
and is expected by many to slow further or recede in 2009. The
severity or length of time that these adverse economic and
financial market conditions may persist is unknown. During
challenging economic times, and in tight credit markets, many
customers may delay or reduce capital expenditures, which in
turn often results in lower demand for our products.
Further, we have a number of customers internationally to whom
sales are denominated in U.S. dollars. In recent months,
the value of the U.S. dollar also has appreciated against
many foreign currencies, including the local currencies of many
of our international customers. As the U.S. dollar
appreciates relative to the local currencies of our customers,
the price of our products correspondingly increase for such
customers. These factors could result in reductions in sales of
our products, longer sales cycles, difficulties in collection of
accounts receivable, slower adoption of new technologies and
increased price competition. Financial difficulties among our
customers could adversely affect our operating results and
financial condition.
In addition, industry consolidation has in the past constrained,
and may in the future constrain capital spending among our
customers. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will
maintain or increase our net sales in the future. Also, if our
product portfolio and product development plans do not position
us well to capture an increased portion of the capital spending
of U.S. cable operators, our revenue may decline and our
operating results would be adversely affected.
Our customer
base is concentrated and the loss of one or more of our key
customers, or a failure to diversify our customer base, could
harm our business.
Historically, a majority of our sales have been to relatively
few customers, and due in part to the consolidation of ownership
of cable television and direct broadcast satellite systems, we
expect this customer concentration to continue in the
foreseeable
15
future. Sales to our ten largest customers in 2008, 2007 and
2006 accounted for approximately 58%, 53% and 50% of net sales,
respectively. Although we are attempting to broaden our customer
base by penetrating new markets, such as the telecommunications
and broadcast markets, and to expand internationally, we expect
to see continuing industry consolidation and customer
concentration due in part to the significant capital costs of
constructing broadband networks. For example, Comcast acquired
AT&T Broadband in 2002, thereby creating the largest
U.S. cable operator, reaching approximately 24 million
subscribers. The sale of Adelphia Communications cable
systems to Comcast and Time Warner Cable has led to further
industry consolidation. NTL and Telewest, the two largest cable
operators in the UK, completed their merger in 2006. In the DBS
market, The News Corporation Ltd. acquired an indirect
controlling interest in Hughes Electronics, the parent company
of DIRECTV, in 2003, and News Corporation subsequently sold its
interest in DIRECTV to Liberty Media in February 2008. In the
telco market, AT&T completed its acquisition of Bell South
in December 2006. The expected bankruptcy filing of Charter
Communications in the first quarter of 2009 could lead to
further industry consolidation.
In the fiscal year 2008, sales to Comcast and EchoStar accounted
for 20% and 12%, respectively, of our net sales. In the fiscal
year 2007, sales to Comcast and EchoStar accounted for 16% and
12%, respectively, of our net sales. In the fiscal year 2006,
sales to Comcast accounted for 12% of our net sales. The loss of
Comcast, EchoStar or any other significant customer or any
reduction in orders by Comcast, EchoStar or any significant
customer, or our failure to qualify our products with a
significant customer could adversely affect our business,
operating results and liquidity. The loss of, or any reduction
in orders from, a significant customer would harm our business
if we were not able to offset any such loss or reduction with
increased orders from other customers.
In addition, historically we have been dependent upon capital
spending in the cable and satellite industry. We are attempting
to diversify our customer base beyond cable and satellite
customers, principally into the telco market. Major telcos have
begun to implement plans to rebuild or upgrade their networks to
offer bundled video, voice and data services. While we have
recently been increasing our revenue from telco customers, we
are relatively new to this market. In order to be successful in
this market, we may need to continue to build alliances with
telco equipment manufacturers, adapt our products for telco
applications, take orders at prices resulting in lower margins,
and build internal expertise to handle the particular
contractual and technical demands of the telco industry. In
addition, telco video deployments are subject to delays in
completion, as video processing technologies and video business
models are new to most telcos and many of their largest
suppliers. Implementation issues with our products or those of
other vendors have caused, and may continue to cause, delays in
project completion for our customers and delay the recognition
of revenue by Harmonic. Further, during challenging economic
times, and in tight credit markets, many customers, including
telcos, may delay or reduce capital expenditures. This could
result in reductions in sales of our products, longer sales
cycles, difficulties in collection of accounts receivable,
slower adoption of new technologies and increased price
competition. As a result of these and other factors, we cannot
assure you that we will be able to increase our revenues from
the telco market, or that we can do so profitably, and any
failure to increase revenues and profits from telco customers
could adversely affect our business.
Our operating
results are likely to fluctuate significantly and may fail to
meet or exceed the expectations of securities analysts or
investors, causing our stock price to decline.
Our operating results have fluctuated in the past and are likely
to continue to fluctuate in the future, on an annual and a
quarterly basis, as a result of several factors, many of which
are outside of our control. Some of the factors that may cause
these fluctuations include:
|
|
|
|
|
the level and timing of capital spending of our customers, both
in the U.S. and in foreign markets;
|
|
|
|
access to financing, including credit, for capital spending by
our customers;
|
|
|
|
changes in market demand;
|
|
|
|
the timing and amount of orders, especially from significant
customers;
|
|
|
|
the timing of revenue recognition from solution contracts, which
may span several quarters;
|
|
|
|
the timing of revenue recognition on sales arrangements, which
may include multiple deliverables;
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
the timing of completion of projects;
|
|
|
|
competitive market conditions, including pricing actions by our
competitors;
|
|
|
|
seasonality, with fewer construction and upgrade projects
typically occurring in winter months and otherwise being
affected by inclement weather;
|
|
|
|
our unpredictable sales cycles;
|
|
|
|
the amount and timing of sales to telcos, which are particularly
difficult to predict;
|
|
|
|
new product introductions by our competitors or by us;
|
|
|
|
changes in domestic and international regulatory environments;
|
|
|
|
market acceptance of new or existing products;
|
|
|
|
the cost and availability of components, subassemblies and
modules;
|
|
|
|
the mix of our customer base and sales channels;
|
|
|
|
the mix of products sold and the effect it has on gross margins;
|
|
|
|
changes in our operating expenses and extraordinary expenses;
|
|
|
|
impairment of goodwill and intangibles;
|
|
|
|
the outcome of litigation;
|
|
|
|
write-downs of inventory and investments;
|
|
|
|
the impact of SFAS 123(R), an accounting standard which
requires us to record the fair value of stock options as
compensation expense;
|
|
|
|
changes in our tax rate, including as a result of changes in our
valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, and our
expectation that we will experience a substantial increase in
our effective tax rate in 2009 following the release of the
substantial majority of our valuation allowance in 2008;
|
|
|
|
the impact of FIN 48, an accounting interpretation which
requires us to establish reserves for uncertain tax positions
and accrue potential tax penalties and interest;
|
|
|
|
the impact of SFAS 141(R), a recently revised accounting
standard which requires us to record charges for certain
acquisition related costs and expenses instead of capitalizing
these costs;
|
|
|
|
our development of custom products and software;
|
|
|
|
the level of international sales;
|
|
|
|
economic and financial conditions specific to the cable,
satellite and telco industries; and
|
|
|
|
general economic conditions.
|
17
The timing of deployment of our equipment can be subject to a
number of other risks, including the availability of skilled
engineering and technical personnel, the availability of other
equipment such as compatible set top boxes, and our
customers need for local franchise and licensing approvals.
In addition, we often recognize a substantial portion, or
majority, of our revenues in the last month of the quarter. We
establish our expenditure levels for product development and
other operating expenses based on projected sales levels, and
expenses are relatively fixed in the short term. Accordingly,
variations in timing of sales can cause significant fluctuations
in operating results. As a result of all these factors, our
operating results in one or more future periods may fail to meet
or exceed the expectations of securities analysts or investors.
In that event, the trading price of our common stock would
likely decline.
The markets in
which we operate are intensely competitive.
The markets for digital video systems are extremely competitive
and have been characterized by rapid technological change and
declining average selling prices. Pressure on average selling
prices was particularly severe during previous economic
downturns as equipment suppliers compete aggressively for
customers reduced capital spending, and we may experience
similar pressure during the current economic slowdown. Our
competitors for fiber optic access and edge products include
corporations such as Motorola, Cisco Systems and Arris. In our
video processing products, we compete broadly with products from
vertically integrated system suppliers including Motorola, Cisco
Systems, Thomson Multimedia and Ericsson, and, in certain
product lines, with a number of smaller companies.
Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have
greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than
us. Many of these large organizations are in a better position
to withstand any significant reduction in capital spending by
customers in these markets. They often have broader product
lines and market focus and may not be as susceptible to
downturns in a particular market. These competitors may also be
able to bundle their products together to meet the needs of a
particular customer and may be capable of delivering more
complete solutions than we are able to provide. Further, some of
our competitors have greater financial resources than we do, and
they have offered and in the future may offer their products at
lower prices than we do, which has in the past and may in the
future cause us to lose sales or to reduce our prices in
response to competition. Any reduction in sales or reduced
prices for our products would adversely affect our business and
results of operations. In addition, many of our competitors have
been in operation longer than we have and therefore have more
long-standing and established relationships with domestic and
foreign customers. We may not be able to compete successfully in
the future, which would harm our business.
If any of our competitors products or technologies were to
become the industry standard, our business could be seriously
harmed. For example, new standards for video compression are
being introduced and products based on these standards are being
developed by us and some of our competitors. If our competitors
are successful in bringing these products to market earlier, or
if these products are more technologically capable than ours,
then our sales could be materially and adversely affected. In
addition, companies that have historically not had a large
presence in the broadband communications equipment market have
begun recently to expand their market share through mergers and
acquisitions. The continued consolidation of our competitors
could have a significant negative impact on us. Further, our
competitors, particularly competitors of our digital and video
broadcasting systems business, may bundle their products or
incorporate functionality into existing products in a manner
that discourages users from purchasing our products or which may
require us to lower our selling prices, resulting in lower
revenues and decreased gross margins.
Our future
growth depends on market acceptance of several broadband
services, on the adoption of new broadband technologies and on
several other broadband industry trends.
Future demand for our products will depend significantly on the
growing market acceptance of emerging broadband services,
including digital video, VOD, HDTV, IPTV, mobile video services,
very high-speed data services and voice-over-IP, or VoIP.
The effective delivery of these services will depend, in part,
on a variety of new network architectures and standards, such as:
|
|
|
|
|
new video compression standards such as MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 for
both standard definition and high definition services;
|
|
|
|
fiber to the premises, or FTTP, and digital subscriber line, or
DSL, networks designed to facilitate the delivery of video
services by telcos;
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
the greater use of protocols such as IP;
|
|
|
|
the further adoption of bandwidth-optimization techniques, such
as switched digital video and DOCSIS 3.0; and
|
|
|
|
the introduction of new consumer devices, such as advanced
set-top boxes and personal video recorders, or PVRs.
|
If adoption of these emerging services
and/or
technologies is not as widespread or as rapid as we expect, or
if we are unable to develop new products based on these
technologies on a timely basis, our net sales growth will be
materially and adversely affected.
Furthermore, other technological, industry and regulatory trends
will affect the growth of our business. These trends include the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
convergence, or the need of many network operators to deliver a
package of video, voice and data services to consumers, also
known as the triple play service;
|
|
|
|
the increasing availability of traditional broadcast video
content on the Internet;
|
|
|
|
the entry of telcos into the video business;
|
|
|
|
the use of digital video by businesses, governments and
educators;
|
|
|
|
efforts by regulators and governments in the U.S. and
abroad to encourage the adoption of broadband and digital
technologies; and
|
|
|
|
the extent and nature of regulatory attitudes towards such
issues as competition between operators, access by third parties
to networks of other operators, local franchising requirements
for telcos to offer video, and other new services such as VoIP.
|
We need to
develop and introduce new and enhanced products in a timely
manner to remain competitive.
Broadband communications markets are characterized by continuing
technological advancement, changes in customer requirements and
evolving industry standards. To compete successfully, we must
design, develop, manufacture and sell new or enhanced products
that provide increasingly higher levels of performance and
reliability. However, we may not be able to successfully develop
or introduce these products if our products:
|
|
|
|
|
are not cost effective;
|
|
|
|
are not brought to market in a timely manner;
|
|
|
|
are not in accordance with evolving industry standards and
architectures;
|
|
|
|
fail to achieve market acceptance; or
|
|
|
|
are ahead of the market.
|
We are currently developing and marketing products based on new
video compression standards. Encoding products based on the
MPEG-2 compression standards have represented a significant
portion of our sales since our acquisition of DiviCom in 2000.
New standards, such as MPEG-4 AVC/H.264 have been adopted which
provide significantly greater compression efficiency, thereby
making more bandwidth available to operators. The availability
of more bandwidth is particularly important to those DBS and
telco operators seeking to launch, or expand, HDTV services. We
have developed and launched products, including HD encoders,
based on these new standards in order to remain competitive and
are devoting considerable resources to this effort. There can be
no assurance that these efforts will be successful in the near
future, or at all, or that competitors will not take significant
market share in HD encoding. At the same time, we need to devote
development resources to the existing MPEG-2 product line which
our cable customers continue to require.
19
Also, to successfully develop and market certain of our planned
products, we may be required to enter into technology
development or licensing agreements with third parties. We
cannot assure you that we will be able to enter into any
necessary technology development or licensing agreements on
terms acceptable to us, or at all. The failure to enter into
technology development or licensing agreements when necessary
could limit our ability to develop and market new products and,
accordingly, could materially and adversely affect our business
and operating results.
Conditions and
changes in the national and global economic environments may
adversely affect our business and financial
results.
Adverse economic conditions in markets in which we operate may
harm our business. Recently, economic conditions in the
countries in which we operate and sell products have become
increasingly negative, and global financial markets have
experienced a severe downturn stemming from a multitude of
factors, including adverse credit conditions impacted by the
subprime-mortgage crisis, slower economic activity, concerns
about inflation and deflation, rapid changes in foreign exchange
rates, increased energy costs, decreased consumer confidence,
reduced corporate profits and capital spending, adverse business
conditions and liquidity concerns and other factors. Economic
growth in the U.S. and in many other countries slowed in
the fourth quarter of 2007, remained slow or stopped in 2008,
and is expected to slow further or recede in 2009 in the
U.S. and internationally. The current global economic
slowdown has led many of our customers to announce or plan lower
capital expenditures for 2009, and we believe that this slowdown
caused certain of our customers to reduce or delay orders for
our products in the fourth quarter of 2008. Many of our
international customers, particularly those in emerging markets,
have been exposed to tight credit markets and depreciating
currencies, further restricting their ability to invest to build
out or upgrade their networks. Some customers have difficulty in
servicing or retiring existing debt and the financial
constraints on certain international customers required us to
significantly increase our reserves for doubtful accounts in the
fourth quarter of 2008. For example, Charter Communications
recently indicated that it expects to file for bankruptcy
protection in the first quarter of 2009 in order to implement a
restructuring aimed at improving its capital structure.
During challenging economic times, and in tight credit markets,
many customers may delay or reduce capital expenditures. This
could result in reductions in sales of our products, longer
sales cycles, difficulties in collection of accounts receivable,
slower adoption of new technologies and increased price
competition. If global economic and market conditions, or
economic conditions in the United States or other key markets
deteriorate, we may experience a material and adverse impact on
our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Broadband
communications markets are characterized by rapid technological
change.
Broadband communications markets are relatively immature, making
it difficult to accurately predict the markets future
growth rates, sizes or technological directions. In view of the
evolving nature of these markets, it is possible that cable
television operators, telcos or other suppliers of broadband
wireless and satellite services will decide to adopt alternative
architectures or technologies that are incompatible with our
current or future products. Also, decisions by customers to
adopt new technologies or products are often delayed by
extensive evaluation and qualification processes and can result
in delays in sales of current products. If we are unable to
design, develop, manufacture and sell products that incorporate
or are compatible with these new architectures or technologies,
our business will suffer.
If sales
forecasted for a particular period are not realized in that
period due to the unpredictable sales cycles of our products,
our operating results for that period will be
harmed.
The sales cycles of many of our products, particularly our newer
products and products sold internationally, are typically
unpredictable and usually involve:
|
|
|
|
|
a significant technical evaluation;
|
|
|
|
a commitment of capital and other resources by cable, satellite,
and other network operators;
|
|
|
|
time required to engineer the deployment of new technologies or
new broadband services;
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
testing and acceptance of new technologies that affect key
operations; and
|
|
|
|
test marketing of new services with subscribers.
|
For these and other reasons, our sales cycles generally last
three to nine months, but can last up to 12 months. If
orders forecasted for a specific customer for a particular
quarter do not occur in that quarter, our operating results for
that quarter could be substantially lower than anticipated. In
this regard, our sales cycles with our current and potential
satellite and telco customers are particularly unpredictable.
Orders may include multiple elements, the timing of delivery of
which may impact the timing of revenue recognition.
Additionally, our sales arrangements may include testing and
acceptance of new technologies and the timing of completion of
acceptance testing is difficult to predict and may impact the
timing of revenue recognition. Quarterly and annual results may
fluctuate significantly due to revenue recognition policies and
the timing of the receipt of orders.
In addition, a significant portion of our revenue is derived
from solution sales that principally consist of and include the
system design, manufacture, test, installation and integration
of equipment to the specifications of our customers, including
equipment acquired from third parties to be integrated with our
products. Revenue forecasts for solution contracts are based on
the estimated timing of the system design, installation and
integration of projects. Because solution contracts generally
span several quarters and revenue recognition is based on
progress under the contract, the timing of revenue is difficult
to predict and could result in lower than expected revenue in
any particular quarter.
We must be
able to manage expenses and inventory risks associated with
meeting the demand of our customers.
If actual orders are materially lower than the indications we
receive from our customers, our ability to manage inventory and
expenses may be affected. If we enter into purchase commitments
to acquire materials, or expend resources to manufacture
products, and such products are not purchased by our customers,
our business and operating results could suffer. In this regard,
our gross margins and operating results have been in the past
adversely affected by significant charges for excess and
obsolete inventories.
In addition, we must carefully manage the introduction of next
generation products in order to balance potential inventory
risks associated with excess quantities of older product lines
and forecasts of customer demand for new products. For example,
in 2007, we wrote down approximately $7.6 million of net
obsolete and excess inventory, with a significant portion of the
write-down being due to product transitions. We also wrote down
$1.1 million in 2006 as a result of the end of life of a
product line. There can be no assurance that we will be able to
manage these product transitions in the future without incurring
write-downs for excess inventory or having inadequate supplies
of new products to meet customer expectations.
We have made
and expect to continue to make acquisitions, and such
acquisitions could disrupt our operations and adversely affect
our operating results.
As part of our business strategy, from time to time, we have
acquired, and continue to consider acquiring, businesses,
technologies, assets and product lines that we believe
complement or expand our existing business. For example, on
December 22, 2008, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of
Merger pursuant to which we intend to acquire Scopus Video
Networks Ltd. In addition, on December 8, 2006, we acquired
the video networking software business of Entone Technologies,
Inc. and, on July 31, 2007, we completed the acquisition of
Rhozet Corporation. We expect to make additional acquisitions in
the future.
We may face challenges as a result of these activities, because
acquisitions entail numerous risks, including:
|
|
|
|
|
difficulties in the assimilation and integration of acquired
operations, technologies
and/or
products;
|
|
|
|
unanticipated costs associated with the acquisition transaction;
|
|
|
|
difficulties in implementing new or revised accounting
pronouncements, such as SFAS 141(R), Business
Combinations, which establishes principles and
requirements to record the acquisition method of accounting;
|
|
|
|
the diversion of managements attention from the regular
operations of the business and the challenges of managing larger
and more widespread operations;
|
|
|
|
difficulties in integrating acquired companies systems
controls, policies and procedures to comply with the internal
control over financial reporting requirements of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
adverse effects on new and existing business relationships with
suppliers and customers;
|
|
|
|
potential difficulties in completing projects associated with
in-process research and development;
|
|
|
|
risks associated with entering markets in which we have no or
limited prior experience;
|
|
|
|
the potential loss of key employees of acquired businesses;
|
|
|
|
difficulties in the assimilation of different corporate cultures
and practices;
|
|
|
|
difficulties in bringing acquired products and businesses into
compliance with applicable legal requirements in jurisdictions
in which we operate and sell products;
|
|
|
|
substantial charges for acquisition costs, which are now
required to be expensed under SFAS 141(R);
|
|
|
|
substantial charges for the amortization of certain purchased
intangible assets, deferred stock compensation or similar items;
|
|
|
|
substantial impairments to goodwill or intangible assets in the
event that an acquisition proves to be less valuable than the
price we paid for it; and
|
|
|
|
delays in realizing or failure to realize the benefits of an
acquisition.
|
For example, the government grants that Scopus has received for
research and development expenditures limits its ability to
manufacture products and transfer technologies outside of
Israel, and if Scopus fails to satisfy specified conditions, it
may be required to refund grants previously received together
with interest and penalties, and may be subject to criminal
charges.
Also, we closed all operations and product lines related to
Broadcast Technology Limited, which we acquired in 2005 and we
have recorded charges associated with that closure.
Competition within our industry for acquisitions of businesses,
technologies, assets and product lines has been, and may in the
future continue to be, intense. As such, even if we are able to
identify an acquisition that we would like to consummate, we may
not be able to complete the acquisition on commercially
reasonable terms or because the target is acquired by another
company. Furthermore, in the event that we are able to identify
and consummate any future acquisitions, we could:
|
|
|
|
|
issue equity securities which would dilute current
stockholders percentage ownership;
|
|
|
|
incur substantial debt;
|
|
|
|
incur significant acquisition-related expenses;
|
|
|
|
assume contingent liabilities; or
|
|
|
|
expend significant cash.
|
These financing activities or expenditures could harm our
business, operating results and financial condition or the price
of our common stock. Alternatively, due to difficulties in the
capital and credit markets, we may be unable to secure capital
on acceptable terms, or all, to complete acquisitions.
Moreover, even if we do obtain benefits from acquisitions in the
form of increased sales and earnings, there may be a delay
between the time when the expenses associated with an
acquisition are incurred and the time when we recognize such
benefits.
If we are unable to successfully address any of these risks, our
business, financial condition or operating results could be
harmed.
22
We depend on
our international sales and are subject to the risks associated
with international operations, which may negatively affect our
operating results.
Sales to customers outside of the U.S. in 2008, 2007 and
2006 represented 44%, 44% and 49% of net sales, respectively,
and we expect that international sales will continue to
represent a meaningful portion of our net sales for the
foreseeable future. Furthermore, a substantial portion of our
contract manufacturing occurs overseas. Our international
operations, the international operations of our contract
manufacturers and our efforts to increase sales in international
markets are subject to a number of risks, including:
|
|
|
|
|
a slowdown in international economies, which may adversely
affect our customers capital spending;
|
|
|
|
changes in foreign government regulations and telecommunications
standards;
|
|
|
|
import and export license requirements, tariffs, taxes and other
trade barriers;
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
|
|
|
|
difficulty in collecting accounts receivable;
|
|
|
|
the burden of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws,
treaties and technical standards;
|
|
|
|
difficulty in staffing and managing foreign operations;
|
|
|
|
political and economic instability, including risks related to
terrorist activity; and
|
|
|
|
changes in economic policies by foreign governments.
|
In the past, certain of our international customers accumulated
significant levels of debt and have undertaken reorganizations
and financial restructurings, including bankruptcy proceedings.
Even where these restructurings have been completed, in some
cases these customers have not been in a position to purchase
new equipment at levels we have seen in the past.
While our international sales and operating expenses have
typically been denominated in U.S. dollars, fluctuations in
currency exchange rates could cause our products to become
relatively more expensive to customers in a particular country,
leading to a reduction in sales or profitability in that
country. A portion of our European business is denominated in
Euros, which may subject us to increased foreign currency risk.
Gains and losses on the conversion to U.S. dollars of
accounts receivable, accounts payable and other monetary assets
and liabilities arising from international operations may
contribute to fluctuations in operating results.
Furthermore, payment cycles for international customers are
typically longer than those for customers in the
U.S. Unpredictable sales cycles could cause us to fail to
meet or exceed the expectations of security analysts and
investors for any given period. In addition, foreign markets may
not further develop in the future.
Another significant legal risk resulting from our international
operations is compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt
Practices Act, or FCPA. In many foreign countries, particularly
in those with developing economies, it may be a local custom
that businesses operating in such countries engage in business
practices that are prohibited by the FCPA or other
U.S. laws and regulations. Although we have implemented
policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with the
FCPA and similar laws, there can be no assurance that all of our
employees, and agents, as well as those companies to which we
outsource certain of our business operations, will not take
actions in violation of our policies. Any such violation, even
if prohibited by our policies, could have a material adverse
effect on our business.
Any or all of these factors could adversely impact our business
and results of operations.
23
Fluctuations
in our future effective tax rates could affect our future
operating results, financial condition and cash
flows.
In 2008, we released $110.4 million of the valuation
allowance as an offset against all of our U.S. and certain
foreign net deferred tax assets, of which $3.3 million was
accounted for as a reduction to goodwill or other non-current
intangible assets related to the Entone and Rhozet acquisitions.
In accordance with SFAS 109, we have evaluated the need for
a valuation allowance based on historical evidence, trends in
profitability, expectations of future taxable income and
implemented tax planning strategies. As such, we determined that
a valuation allowance was no longer necessary for our
U.S. deferred tax assets because, based on the available
evidence, we concluded that a realization of these net deferred
tax assets was more likely than not. We continue to maintain a
valuation allowance for certain foreign deferred tax assets at
the end of 2008. However, pursuant to SFAS 109, we are
required to periodically review our deferred tax assets and
determine whether, based on available evidence, a valuation
allowance is necessary. In the event that, in the future, we
determine that a valuation allowance is necessary with respect
to our U.S. and certain foreign deferred tax assets, we
would incur a charge equal to the amount of the valuation
allowance in the period in which we made such determination, and
this could have a material and adverse impact on our results of
operations for such period.
The calculation of tax liabilities involves dealing with
uncertainties in the application of complex global tax
regulations. We recognize potential liabilities for anticipated
tax audit issues in the U.S. and other tax jurisdictions
based on our estimate of whether, and the extent to which,
additional taxes will be due. If payment of these amounts
ultimately proves to be unnecessary, the reversal of the
liabilities would result in tax benefits being recognized in the
period when we determine the liabilities are no longer
necessary. If the estimate of tax liabilities proves to be less
than the ultimate tax assessment, a further charge to expense
would result. The Company adopted the provisions of FASB
Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income
Taxes (FIN 48) on January 1, 2007, the
first day of fiscal 2007. FIN 48 prescribes a comprehensive
model for recognizing, measuring, presenting and disclosing in
the consolidated financial statements tax positions taken or
expected to be taken on a tax return, including a decision
whether to file or not to file in a particular jurisdiction.
We are in the process of expanding our international operations
and staff to better support our expansion into international
markets. This expansion includes the implementation of an
international structure that includes, among other things, an
international support center in Europe, a research and
development cost-sharing arrangement, certain licenses and other
contractual arrangements between us and our wholly-owned
domestic and foreign subsidiaries. As a result of these changes,
we anticipate that our consolidated pre-tax income will be
subject to foreign tax at relatively lower tax rates when
compared to the United States federal statutory tax rate and, as
a consequence, our effective income tax rate is expected to be
lower than the United States federal statutory rate. Our future
effective income tax rates could be adversely affected if tax
authorities challenge our international tax structure or if the
relative mix of United States and international income changes
for any reason. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that our
income tax rate will be less than the United States federal
statutory rate in future periods.
We face risks
associated with having important facilities and resources
located in Israel.
We maintain a facility in Caesarea in the State of Israel with a
total of 82 employees as of December 31, 2008, or
approximately 12% of our workforce. The employees at this
facility consist principally of research and development
personnel. In addition, we have pilot production capabilities at
this facility consisting of procurement of subassemblies and
modules from Israeli subcontractors and final assembly and test
operations.
On December 22, 2008, we entered into an Agreement and Plan
of Merger to acquire Scopus Video Networks Ltd., and we expect
to complete this acquisition in March 2009. Scopus is organized
under the laws of the State of Israel and has its headquarters
and the substantial majority of its operations in Israel.
Accordingly, we are directly influenced by the political,
economic and military conditions affecting Israel, and this
influence is expected to increase following the completion of
the proposed acquisition of Scopus. Any significant conflict
involving Israel could have a direct effect on our business or
that of our Israeli subcontractors, in the form of physical
damage or injury, reluctance to travel within or to Israel by
our Israeli and foreign employees or those of our
subcontractors, or the loss of employees to active military
duty. Most of our employees in Israel are currently obligated to
perform annual reserve duty in the Israel Defense Forces and
several have been called for active military duty recently. In
the event that more employees are called to active duty, certain
of our research and development activities may be adversely
affected and significantly delayed. In addition, the
interruption or curtailment of trade between Israel and its
trading partners could significantly harm our business.
Terrorist attacks and hostilities within Israel, the hostilities
between
24
Israel and Hezbollah, and Israel and Hamas, and the conflict
between Hamas and Fatah have also heightened these risks.
Current or future tensions in the Middle East may adversely
affect our business and results of operations.
Changes in
telecommunications legislation and regulations could harm our
prospects and future sales.
Changes in telecommunications legislation and regulations in the
U.S. and other countries could affect the sales of our
products. In particular, regulations dealing with access by
competitors to the networks of incumbent operators could slow or
stop additional construction or expansion by these operators.
Local franchising and licensing requirements may slow the entry
of telcos into the video business. Increased regulation of our
customers pricing or service offerings could limit their
investments and consequently the sales of our products. Changes
in regulations could have a material adverse effect on our
business, operating results, and financial condition.
Negative
conditions in the global credit markets may impair the liquidity
of a portion of our investment portfolio.
As of December 31, 2008, we held approximately
$10.7 million of auction rate securities, or ARSs, which
were invested in preferred securities in closed-end mutual
funds. The recent negative conditions in the credit markets have
restricted our ability to liquidate holdings of ARSs because the
amount of securities submitted for sale has exceeded the amount
of purchase orders for such securities. During 2008, we were
able to sell $24.1 million of ARSs through successful
auctions and redemptions. The remaining balance of
$10.7 million in ARSs as of December 31, 2008 all had
failed auctions in 2008. During August 2008, we received
notification from our investment manager who holds the ARSs that
it had reached a settlement with certain regulatory authorities,
pursuant to which we would be able to sell its outstanding ARSs
to the investment manager at par, plus accrued interest and
dividends at any time during the period from January 2,
2009 through January 15, 2010. The entire balance of
$10.7 million in ARSs that we held at December 31,
2008 were sold at par plus interest in February 2009.
In the event we need or desire to access funds from the other
short-term investments that we hold, it is possible that we may
not be able to do so due to market conditions. If a buyer is
found but is unwilling to purchase the investments at par or our
cost, we may incur a loss. Further, rating downgrades of the
security issuer or the third parties insuring such investments
may require us to adjust the carrying value of these investments
through an impairment charge. Our inability to sell all or some
of our short-term investments at par or our cost, or rating
downgrades of issuers of these securities, could adversely
affect our results of operations or financial condition.
In addition, we invest our cash, cash equivalents and short-term
investments in a variety of investment vehicles in a number of
countries with and in the custody of financial institutions with
high credit ratings. While our investment policy and strategy
attempt to manage interest rate risk, limit credit risk, and
only invest in what we view as very high-quality securities, the
outlook for our investment holdings is dependent on general
economic conditions, interest rate trends and volatility in the
financial marketplace, which can all affect the income that we
receive, the value of our investments, and our ability to sell
them.
During 2008, we recorded an impairment charge of
$0.8 million relating to an investment in an unsecured debt
instrument of Lehman Brothers Holdings, Inc. We believe that our
investment securities are carried at fair value. However, over
time the economic and market environment may provide additional
insight regarding the fair value of certain securities which
could change our judgment regarding impairment. This could
result in unrealized or realized losses relating to other than
temporary declines being charged against future income. Given
the current market conditions involved, there is continuing risk
that further declines in fair value may occur and additional
impairments may be charged to income in future periods,
resulting in realized losses.
In order to
manage our growth, we must be successful in addressing
management succession issues and attracting and retaining
qualified personnel.
Our future success will depend, to a significant extent, on the
ability of our management to operate effectively, both
individually and as a group. We must successfully manage
transition and replacement issues that may result from the
departure or retirement of members of our senior management. We
cannot assure you that changes of management personnel would not
cause disruption to our operations or customer relationships, or
a decline in our financial results.
In addition, we are dependent on our ability to retain and
motivate high caliber personnel, in addition to attracting new
personnel. Competition for qualified management, technical and
other personnel can be intense and we may not be successful in
attracting and retaining such personnel. Competitors and others
have in the past and may in the future attempt to recruit our
25
employees. While our employees are required to sign standard
agreements concerning confidentiality and ownership of
inventions, we generally do not have employment contracts or
non-competition agreements with any of our personnel. The loss
of the services of any of our key personnel, the inability to
attract or retain qualified personnel in the future or delays in
hiring required personnel, particularly senior management and
engineers and other technical personnel, could negatively affect
our business.
Accounting
standards and stock exchange regulations related to equity
compensation could adversely affect our earnings, our ability to
raise capital and our ability to attract and retain key
personnel.
Since our inception, we have used equity compensation, including
stock options and restricted stock units, as a fundamental
component of our employee compensation packages. We believe that
our equity incentive plans are an essential tool to link the
long-term interests of stockholders and employees, especially
executive management, and serve to motivate management to make
decisions that will, in the long run, give the best returns to
stockholders. The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)
issued SFAS 123(R) that requires us to record a charge to
earnings for employee stock option and restricted stock unit
grants and employee stock purchase plan rights for all periods
from January 1, 2006. This standard has negatively impacted
and will continue to negatively impact our earnings and may
affect our ability to raise capital on acceptable terms. For
2008, stock-based compensation expense recognized under
SFAS 123(R) was $7.8 million, which consisted of
stock-based compensation expense related to board of
directors restricted stock units, employee equity awards
and employee stock purchases.
In addition, regulations implemented by the NASDAQ Stock Market
requiring stockholder approval for all equity incentive plans
could make it more difficult for us to grant options or
restricted stock units to employees in the future. To the extent
that new accounting standards make it more difficult or
expensive to grant options or restricted stock units to
employees, we may incur increased compensation costs, change our
equity compensation strategy or find it difficult to attract,
retain and motivate employees, each of which could materially
and adversely affect our business.
We are exposed
to additional costs and risks associated with complying with
increasing regulation of corporate governance and disclosure
standards.
We are spending an increased amount of management time and
external resources to comply with changing laws, regulations and
standards relating to corporate governance and public
disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, SEC
regulations and the NASDAQ Stock Market rules. In particular,
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires
managements annual review and evaluation of our internal
control over financial reporting and attestation of the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting
by our independent registered public accounting firm in
connection with the filing of the annual report on
Form 10-K
for each fiscal year. We have documented and tested our internal
control systems and procedures and have made improvements in
order for us to comply with the requirements of
Section 404. This process required us to hire additional
personnel and outside advisory services and has resulted in
significant additional expenses. While our managements
assessment of our internal control over financial reporting
resulted in our conclusion that as of December 31, 2008,
our internal control over financial reporting was effective, and
our independent registered public accounting firm has attested
that our internal control over financial reporting was effective
in all material respects as of December 31, 2008, we cannot
predict the outcome of our testing and that of our independent
registered public accounting firm in future periods. If we
conclude in future periods that our internal control over
financial reporting is not effective or if our independent
registered public accounting firm is unable to provide an
unqualified attestation as of future year-ends, investors may
lose confidence in our financial statements, and the price of
our stock may suffer.
We may need
additional capital in the future and may not be able to secure
adequate funds on terms acceptable to us.
We have generated substantial operating losses since we began
operations in June 1988. We have been engaged in the design,
manufacture and sale of a variety of video products and system
solutions since inception, which has required, and will continue
to require, significant research and development expenditures.
As of December 31, 2008 we had an accumulated deficit of
$1.8 billion. These losses, among other things, have had
and may have an adverse effect on our stockholders equity
and working capital.
We believe that our existing liquidity sources, including the
net proceeds of the public offering of common stock that we
completed in November 2007, will satisfy our cash requirements
for at least the next twelve months. However, we may need to
26
raise additional funds if our expectations are incorrect, to
take advantage of unanticipated strategic opportunities, to
satisfy our other liabilities, or to strengthen our financial
position. Our ability to raise funds may be adversely affected
by a number of factors relating to Harmonic, as well as factors
beyond our control, including weakness in the economic
conditions in markets in which we operating and into which we
sell our products, increased uncertainty in the financial,
capital and credit markets, as well as conditions in the cable
and satellite industries. In particular, companies are
experiencing difficulty raising capital from issuances of debt
or equity securities in the current capital market environment,
and may also have difficulty securing credit financing. There
can be no assurance that such financing will be available on
terms acceptable to us, if at all.
In addition, we actively review potential acquisitions that
would complement our existing product offerings, enhance our
technical capabilities or expand our marketing and sales
presence. Any future transaction of this nature could require
potentially significant amounts of capital to finance the
acquisition and related expenses as well as to integrate
operations following a transaction, and could require us to
issue our stock and dilute existing stockholders. If adequate
funds are not available, or are not available on acceptable
terms, we may not be able to take advantage of market
opportunities, to develop new products or to otherwise respond
to competitive pressures.
We may raise additional financing through public or private
equity offerings, debt financings or additional corporate
collaboration and licensing arrangements. To the extent we raise
additional capital by issuing equity securities, our
stockholders may experience dilution. To the extent that we
raise additional funds through collaboration and licensing
arrangements, it may be necessary to relinquish some rights to
our technologies or products, or grant licenses on terms that
are not favorable to us. For example, debt financing
arrangements may require us to pledge assets or enter into
covenants that could restrict our operations or our ability to
incur further indebtedness. If adequate funds are not available,
we will not be able to continue developing our products.
If demand for
our products increases more quickly than we expect, we may be
unable to meet our customers requirements.
If demand for our products increases, the difficulty of
accurately forecasting our customers requirements and
meeting these requirements will increase. For example, we had
insufficient quantities of certain products to meet customer
demand late in the second quarter of 2006 and, as a result, our
revenues were lower than internal and external expectations.
Forecasting to meet customers needs and effectively
managing our supply chain is particularly difficult in
connection with newer products. Our ability to meet customer
demand depends significantly on the availability of components
and other materials as well as the ability of our contract
manufacturers to scale their production. Furthermore, we
purchase several key components, subassemblies and modules used
in the manufacture or integration of our products from sole or
limited sources. Our ability to meet customer requirements
depends in part on our ability to obtain sufficient volumes of
these materials in a timely fashion. Also, in previous years, in
response to lower sales and the prolonged economic recession, we
significantly reduced our headcount and other expenses. As a
result, we may be unable to respond to customer demand that
increases more quickly than we expect. If we fail to meet
customers supply expectations, our net sales would be
adversely affected and we may lose business.
We purchase
several key components, subassemblies and modules used in the
manufacture or integration of our products from sole or limited
sources, and we are increasingly dependent on contract
manufacturers.
Many components, subassemblies and modules necessary for the
manufacture or integration of our products are obtained from a
sole supplier or a limited group of suppliers. For example, we
depend on a small private company for certain video encoding
chips which are incorporated into several new products. Our
reliance on sole or limited suppliers, particularly foreign
suppliers, and our increased reliance on subcontractors involves
several risks, including a potential inability to obtain an
adequate supply of required components, subassemblies or modules
and, reduced control over pricing, quality and timely delivery
of components, subassemblies or modules. In particular, certain
optical components have in the past been in short supply and are
available only from a small number of suppliers, including sole
source suppliers. These risks are heightened during the current
economic slowdown, because our suppliers and subcontractors are
more likely to experience adverse changes in their financial
condition and operations during such a period. While we expend
resources to qualify additional component sources, consolidation
of suppliers in the industry and the small number of viable
alternatives have limited the results of these efforts. We do
not generally maintain long-term agreements with any of our
suppliers. Managing our supplier and contractor relationships is
particularly difficult during time periods in which we introduce
new products and during time periods in which demand for our
products is increasing, especially if demand increases more
quickly than we expect. Furthermore, from time to time we assess
our relationship with our contract manufacturers. In 2003, we
entered into a three-
27
year agreement with Plexus Services Corp. as our primary
contract manufacturer, and Plexus currently provides us with a
majority of the products that we purchase from our contract
manufacturers. This agreement has automatic annual renewals
unless prior notice is given and has been renewed until October
2009.
Difficulties in managing relationships with current contract
manufacturers, particularly Plexus, could impede our ability to
meet our customers requirements and adversely affect our
operating results. An inability to obtain adequate deliveries or
any other circumstance that would require us to seek alternative
sources of supply could negatively affect our ability to ship
our products on a timely basis, which could damage relationships
with current and prospective customers and harm our business. We
attempt to limit this risk by maintaining safety stocks of
certain components, subassemblies and modules. As a result of
this investment in inventories, we have in the past and in the
future may be subject to risk of excess and obsolete
inventories, which could harm our business, operating results,
financial position or cash flows. In this regard, our gross
margins and operating results in the past were adversely
affected by significant excess and obsolete inventory charges.
Cessation of
the development and production of video encoding chips by
C-Cubes spun-off semiconductor business may adversely
impact us.
Our DiviCom business, which we acquired in 2000, and the C-Cube
semiconductor business (acquired by LSI Logic in June
2001) collaborated on the production and development of two
video encoding microelectronic chips prior to our acquisition of
the DiviCom business. In connection with the acquisition, we
have entered into a contractual relationship with the spun-off
semiconductor business of C-Cube, under which we have access to
certain of the spun-off semiconductor business technologies and
products on which the DiviCom business depends for certain
product and service offerings. The current term of this
agreement is through October 2009, with automatic annual
renewals unless terminated by either party in accordance with
the agreement provisions. On July 27, 2007, LSI announced
that it had completed the sale of its consumer products business
(which includes the design and manufacture of encoding chips) to
Magnum Semiconductor, and the agreement providing us with access
to certain of the spun-off semiconductor business technologies
and products was assigned to Magnum Semiconductor. If the
spun-off semiconductor business is not able to or does not
sustain its development and production efforts in this area, our
business, financial condition, results of operations and cash
flow could be harmed.
We need to
effectively manage our operations and the cyclical nature of our
business.
The cyclical nature of our business has placed, and is expected
to continue to place, a significant strain on our personnel,
management and other resources. We reduced our work force by
approximately 44% between December 31, 2000 and
December 31, 2003 due to reduced industry spending and
demand for our products. Our purchase of the video networking
software business of Entone in December 2006 resulted in the
addition of 43 employees, most of whom are based in Hong
Kong, and we added approximately 18 employees on
July 31, 2007, in connection with the completion of our
acquisition of Rhozet. In addition, upon the closing of the
proposed acquisition of Scopus, we expect to add a significant
number of employees. Our ability to manage our business
effectively in the future, including any future growth, will
require us to train, motivate and manage our employees
successfully, to attract and integrate new employees into our
overall operations, to retain key employees and to continue to
improve our operational, financial and management systems.
We are subject
to various environmental laws and regulations that could impose
substantial costs upon us and may adversely affect our business,
operating results and financial condition.
Some of our operations use substances regulated under various
federal, state, local and international laws governing the
environment, including those governing the management, disposal
and labeling of hazardous substances and wastes and the cleanup
of contaminated sites. We could incur costs and fines,
third-party property damage or personal injury claims, or could
be required to incur substantial investigation or remediation
costs, if we were to violate or become liable under
environmental laws. The ultimate costs under environmental laws
and the timing of these costs are difficult to predict.
We also face increasing complexity in our product design as we
adjust to new and future requirements relating to the presence
of certain substances in electronic products and making
producers of those products financially responsible for the
collection, treatment, recycling, and disposal of certain
products. For example, the European Parliament and the Council
of the European Union have enacted the Waste Electrical and
Electronic Equipment (WEEE) directive, which regulates the
collection, recovery, and recycling of waste from electrical and
electronic products, and the Restriction on the Use of Certain
Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment
(RoHS) directive, which bans the use of certain hazardous
materials including lead,
28
mercury, cadmium, hexavalent chromium, and polybrominated
biphenyls (PBBs), and polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs)
that exceed certain specified levels. Legislation similar to
RoHS and WEEE has been or may be enacted in other jurisdictions,
including in the United States, Japan, and China. Our failure to
comply with these laws could result in our being directly or
indirectly liable for costs, fines or penalties and third-party
claims, and could jeopardize our ability to conduct business in
such countries. We also expect that our operations will be
affected by other new environmental laws and regulations on an
ongoing basis. Although we cannot predict the ultimate impact of
any such new laws and regulations, they will likely result in
additional costs or decreased revenue, and could require that we
redesign or change how we manufacture our products, any of which
could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We are liable
for C-Cubes pre-merger liabilities, including liabilities
resulting from the spin-off of its semiconductor
business.
Under the terms of the merger agreement with C-Cube, we are
generally liable for C-Cubes pre-merger liabilities. As of
December 31, 2008, approximately $1.7 million of
pre-merger liabilities remained outstanding and are included in
accrued liabilities. We are working with LSI Logic, which
acquired C-Cubes spun-off semiconductor business in June
2001 and assumed its obligations, to develop an approach to
settle these obligations, a process which has been underway
since the merger in 2000. These liabilities represent estimates
of C-Cubes pre-merger obligations to various authorities
in five countries. We paid $4.9 million to satisfy a
portion of this liability during 2008, but are unable to predict
when the remaining obligations will be paid. The full amount of
the estimated obligations has been classified as a current
liability. To the extent that these obligations are finally
settled for less than the amounts provided, we are required,
under the terms of the merger agreement, to refund the
difference to LSI Logic. Conversely, if the settlements are more
than the remaining $1.7 million pre-merger liability, LSI
Logic is obligated to reimburse us.
The merger agreement stipulates that we will be indemnified by
the spun-off semiconductor business if the cash reserves are not
sufficient to satisfy all of C-Cubes liabilities for
periods prior to the merger. If for any reason, the spun-off
semiconductor business does not have sufficient cash to pay such
taxes, or if there are additional taxes due with respect to the
non-semiconductor business and we cannot be indemnified by LSI
Logic, we generally will remain liable, and such liability could
have a material adverse effect on our financial condition,
results of operations or cash flows.
We rely on
value-added resellers and systems integrators for a substantial
portion of our sales, and disruptions to, or our failure to
develop and manage our relationships with these customers and
the processes and procedures that support them could adversely
affect our business.
We generate a substantial portion of our sales through net sales
to value-added resellers, or VARs, and systems integrators. We
expect that these sales will continue to generate a substantial
percentage of our net sales in the future. Our future success is
highly dependent upon establishing and maintaining successful
relationships with a variety of VARs and systems integrators
that specialize in video delivery solutions, products and
services.
We have no long-term contracts or minimum purchase commitments
with any of our VAR or system integrator customers, and our
contracts with these parties do not prohibit them from
purchasing or offering products or services that compete with
ours. Our competitors may be effective in providing incentives
to our VAR and systems integrator customers to favor their
products or to prevent or reduce sales of our products. Our VAR
or systems integrator customers may choose not to purchase or
offer our products. Our failure to establish and maintain
successful relationships with VAR and systems integrator
customers would likely materially and adversely affect our
business, operating results and financial condition.
Our failure to
adequately protect our proprietary rights may adversely affect
us.
We currently hold 40 issued U.S. patents and 18 issued
foreign patents, and have a number of patent applications
pending. Although we attempt to protect our intellectual
property rights through patents, trademarks, copyrights,
licensing arrangements, maintaining certain technology as trade
secrets and other measures, we cannot assure you that any
patent, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property
rights owned by us will not be invalidated, circumvented or
challenged, that such intellectual property rights will provide
competitive advantages to us or that any of our pending or
future patent applications will be issued with the scope of the
claims sought by us, if at all. We cannot assure you that others
will not develop technologies that are similar or superior to
our technology, duplicate our technology or design around the
patents that we own. In addition,
29
effective patent, copyright and trade secret protection may be
unavailable or limited in certain foreign countries in which we
do business or may do business in the future.
We believe that patents and patent applications are not
currently significant to our business, and investors therefore
should not rely on our patent portfolio to give us a competitive
advantage over others in our industry. We believe that the
future success of our business will depend on our ability to
translate the technological expertise and innovation of our
personnel into new and enhanced products. We generally enter
into confidentiality or license agreements with our employees,
consultants, vendors and customers as needed, and generally
limit access to and distribution of our proprietary information.
Nevertheless, we cannot assure you that the steps taken by us
will prevent misappropriation of our technology. In addition, we
have taken in the past, and may take in the future, legal action
to enforce our patents and other intellectual property rights,
to protect our trade secrets, to determine the validity and
scope of the proprietary rights of others, or to defend against
claims of infringement or invalidity. Such litigation could
result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could
negatively affect our business, operating results, financial
position or cash flows.
In order to successfully develop and market certain of our
planned products, we may be required to enter into technology
development or licensing agreements with third parties. Although
many companies are often willing to enter into technology
development or licensing agreements, we cannot assure you that
such agreements will be negotiated on terms acceptable to us, or
at all. The failure to enter into technology development or
licensing agreements, when necessary or desirable, could limit
our ability to develop and market new products and could cause
our business to suffer.
Our products
include third-party technology and intellectual property, and
our inability to use that technology in the future could harm
our business.
We incorporate certain third-party technologies, including
software programs, into our products, and intend to utilize
additional third-party technologies in the future. Licenses to
relevant third-party technologies or updates to those
technologies may not continue to be available to us on
commercially reasonable terms, or at all. In addition, the
technologies that we license may not operate properly and we may
not be able to secure alternatives in a timely manner, which
could harm our business. We could face delays in product
releases until alternative technology can be identified,
licensed or developed, and integrated into our products, if we
are able to do so at all. These delays, or a failure to secure
or develop adequate technology, could materially and adversely
affect our business.
We or our
customers may face intellectual property infringement claims
from third parties.
Our industry is characterized by the existence of a large number
of patents and frequent claims and related litigation regarding
patent and other intellectual property rights. In particular,
leading companies in the telecommunications industry have
extensive patent portfolios. From time to time, third parties
have asserted and may assert patent, copyright, trademark and
other intellectual property rights against us or our customers.
Our suppliers and customers may have similar claims asserted
against them. A number of third parties, including companies
with greater financial and other resources than us, have
asserted patent rights to technologies that are important to us.
Any future litigation, regardless of its outcome, could result
in substantial expense and significant diversion of the efforts
of our management and technical personnel. An adverse
determination in any such proceeding could subject us to
significant liabilities, temporary or permanent injunctions or
require us to seek licenses from third parties or pay royalties
that may be substantial. Furthermore, necessary licenses may not
be available on satisfactory terms, or at all. An unfavorable
outcome on any such litigation matters could require that
Harmonic pay substantial damages, or, in connection with any
intellectual property infringement claims, could require that we
pay ongoing royalty payments or could prevent us from selling
certain of our products and any such outcome could have a
material adverse effect on our business, operating results,
financial position or cash flows.
On July 3, 2003, Stanford University and Litton Systems
(now Northrop Grumman Guidance and Electronics Company, Inc.)
filed a complaint in U.S. District Court for the Central
District of California alleging that optical fiber amplifiers
incorporated into certain of our products infringe
U.S. Patent No. 4859016. This patent expired in
September 2003. The complaint sought injunctive relief,
royalties and damages. On August 6, 2007, the District
Court granted our motion to dismiss. The plaintiffs appealed
this motion and on June 19, 2008 the U.S. Court of
Appeals for the Federal Circuit issued a decision which vacated
the District Courts decision and remanded for further
proceedings. At a scheduling conference on October 6, 2008,
the judge ordered the parties to mediation. Two mediation
sessions were held in November and December 2008. Following the
mediation sessions, Harmonic and Litton entered into a
settlement agreement on January 15, 2009. The settlement
agreement provides
30
than in exchange for a one-time lump sum payment from Harmonic
to Litton of $5 million, Litton (i) will not bring
suit against Harmonic, any of its affiliates, customers,
vendors, representatives, distributors, and its contract
manufacturers from having any liability for making, using,
offering for sale, importing,
and/or
selling any Harmonic products that may have incorporated
technology that was alleged to have infringed on one or more of
the relevant patents and (ii) would release Harmonic from
any liability for making, using, selling any Harmonic products
that may have infringed on such patents. Harmonic paid the
settlement amount in January 2009.
Our suppliers and customers may have similar claims asserted
against them. We have agreed to indemnify some of our suppliers
and customers for alleged patent infringement. The scope of this
indemnity varies, but, in some instances, includes
indemnification for damages and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys fees).
We are the
subject of litigation which, if adversely determined, could harm
our business and operating results.
In addition to the litigation discussed elsewhere in this Annual
Report on
Form 10-K,
we are involved in other litigation and may be subject to claims
arising in the normal course of business. An unfavorable outcome
on any litigation matter could require that we pay substantial
damages, or, in connection with any intellectual property
infringement claims, could require that we pay ongoing royalty
payments or could prevent us from selling certain of our
products. In addition, we may decide to settle any litigation,
which could cause us to incur significant costs. A settlement or
an unfavorable outcome on any litigation matter could have a
material adverse effect on our business, operating results,
financial position or cash flows.
We have
received preliminary court approval of a settlement of
derivative claims and hearing on final approval has been
scheduled.
In 2000, several class action lawsuits, which were ultimately
consolidated into a single lawsuit, were brought on behalf of a
purported class of persons who purchased Harmonics
publicly traded securities between January 19, 2000 and
June 26, 2000, and alleged violations of federal securities
laws by Harmonic and certain of its officers and directors. The
consolidated complaint alleged, inter alia, that, by making
false or misleading statements regarding Harmonics
prospects and customers and its acquisition of C-Cube, certain
defendants violated sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange
Act, and also alleged that certain defendants violated
section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and sections 11,
12(a)(2), and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, or the
Securities Act, by filing a false or misleading registration
statement, prospectus, and joint proxy in connection with the
C-Cube acquisition.
Following a series of procedural actions, a significant number
of the claims alleged in the consolidated complaint were
dismissed. However, certain of the plaintiffs claims
survived dismissal. In January 2007, the District Court set a
trial date for August 2008, and also ordered the parties to
participate in mediation.
As a result of discussions and negotiations between
plaintiffs counsel and Harmonic, and Harmonic and its
insurance carriers, an agreement was reached in March 2008 to
resolve the securities class action lawsuit. This agreement
releases Harmonic, its officers, directors and insurance
carriers from all claims brought in the lawsuit by the
plaintiffs against Harmonic or its officers and directors,
without any admission of fault on the part of Harmonic or its
officers and directors. On October 29, 2008, the District
Court issued a final order granting approval of the settlement
agreement.
Under the terms of the agreement to settle the securities class
action lawsuit, Harmonic and its insurance carriers paid
$15.0 million in consideration to the plaintiffs in the
securities class action. Of this amount, Harmonic paid
$5.0 million, and Harmonics insurance carriers, in
addition to having funded most litigation costs, contributed the
remaining $10.0 million on behalf of the individual
defendants. Harmonic paid its share of the settlement
consideration into escrow on August 5, 2008.
On May 15, 2003, a derivative action purporting to be on
our behalf was filed in the Superior Court for the County of
Santa Clara against certain current and former officers and
directors. It alleges facts similar to those alleged in the
securities class action filed in 2000 and settled in 2008. On
December 23, 2008, the Court granted preliminary approval
to a settlement of the derivative action. On February 26,
2009, the settlement was submitted to the Court for final
approval. The terms of the settlement require final approval of
the settlement in the securities class action litigation, which
has occurred, and payment by Harmonic of $550,000 to cover
plaintiffs attorneys fees. If finalized, the settlement
will release Harmonics officers and directors from all
claims brought in the derivative lawsuit.
There can be no assurance that final approval of the settlement
will be granted. If final approval is not granted, or if for any
reason the settlement does not become final, Harmonic and its
officers and directors will be required to continue litigating
the
31
derivative action, which could result in substantive legal
expenses for the Company and distraction by its management. If
an agreement cannot be reached resulting in a court trial, an
adverse verdict in a trial could require that we pay substantial
damages. Any subsequent attempt to settle the litigation matters
could be on terms less favorable to Harmonic than those set
forth in the tentative agreements described above. A subsequent
settlement of the derivative action on terms that are different
from those outlined above, or an unfavorable outcome of the
derivative litigation, could have a material adverse effect on
our business, operating results, financial position or cash
flows.
We are subject
to import and export controls that could subject us to liability
or impair our ability to compete in international
markets.
Our products are subject to U.S. export controls and may be
exported outside the United States only with the required level
of export license or through an export license exception, in
most cases because we incorporate encryption technology into our
products. In addition, various countries regulate the import of
certain technology and have enacted laws that could limit our
ability to distribute our products or could limit our
customers ability to implement our products in those
countries. Changes in our products or changes in export and
import regulations may create delays in the introduction of our
products in international markets, prevent our customers with
international operations from deploying our products throughout
their global systems or, in some cases, prevent the export or
import of our products to certain countries altogether. Any
change in export or import regulations or related legislation,
shift in approach to the enforcement or scope of existing
regulations, or change in the countries, persons or technologies
targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of
our products by, or in our decreased ability to export or sell
our products to, existing or potential customers internationally.
In addition, we may be subject to customs duties and export
quotas, which could have a significant impact on our revenue and
profitability. While we have not encountered significant
difficulties in connection with the sales of our products in
international markets, the future imposition of significant
increases in the level of customs duties or export quotas could
have a material adverse effect on our business.
The ongoing
threat of terrorism has created great uncertainty and may
continue to harm our business.
Current conditions in the U.S. and global economies are
uncertain. The terrorist attacks in the U.S. in 2001 and
subsequent terrorist attacks in other parts of the world have
created many economic and political uncertainties that have
severely impacted the global economy, and have adversely
affected our business. For example, following the 2001 terrorist
attacks in the U.S., we experienced a further decline in demand
for our products. The long-term effects of the attacks, the
situation in the Middle East and the ongoing war on terrorism on
our business and on the global economy remain unknown. Moreover,
the potential for future terrorist attacks has created
additional uncertainty and makes it difficult to estimate the
stability and strength of the U.S. and other economies and
the impact of economic conditions on our business.
The markets in
which we, our customers and our suppliers operate are subject to
the risk of earthquakes and other natural
disasters.
Our headquarters and the majority of our operations are located
in California, which is prone to earthquakes, and some of the
other locations in which we, our customers and suppliers conduct
business are prone to natural disasters. In the event that any
of our business centers are affected by any such disasters, we
may sustain damage to our operations and properties and suffer
significant financial losses. Furthermore, we rely on
third-party manufacturers for the production of many of our
products, and any disruption in the business or operations of
such manufacturers could adversely impact our business. In
addition, if there is a major earthquake or other natural
disaster in any of the locations in which our significant
customers are located, we face the risk that our customers may
incur losses, or sustained business interruption
and/or loss
which may materially impair their ability to continue their
purchase of products from us. A major earthquake or other
natural disaster in the markets in which we, our customers or
suppliers operate could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition, results of operations or cash
flows.
32
Some
anti-takeover provisions contained in our certificate of
incorporation, bylaws and stockholder rights plan, as well as
provisions of Delaware law, could impair a takeover
attempt.
We have provisions in our certificate of incorporation and
bylaws, each of which could have the effect of rendering more
difficult or discouraging an acquisition deemed undesirable by
our Board of Directors. These include provisions:
|
|
|
|
|
authorizing blank check preferred stock, which could be issued
with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to
our common stock;
|
|
|
|
limiting the liability of, and providing indemnification to, our
directors and officers;
|
|
|
|
limiting the ability of our stockholders to call and bring
business before special meetings;
|
|
|
|
requiring advance notice of stockholder proposals for business
to be conducted at meetings of our stockholders and for
nominations of candidates for election to our Board of Directors;
|
|
|
|
controlling the procedures for conduct and scheduling of Board
and stockholder meetings; and
|
|
|
|
providing the Board of Directors with the express power to
postpone previously scheduled annual meetings and to cancel
previously scheduled special meetings.
|
These provisions, alone or together, could delay hostile
takeovers and changes in control or management of us.
In addition, we have adopted a stockholder rights plan. The
rights are not intended to prevent a takeover of us, and we
believe these rights will help our negotiations with any
potential acquirers. However, if the Board of Directors believes
that a particular acquisition is undesirable, the rights may
have the effect of rendering more difficult or discouraging that
acquisition. The rights would cause substantial dilution to a
person or group that attempts to acquire us on terms or in a
manner not approved by our Board of Directors, except pursuant
to an offer conditioned upon redemption of the rights.
As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of
Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation law, which prevents some stockholders holding more
than 15% of our outstanding common stock from engaging in
certain business combinations without approval of the holders of
substantially all of our outstanding common stock.
Any provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, our
stockholder rights plan or Delaware law that has the effect of
delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the
opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their
shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that
some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.
Our common
stock price may be extremely volatile, and the value of your
investment may decline.
Our common stock price has been highly volatile. We expect that
this volatility will continue in the future due to factors such
as:
|
|
|
|
|
general market and economic conditions;
|
|
|
|
actual or anticipated variations in operating results;
|
|
|
|
announcements of technological innovations, new products or new
services by us or by our competitors or customers;
|
|
|
|
changes in financial estimates or recommendations by stock
market analysts regarding us or our competitors;
|
|
|
|
announcements by us or our competitors of significant
acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital
commitments;
|
|
|
|
announcements by our customers regarding end market conditions
and the status of existing and future infrastructure network
deployments;
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
additions or departures of key personnel; and
|
|
|
|
future equity or debt offerings or our announcements of these
offerings.
|
In addition, in recent years, the stock market in general, and
the NASDAQ Stock Market and the securities of technology
companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and
volume fluctuations. These fluctuations have often been
unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of
individual companies. These broad market fluctuations have in
the past and may in the future materially and adversely affect
our stock price, regardless of our operating results. Investors
may be unable to sell their shares of our common stock at or
above the purchase price.
Our stock
price may decline if additional shares are sold in the
market.
Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of our common
stock by our existing stockholders in the public market, or the
perception that these sales could occur, may cause the market
price of our common stock to decline. In addition, we may be
required to issue additional shares upon exercise of previously
granted options that are currently outstanding. Increased sales
of our common stock in the market after exercise of currently
outstanding options could exert significant downward pressure on
our stock price. These sales also might make it more difficult
for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future
at a time and price we deem appropriate.
If securities
analysts do not continue to publish research or reports about
our business, or if they downgrade our stock, the price of our
stock could decline.
The trading market for our common stock relies in part on the
availability of research and reports that third-party industry
or financial analysts publish about us. Further, if one or more
of the analysts who do cover us downgrade our stock, our stock
price may decline. If one or more of these analysts cease
coverage of us, we could lose visibility in the market, which in
turn could cause the liquidity of our stock and our stock price
to decline.
None.
All of our facilities are leased, including our principal
operations and corporate headquarters in Sunnyvale, California.
We also have research and development centers in New York and
New Jersey, several sales offices in the U.S., sales and support
centers in Switzerland, the United Kingdom, France, and China,
and research and development centers in Israel and Hong Kong.
Our leases, which expire at various dates through April 2017,
are for approximately 418,000 square feet of space. We
believe that these facilities are adequate for our current
needs, and that suitable additional space will be available as
needed to accommodate the foreseeable expansion of our
operations.
In the U.S., of the 352,000 square feet under lease,
approximately 178,000 square feet is in excess of our
requirements and we no longer occupy, do not intend to occupy,
and have subleased, or plan to sublease. The estimated loss on
subleases has been included in the excess facilities charges
recorded in 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007 and 2008. In the third
quarter of 2006 we completed the facilities rationalization plan
of our Sunnyvale campus which resulted in more efficient use of
our leased space and we vacated several buildings and recorded a
net charge of $2.1 million for excess facilities. In the
third quarter of 2007 we extended a sublease for the remaining
term of a lease which resulted in a $1.8 million reduction
to the excess facilities liability. In 2007 we recorded a
restructuring charge of $0.4 million on a reduction in
estimated sublease income for a Sunnyvale building, and a charge
of $0.5 million from the closure of the manufacturing and
research and development activities of Broadcast Technology
Limited. In 2008, we recorded a charge in selling, general and
administrative expenses for excess facilities of
$1.4 million from a revised estimate of expected sublease
income for buildings located in Sunnyvale and the United
Kingdom. The Sunnyvale lease terminates in September 2010 and
the leases for facilities in the United Kingdom terminate in
October 2010 and all sublease income has been eliminated from
the estimated liability.
34
SHAREHOLDER
LITIGATION
In 2000, several class action lawsuits, which were ultimately
consolidated into a single lawsuit, were brought on behalf of a
purported class of persons who purchased Harmonics
publicly traded securities between January 19, 2000 and
June 26, 2000, and alleged violations of federal securities
laws by Harmonic and certain of its officers and directors. The
consolidated complaint alleged, inter alia, that, by making
false or misleading statements regarding Harmonics
prospects and customers and its acquisition of C-Cube, certain
defendants violated sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange
Act, and also alleged that certain defendants violated
section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and sections 11,
12(a)(2), and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, or the
Securities Act, by filing a false or misleading registration
statement, prospectus, and joint proxy in connection with the
C-Cube acquisition.
Following a series of procedural actions, a significant number
of the claims alleged in the consolidated complaint were
dismissed. However, certain of the plaintiffs claims
survived dismissal. In January 2007, the District Court set a
trial date for August 2008, and also ordered the parties to
participate in mediation.
As a result of discussions and negotiations between
plaintiffs counsel and Harmonic, and Harmonic and its
insurance carriers, an agreement was reached in March 2008 to
resolve the securities class action lawsuit. This agreement
releases Harmonic, its officers, directors and insurance
carriers from all claims brought in the lawsuit by the
plaintiffs against Harmonic or its officers and directors,
without any admission of fault on the part of Harmonic or its
officers and directors. On October 29, 2008, the District
Court issued a final order granting approval of the settlement
agreement.
Under the terms of the agreement to settle the securities class
action lawsuit, Harmonic and its insurance carriers paid
$15.0 million in consideration to the plaintiffs in the
securities class action. Of this amount, Harmonic paid
$5.0 million, and Harmonics insurance carriers, in
addition to having funded most litigation costs, contributed the
remaining $10.0 million on behalf of the individual
defendants. Harmonic paid its share of the settlement
consideration into escrow on August 5, 2008.
On May 15, 2003, a derivative action purporting to be on
our behalf was filed in the Superior Court for the County of
Santa Clara against certain current and former officers and
directors. It alleges facts similar to those alleged in the
securities class action filed in 2000 and settled in 2008. On
December 23, 2008, the Court granted preliminary approval
to a settlement of the derivative action. On February 26,
2009, the settlement was submitted to the Court for final
approval. The terms of the settlement require final approval of
the settlement in the securities class action litigation, which
has occurred, and payment by Harmonic of $550,000 to cover
plaintiffs attorneys fees. If finalized, the settlement
will release Harmonics officers and directors from all
claims brought in the derivative lawsuit.
OTHER
LITIGATION
On July 3, 2003, Stanford University and Litton Systems
(now Northrop Grumman Guidance and Electronics Company, Inc.)
filed a complaint in U.S. District Court for the Central
District of California alleging that optical fiber amplifiers
incorporated into certain of Harmonics products infringe
U.S. Patent No. 4859016. This patent expired in
September 2003. The complaint sought injunctive relief,
royalties and damages. On August 6, 2007, the District
Court granted our motion to dismiss. The plaintiffs appealed
this motion and on June 19, 2008 the U.S. Court of
Appeals for the Federal Circuit issued a decision which vacated
the District Courts decision and remanded for further
proceedings. At a scheduling conference on September 6,
2008, the judge ordered the parties to mediation. Two mediation
sessions were held in November and December 2008. Following the
mediation sessions, Harmonic and Litton entered into a
settlement agreement on January 15, 2009. The settlement
agreement provides than in exchange for a one-time lump sum
payment from Harmonic to Litton of $5 million, Litton
(i) will not bring suit against Harmonic, any of its
affiliates, customers, vendors, representatives, distributors,
and its contract manufacturers from having any liability for
making, using, offering for sale, importing,
and/or
selling any Harmonic products that may have incorporated
technology that was alleged to have infringed on one or more of
the relevant patents and (ii) would release Harmonic from
any liability for making, using, selling any Harmonic products
that may have infringed on such patents. Harmonic paid the
settlement amount in January 2009.
35
An unfavorable outcome on any other litigation matter could
require that Harmonic pay substantial damages, or, in connection
with any intellectual property infringement claims, could
require that we pay ongoing royalty payments or could prevent us
from selling certain of our products. A settlement or an
unfavorable outcome on any other litigation matter could have a
material adverse effect on Harmonics business, operating
results, financial position or cash flows.
Harmonic is involved in other litigation and may be subject to
claims arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion
of management the amount of ultimate liability with respect to
these matters in the aggregate will not have a material adverse
effect on the Company or its operating results, financial
position or cash flows.
No matters were submitted to a vote of stockholders during the
fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2008.
36
PART II
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
Market information: Harmonics common stock is traded on
the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol HLIT, and has
been listed on NASDAQ since Harmonics initial public
offering on May 22, 1995. The following table sets forth,
for the periods indicated, the high and low sales price per
share of the Common Stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global
Select Market:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
$
|
11.07
|
|
|
$
|
7.04
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
11.18
|
|
|
|
7.94
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
10.86
|
|
|
|
7.76
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
|
12.95
|
|
|
|
9.63
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
$
|
11.35
|
|
|
$
|
7.40
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
10.60
|
|
|
|
7.43
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
9.78
|
|
|
|
7.42
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
|
8.89
|
|
|
|
3.76
|
|
Holders of record: At February 18, 2009 there were
406 stockholders of record of Harmonics Common Stock.
Dividends: Harmonic has never declared or paid any
dividends on its capital stock. Harmonic currently expects to
retain future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and
expansion of its business and does not anticipate paying any
cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Harmonics line
of credit includes covenants prohibiting the payment of
dividends.
Securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation
plans: The disclosure required by Item 201(d) of
Regulation S-K
will be set forth in the 2009 Proxy Statement under the caption
Equity Plan Information and is incorporated herein
by reference.
Sales of unregistered securities: Not applicable.
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
Use of proceeds: Not applicable.
|
|
|
|
|
(c)
|
Purchase of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated
purchasers: During the three months ended December 31,
2008, Harmonic did not, nor did any of its affiliated entities,
repurchase any of Harmonics equity securities.
|
37
PERFORMANCE
GRAPH
Set forth below is a line graph comparing the annual percentage
change in the cumulative return to the stockholders of
Harmonics common stock with the cumulative return of the
NASDAQ Telecom Index and of the Standard & Poors
(S&P) 500 Index for the period commencing December 31,
2003 and ending on December 31, 2008. The graph assumes
that $100 was invested in each of Harmonics common stock,
the S&P 500 and the NASDAQ Telecom Index on
December 31, 2003, and assumes the reinvestment of
dividends, if any. The comparisons shown in the graph below are
based upon historical data. Harmonic cautions that the stock
price performance shown in the graph below is not indicative of,
nor intended to forecast, the potential future performance of
Harmonics common stock.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12/31/03
|
|
|
12/31/04
|
|
|
12/31/05
|
|
|
12/31/06
|
|
|
12/31/07
|
|
|
12/31/08
|
|
|
Harmonic Inc.
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
115.03
|
|
|
|
66.90
|
|
|
|
100.28
|
|
|
|
144.55
|
|
|
|
77.38
|
|
NASDAQ Telecommunications Index
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
106.64
|
|
|
|
103.00
|
|
|
|
131.01
|
|
|
|
134.97
|
|
|
|
78.22
|
|
S&P 500 Index
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
110.88
|
|
|
|
116.33
|
|
|
|
134.70
|
|
|
|
142.10
|
|
|
|
89.53
|
|
38
The data set forth below are qualified in their entirety by
reference to, and should be read in conjunction with,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and the Consolidated
Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere in
this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
364,963
|
|
|
$
|
311,204
|
|
|
$
|
247,684
|
|
|
$
|
257,378
|
|
|
$
|
248,306
|
|
Gross profit(1)
|
|
|
177,533
|
|
|
|
134,075
|
|
|
|
101,446
|
|
|
|
93,948
|
|
|
|
104,495
|
|
Income (loss) from operations(1)(2)
|
|
|
39,305
|
|
|
|
19,258
|
|
|
|
(3,722
|
)
|
|
|
(7,044
|
)
|
|
|
1,436
|
|
Net income (loss)(1)
|
|
|
63,992
|
|
|
|
23,421
|
|
|
|
1,007
|
|
|
|
(5,731
|
)
|
|
|
1,574
|
|
Basic net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
0.68
|
|
|
|
0.29
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
(0.08
|
)
|
|
|
0.02
|
|
Diluted net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
0.67
|
|
|
|
0.28
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
(0.08
|
)
|
|
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments
|
|
$
|
327,163
|
|
|
$
|
269,260
|
|
|
$
|
92,371
|
|
|
$
|
110,828
|
|
|
$
|
100,607
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
375,131
|
|
|
|
283,276
|
|
|
|
97,398
|
|
|
|
117,353
|
|
|
|
117,112
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
564,363
|
|
|
|
475,779
|
|
|
|
281,962
|
|
|
|
226,297
|
|
|
|
242,356
|
|
Long term debt, including current portion
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
460
|
|
|
|
1,272
|
|
|
|
2,339
|
|
Stockholders equity
|
|
|
414,317
|
|
|
|
334,413
|
|
|
|
145,134
|
|
|
|
112,982
|
|
|
|
110,557
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.
|
The 2008 income from operations and net income included a charge
of $5.0 million for the settlement of a patent infringement
claim, a restructuring charge of $1.8 million on a
reduction in estimated sublease income for Sunnyvale, California
and UK buildings and an impairment charge of $0.8 million
on a short-term investment. We also recognized a benefit from
income taxes of $18.0 million resulting from the use of net
operating loss carryforwards and the release of the substantial
majority of our income tax valuation allowance.
|
The 2007 income from operations and net income included a charge
of $6.4 million for the settlement of the securities class
action lawsuit, a restructuring charge of $0.4 million on a
reduction in estimated sublease income for a Sunnyvale building
and a charge of $0.5 million from the closure of the
manufacturing and research and development activities of
Broadcast Technology Limited. This was partially offset by a
credit of $1.8 million from a revised estimate of expected
sublease income due to the extension of a sublease of a building
to the lease expiration. The acquisition of Rhozet in July 2007
resulted in a charge of $0.7 million related to the
write-off of acquired in-process technology.
The 2006 gross profit, loss from operations and net income
included a charge of $3.0 million for restructuring charges
associated with a management reduction and a campus
consolidation. An impairment expense of $1.0 million was
recorded in 2006 due to the writedown of the remaining balance
of the BTL intangibles.
The 2005 gross profit, loss from operations and net loss
included a charge of $8.4 million for the writedown of
inventory resulting primarily from the introduction of new
products and the related obsolescence of existing inventory.
Operating expenses included an expense of $1.1 million for
severance costs from the consolidation of the Companys two
operating segments into a single segment effective as of
January 1, 2006, and a benefit of $1.1 million from
the reversal of previously recorded excess facilities costs due
to subleasing an excess facility.
The 2004 gross profit, income from operations and net
income included credits of $4.0 million for products sold
during the year that had been written down in prior years.
|
|
|
|
2.
|
Income (loss) from operations for 2008, 2007, 2006, 2005 and
2004 included amortization and impairment expenses of intangible
assets of $6.1 million, $5.3 million,
$2.2 million, $2.6 million and $13.9 million,
respectively. In 2006 an impairment charge of $1.0 million
was recorded to write-off the remaining balance of the
intangibles from the BTL acquisition.
|
|
|
3.
|
On January 1, 2006, we adopted FAS 123(R),
Share-Based Payment, which required the measurement
and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based
payment awards made to employees and directors, including
employee stock options and restricted stock units and employee
stock purchases related to our Employee Stock Purchase Plan
based upon the grant-date fair value of those awards.
|
|
|
4.
|
On January 1, 2007, we adopted FASB Interpretation 48,
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxesan
Interpretation of FASB Statement 109
(FIN 48). The effect of adopting this
pronouncement was an increase in the Companys accumulated
deficit of $2.1 million for interest and penalties related
to unrecognized tax benefits that existed at January 1,
2007.
|
39
|
|
|
|
5.
|
On December 8, 2006, we acquired Entone Technologies, Inc.
for a purchase price of $48.9 million. Entone markets a
software solution which facilitates the provisioning of
personalized video services, including
video-on-demand,
network personal video recording, time-shifted television and
targeted advertisement insertion. See Note 3
Acquisitions of the Companys Consolidated
Financial Statements for additional information.
|
|
|
6.
|
On July 31, 2007, we acquired Rhozet Corporation for a
purchase price of $16.2 million. Rhozet develops and
markets software-based transcoding solutions that facilitate the
creation of multi-format video for Internet, mobile and
broadcast solutions. See Note 3 Acquisitions of
the Companys Consolidated Financial Statements for
additional information.
|
OVERVIEW
We design, manufacture and sell versatile and high performance
video products and system solutions that enable service
providers to efficiently deliver the next generation of
broadcast and on-demand services, including high-definition
television, or HDTV,
video-on-demand,
or VOD, network personal video recording and time-shifted TV.
Historically, the majority of our sales have been derived from
sales of video processing solutions and edge and access systems
to cable television operators and from sales of video processing
solutions to direct-to-home satellite operators. We also provide
our video processing solutions to telecommunications companies,
or telcos, broadcasters and Internet companies that offer video
services to their customers.
Harmonics net sales increased by 17% in 2008 from 2007,
and increased by 26% in 2007 from 2006. The increase in sales in
2008 compared to 2007 was primarily due to stronger demand from
our domestic and international satellite operators and our
domestic cable operators, and sales of our recently introduced
products. We also experienced an improved gross margin
percentage in 2008 compared to 2007 primarily due to higher
gross margins from new products and an increase in the
proportion of net sales from software, which has higher margins
that our hardware products. Our operating results in 2008
included a charge of $5.0 million for the settlement of a
patent litigation lawsuit. We also recognized a benefit from
income taxes of $18.0 million resulting from the use of net
operating loss carryforwards and the release of the substantial
majority of our income tax valuation allowance.
The increase in sales in 2007 compared to 2006 was primarily due
to stronger demand from our domestic and international satellite
operators and our domestic cable operators, and sales of our
recently introduced products. We also experienced an improved
gross margin percentage in 2007 compared to 2006 due to higher
gross margins from new products and an increase in the
proportion of net sales from software, which has higher margins
than our hardware products. In addition, in 2007 we continued to
reduce our sales of fiber-to-the-premises, or FTTP, products
which have significantly lower gross margins than our other
products. Our operating results for 2007 also included a charge
of $6.4 million for the expected settlement of the
securities class action lawsuit and a net credit of
$0.3 million consisting of a $1.8 million credit from
a revised estimate of expected sublease income due to the
extension of a sublease of a building to the lease expiration
which was partially offset by a charge of $0.4 million from
a change in sublease income for a Sunnyvale building and a
charge of $0.5 million from the closure of the
manufacturing and research and development activities of
Broadcast Technology Ltd.
We believe that the improvement in the industry capital spending
environment that was experienced in 2006, 2007 and 2008 has
been, in part, a result of the intense competition between cable
and satellite operators to offer more channels of digital video
and new services, such as VOD and HDTV, and in part the result
of the entry of telephone companies into the business of
delivering video services to their subscribers. We also believe
that the improvement has been due to more favorable conditions
in industry capital markets during 2006 and 2007 and the
completion or resolution of certain major business combinations,
financial restructurings and regulatory issues.
Adverse economic conditions in markets in which we operate and
into which we sell our products can harm our business. Recently,
economic conditions in the countries in which we operate and
sell products have become increasingly negative, and global
financial markets have experienced a severe downturn stemming
from a multitude of factors, including adverse credit conditions
impacted by the subprime-mortgage crisis, slower economic
activity, concerns about inflation and deflation, increased
energy costs, decreased consumer confidence, rapid changes in
foreign exchange rates, reduced corporate profits and capital
spending, adverse business conditions and liquidity concerns and
other factors. Economic growth in the U.S. and in many
other countries slowed in the fourth quarter of 2007, remained
slow during 2008, and is expected to slow further or recede in
2009 in the U.S. and internationally. During challenging
economic times, and in tight credit markets, many customers may
delay or reduce capital expenditures. This could result in
reductions in sales of our products, longer sales cycles,
difficulties in collection of accounts receivable, excess and
obsolete inventory, gross margin deterioration, slower adoption
of new technologies, increased price competition and supplier
difficulties. For example, we believe that the recent global
economic
40
slowdown caused certain customers to reduce or delay capital
spending plans in the fourth quarter of 2008, and expect that
these conditions could persist well into 2009. In addition,
during challenging economic times, we are likely to experience
increased price-based competition from our competitors, which
may result in our losing sales or force us to reduce the prices
of our products, which would reduce our revenues and could
adversely affect our gross margin.
Historically, a majority of our net sales have been to
relatively few customers, and due in part to the consolidation
of ownership of cable television and direct broadcast satellite
systems, we expect this customer concentration to continue for
the foreseeable future. In 2008, sales to Comcast and EchoStar
accounted for 20% and 12% of net sales, respectively. In 2007,
sales to Comcast and EchoStar accounted for 16% and 12% of net
sales, respectively. Sales to Comcast accounted for 12% of net
sales in 2006.
Sales to customers outside of the U.S. in 2008, 2007, and
2006 represented 44%, 44%, and 49% of net sales, respectively. A
significant portion of international sales are made to
distributors and system integrators, which are generally
responsible for importing the products and providing
installation and technical support and service to customers
within their territory. Sales denominated in foreign currencies
were approximately 6%, 7% and 11% of net sales in 2008, 2007 and
2006, respectively. We expect international sales to continue to
account for a substantial portion of our net sales for the
foreseeable future, and expect that, following the completion of
the proposed acquisition of Scopus, our international sales may
increase.
Harmonic often recognizes a significant portion, or the
majority, of its revenues in the last month of the quarter.
Harmonic establishes its expenditure levels for product
development and other operating expenses based on projected
sales levels, and expenses are relatively fixed in the short
term. Accordingly, variations in timing of sales can cause
significant fluctuations in operating results. In addition,
because a significant portion of Harmonics business is
derived from orders placed by a limited number of large
customers, the timing of such orders, delays in project
completion and revenue recognition policies can also cause
significant fluctuations in our operating results.
Harmonics expenses for any given quarter are typically
based on expected sales and if sales are below expectations, our
operating results may be adversely impacted by our inability to
adjust spending to compensate for the shortfall. In addition,
because a significant portion of Harmonics business is
derived from orders placed by a limited number of customers, the
timing of such orders can also cause significant fluctuations in
our operating results.
On December 22, 2008, Harmonic entered into a definitive
agreement to acquire Scopus Video Networks Ltd., a publicly
traded company organized under the laws of Israel. Under the
terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, Harmonic will pay
$5.62 per share in cash, without interest, for all of the
outstanding ordinary shares of Scopus, which represents an
enterprise value of approximately $51 million, net of
Scopus cash and short-term investments. The acquisition of
Scopus is expected to extend Harmonics worldwide customer
base and strengthen its market and technology leadership,
particularly in international video broadcast, contribution and
distribution markets. The merger is expected to close in March
2009.
On December 8, 2006, Harmonic completed its acquisition of
Entone Technologies, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the Agreement
and Plan of Merger, or Entone Agreement, dated August 21,
2006, for a total purchase consideration of $48.9 million.
The purchase consideration consisted of a payment of
$26.2 million, the issuance of 3,579,715 shares of
Harmonic common stock with a value of $20.1 million,
issuance of 175,342 options to purchase Harmonic common stock
with a value of $0.2 million and acquisition-related costs
of $2.5 million. Under the terms of the Entone Agreement,
Entone spun off its consumer premises equipment, or CPE,
business into a separate private company prior to the closing of
the merger. As part of the terms of the Entone Agreement,
Harmonic purchased a convertible note with a face amount of
$2.5 million in the new spun off private company in July
2007. The convertible note was sold to a third party for
approximately $2.6 million during 2008.
On July 31, 2007, Harmonic completed its acquisition of
Rhozet Corporation, pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and
Plan of Merger, or Rhozet Agreement, dated July 25, 2007.
Under the Rhozet Agreement, Harmonic paid or will pay an
aggregate of approximately $15.5 million in total merger
consideration, comprised of approximately $2.5 million in
cash, 1,105,656 shares of Harmonics common stock in
exchange for all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of
Rhozet, and approximately $2.8 million of cash which was
paid in the first quarter of 2008, as provided in the Rhozet
Agreement, to the holders of outstanding options to acquire
Rhozet common stock. In addition, in connection with the
acquisition, Harmonic incurred approximately $0.7 million
in transaction costs. Pursuant to the Rhozet Agreement,
approximately $2.3 million of the total merger
consideration, consisting of cash and shares of Harmonic common
stock, are being held back by Harmonic for at least
18 months following the closing of the acquisition to
satisfy certain indemnification obligations of Rhozets
shareholders pursuant to the terms of the Rhozet Agreement.
41
In the fourth quarter of 2007, we sold and issued
12,500,000 shares of common stock in a public offering at a
price of $12.00 per share. Our net proceeds from the offering
were approximately $141.8 million, which was net of
underwriters discounts and commissions of approximately
$7.4 million and related legal, accounting, printing and
other costs totaling approximately $0.7 million. The net
proceeds from the offering have been and are expected to
continue to be used for general corporate purposes, including
payment of existing liabilities, research and development, the
development or acquisition of new products or technologies,
equipment acquisitions, strategic acquisitions of businesses,
general working capital and operating expenses.
In the third quarter of 2006, we completed our facilities
rationalization plan resulting in more efficient use of our
Sunnyvale campus and vacated several buildings, some of which
were subsequently subleased. This resulted in a net charge for
excess facilities of $2.1 million in the third quarter of
2006.
In the third quarter of 2007, we recorded a credit of
$1.8 million from a revised estimate of expected sublease
income due to the extension of a sublease of a Sunnyvale
building to the lease expiration. In addition, in 2007 we
recorded a restructuring charge of $0.4 million on a
reduction in estimated sublease income for a Sunnyvale building,
and a charge of $0.5 million from the closure of the
manufacturing and research and development activities of
Broadcast Technology Limited.
During the second quarter of 2008, we recorded a charge in
selling, general and administrative expenses for excess
facilities of $1.2 million from a revised estimate of
expected sublease income of a Sunnyvale building. The lease for
such building terminates in September 2010 and all sublease
income has been eliminated from the estimated liability. During
the third quarter of 2008, we recorded a charge in selling,
general and administrative expenses for excess facilities of
$0.2 million from a revised estimate of expected sublease
income of two buildings in the United Kingdom. The leases for
these buildings terminate in October 2010 and all sublease
income has been eliminated from the estimated liability.
We are in the process of expanding our international operations
and staff to better support our expansion into international
markets. This expansion includes the implementation of an
international structure that includes, among other things, an
international support center in Europe, a research and
development cost-sharing arrangement, certain licenses and other
contractual arrangements by and among the Company and its
wholly-owned domestic and foreign subsidiaries. Our foreign
subsidiaries have acquired certain rights to sell our existing
intellectual property and intellectual property that will be
developed or licensed in the future. As a result of these
changes and an expanding customer base internationally, we
expect that an increasing percentage of our consolidated pre-tax
income will be derived from, and reinvested in, our
international operations. We anticipate that this pre-tax income
will be subject to foreign tax at relatively lower tax rates
when compared to the United States federal statutory tax rate in
future periods.
Critical
Accounting Policies, Judgments and Estimates
The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures
requires Harmonic to make judgments, assumptions and estimates
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the
disclosure of contingencies and the reported amounts of revenue
and expenses in the financial statements and accompanying notes.
Material differences may result in the amount and timing of
revenue and expenses if different judgments or different
estimates were made. See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements for details of Harmonics accounting
policies. Critical accounting policies, judgments and estimates
which we believe have the most significant impact on
Harmonics financial statements are set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue recognition;
|
|
|
|
Allowances for doubtful accounts, returns and discounts;
|
|
|
|
Valuation of inventories;
|
|
|
|
Impairment of long-lived assets;
|
|
|
|
Restructuring costs and accruals for excess facilities;
|
|
|
|
Assessment of the probability of the outcome of current
litigation;
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
Accounting for income taxes; and
|
|
|
|
Stock-based Compensation.
|
Revenue
Recognition
Harmonics principal sources of revenue are from sales of
hardware products, software products, solution sales, services
and hardware and software maintenance agreements. Harmonic
recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement
exists, delivery has occurred or services have been provided,
the sale price is fixed or determinable, collection is
reasonably assured, and risk of loss and title have transferred
to the customer.
We generally use contracts and customer purchase orders to
determine the existence of an arrangement. Shipping documents
and customer acceptance, when applicable, are used to verify
delivery. We assess whether the sales price is fixed or
determinable based on the payment terms associated with the
transaction and whether the price is subject to refund or
adjustment. We assess collectibility based primarily on the
creditworthiness of the customer as determined by credit checks
and analysis, as well as the customers payment history.
We evaluate our products to assess whether software is
more-than-incidental to a product. When we conclude that
software is more-than-incidental to a product, we account for
the product as a software product. Revenue on software products
and software-related elements are recognized in accordance with
Statement of Position (SOP)
97-2,
Software Revenue Recognition. Significant judgment
may be required in determining whether a product is a software
or hardware product.
Revenue from hardware product sales is recognized in accordance
with the provisions of Staff Accounting Bulletin
(SAB) No. 104, Revenue Recognition.
Subject to other revenue recognition provisions, revenue on
product sales is recognized when risk of loss and title has
transferred, which is generally upon shipment or delivery, based
on the terms of the arrangement. Revenue on shipments to
distributors, resellers and systems integrators is generally
recognized on delivery or sell-in. Allowances are provided for
estimated returns and discounts. Such allowances are adjusted
periodically to reflect actual and anticipated experience.
Distributors and systems integrators purchase our products for
specific capital equipment projects of the end-user and do not
hold inventory. They perform functions that include importation,
delivery to the end-customer, installation or integration, and
post-sales service and support. Our agreements with these
distributors and systems integrators have terms which are
generally consistent with the standard terms and conditions for
the sale of our equipment to end users and do not provide for
product rotation or pricing allowances, as are typically found
in agreements with stocking distributors. We have long-term
relationships with most of these distributors and systems
integrators and substantial experience with similar sales of
similar products. We do have instances of accepting product
returns from distributors and system integrators. However such
returns typically occur in instances where the system integrator
has designed a component into a project for the end user but the
integrator requests to return product that does not meet the
specific projects functional requirements. Such returns
are made solely at the discretion of the Company, as our
agreements with distributors and system integrators do not
provide for return rights. We have had extensive experience
monitoring product returns from our distributors and
accordingly, we have concluded that the amount of future returns
can be reasonably estimated in accordance with Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) 48,
Revenue Recognition When Right of Return Exits, and
SAB 104. With respect to these sales, we evaluate the terms
of sale and recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an
arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been
provided, the sales price is fixed or determinable,
collectibility is reasonably assured, and risk of loss and title
have transferred.
When arrangements contain multiple elements, Harmonic evaluates
all deliverables in the arrangement at the outset of the
arrangement based on the guidance in Emerging Issues Task Force
(EITF)
No. 00-21,
Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple
Deliverables
(EITF 00-21).
If the undelivered elements qualify as separate units of
accounting based on the criteria in
EITF 00-21,
which include that the delivered elements have value to the
customer on a stand-alone basis and that objective and reliable
evidence of fair value exists for undelivered elements, Harmonic
allocates the arrangement fee based on the relative fair value
of the elements of the arrangement. If a delivered element does
not meet the criteria in
EITF 00-21
to be considered a separate unit of accounting, revenue is
deferred until the undelivered elements are fulfilled. We
establish fair value by reference to the price the customer is
required to pay when an item is sold separately using
contractually stated, substantive renewal rates, when
applicable, or the average price of recently completed stand
alone sales transactions. Accordingly, the determination as to
whether appropriate objective and reliable evidence of fair
value exists can impact the timing of revenue recognition for an
arrangement.
43
For multiple element arrangements that include both hardware
products and software products, Harmonic evaluates the
arrangement based on
EITF 03-5,
Applicability of AICPA Statement of Position
97-2 to
Non-Software Deliverables in an Arrangement Containing
More-Than-Incidental Software. In accordance with the
provisions of
EITF 03-5,
the arrangement is divided between software-related elements and
non-software deliverables. Software-related elements are
accounted for as software. Software-related elements include all
non-software deliverables for which a software deliverable is
essential to its functionality. When software arrangements
contain multiple elements and vendor specific objective
evidence, or VSOE, of fair value exists for all undelivered
elements, Harmonic accounts for the delivered elements in
accordance with the Residual Method prescribed by
SOP No. 98-9.
In arrangements where VSOE of fair value is not available for
all undelivered elements, we defer the recognition of all
revenue until all elements, except post contract support, have
been delivered. Fair value of
software-related
elements is based on separate sales to other customers or upon
renewal rates quoted in contracts when the quoted renewal rates
are deemed to be substantive.
We also enter into solution sales for the design, manufacture,
test, integration and installation of products to the
specifications of Harmonics customers, including equipment
acquired from third parties to be integrated with
Harmonics products. These arrangements typically include
the configuration of system interfaces between Harmonic product
and customer/third party equipment, and optimization of the
overall solution to operate with the unique features of the
customers design and to meet customer-specific performance
requirements. Revenue on these arrangements is generally
recognized using the percentage of completion method in
accordance with Statement of Position (SOP)
81-1,
Accounting for Performance of Construction/ Production
Contracts. We measure performance under the percentage of
completion method using the efforts-expended method based on
current estimates of labor hours to complete the project.
Management believes that for each such project, labor hours
expended in proportion to total estimated hours at completion
represents the most reliable and meaningful measure for
determining a projects progress toward completion. If the
estimated costs to complete a project exceed the total contract
amount, indicating a loss, the entire anticipated loss is
recognized. Deferred revenue includes billings in excess of
revenue recognized, net of deferred costs of sales. Our
application of percentage-of-completion accounting is subject to
our estimates of labor hours to complete each project. In the
event that actual results differ from these estimates or we
adjust these estimates in future periods, our operating results,
financial position or cash flows for a particular period could
be adversely affected. During the year ended December 31,
2008, we recorded a loss of approximately $0.4 million
related to a loss contract.
Revenue from hardware and software maintenance agreements is
recognized ratably over the term of the maintenance agreement.
First year maintenance typically is included in the original
arrangement and renewed on an annual basis thereafter. Services
revenue is recognized on performance of the services and costs
associated with services are recognized as incurred. Fair value
of services such as consulting and training is based upon
separate sales of these services.
Significant management judgments and estimates must be made in
connection with determination of the revenue to be recognized in
any accounting period. Because of the concentrated nature of our
customer base, different judgments or estimates made for any one
large contract or customer could result in material differences
in the amount and timing of revenue recognized in any particular
period.
Allowances for
Doubtful Accounts, Returns and Discounts
We establish allowances for doubtful accounts, returns and
discounts based on credit profiles of our customers, current
economic trends, contractual terms and conditions and historical
payment, return and discount experience, as well as for known or
expected events. If there were to be a deterioration of a major
customers creditworthiness or if actual defaults, returns
or discounts were higher than our historical experience, our
operating results, financial position and cash flows could be
adversely affected. At December 31, 2008, our allowances
for doubtful accounts, returns and discounts totaled
$8.7 million.
Valuation of
Inventories
Harmonic states inventories at the lower of cost or market. We
write down the cost of excess or obsolete inventory to net
realizable value based on future demand forecasts and historical
demand. If there were to be a sudden and significant decrease in
demand for our products, or if there were a higher incidence of
inventory obsolescence because of rapidly changing technology
and customer requirements, we could be required to record
additional charges for excess and obsolete inventory and our
gross margin could be adversely affected. Inventory management
is of critical importance in order to balance the need
44
to maintain strategic inventory levels to ensure competitive
lead times against the risk of inventory obsolescence because of
rapidly changing technology and customer requirements.
Impairment of
Goodwill or Long-lived Assets
We perform an evaluation of the carrying value of goodwill and
long-lived assets, such as intangibles, on an annual basis in
the fourth quarter, or whenever we become aware of an event or
change in circumstances that would indicate potential
impairment. We evaluate the recoverability of goodwill on the
basis of market capitalization adjusted for a control premium
and discounted cash flows on a Company level, which is the sole
reporting unit. We evaluate the recoverability of intangible
assets and other long-lived assets on the basis of undiscounted
cash flows from each asset group. If impairment is indicated,
provisions for impairment are determined based on fair value,
principally using discounted cash flows. For example, changes in
industry and market conditions or the strategic realignment of
our resources could result in an impairment of identified
intangibles, goodwill or long-lived assets. There can be no
assurance that future impairment tests will not result in a
charge to earnings. Our review of intangibles in 2006 determined
that the remaining balance of $1.0 million of the
intangibles acquired as a result of the BTL acquisition in
February 2005 had been impaired based on the discontinuance of
the decoder product line obtained in the acquisition. At
December 31, 2008, our carrying values for goodwill and
intangible assets totaled $41.7 million and
$12.1 million, respectively.
Restructuring
Costs and Accruals for Excess Facilities
For restructuring activities initiated prior to
December 31, 2002 Harmonic recorded restructuring costs
when it committed to an exit plan and significant changes to the
exit plan were not likely. Harmonic determines the excess
facilities accrual based on estimates of expected cash payments
reduced by any sublease rental income for each excess facility.
In the event that Harmonic is unable to achieve expected levels
of sublease rental income, it will need to revise its estimate
of the liability which could materially impact our operating
results, financial position or cash flows. For restructuring
activities initiated after December 31, 2002, Harmonic
adopted SFAS 146, Accounting for Costs Associated
with Exit or Disposal Activities, which requires that a
liability for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity
be recognized and measured initially at fair value only when the
liability is incurred. At December 31, 2008, our accrual
for excess facilities totaled $11.4 million.
Assessment of the
Probability of the Outcome of Current Litigation
Harmonic records accruals for loss contingencies when it is
probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of
loss can be reasonably estimated. Based on an agreement entered
into on January 15, 2009 to settle its outstanding patent
infringement litigation, Harmonic believed that a probable and
estimable liability had been incurred, and, accordingly,
recorded a provision for $5.0 million in its statement of
operations for the year ended December 31, 2008. Based on a
preliminary agreement to settle its outstanding securities
litigation, Harmonic believed that a probable and estimable
liability had been incurred, and, accordingly, recorded a
provision for $6.4 million in its statement of operations
for the year ended December 31, 2007. In other pending
litigation, Harmonic believes that it either has meritorious
defenses with respect to those actions and claims or is unable
to predict the impact of an adverse action and, accordingly, no
loss contingencies have been accrued. There can be no assurance,
however, that we will prevail. An unfavorable outcome of these
legal proceedings or failure to settle the securities litigation
on the terms proposed could have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial position, operating results or cash
flows.
Accounting for
Income Taxes
In preparation of our financial statements, we estimate our
income taxes for each of the jurisdictions in which we operate.
This involves estimating our actual current tax exposures and
assessing temporary differences resulting from differing
treatment of items, such as reserves and accruals, for tax and
accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax
assets and liabilities, which are included within our
consolidated balance sheet.
Significant management judgment is required in determining our
provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and
liabilities and our future taxable income for purposes of
assessing our ability to realize any future benefit from our
deferred tax assets. In the event that actual results differ
from these estimates or we adjust these estimates in future
periods, our operating results and financial position could be
materially affected. During the year ended December 31,
2008, a full release of the valuation allowance against our net
deferred tax assets in the United States and certain foreign
jurisdictions, based on our
45
judgment that the likelihood that our deferred tax assets in the
United States and certain foreign jurisdictions will be
recovered from future taxable income is more-likely-than-not,
resulted in a benefit from income taxes of $53.5 million
recorded in the Companys Consolidated Statement of
Operations and a $3.3 million reduction in goodwill.
We are subject to examination of our income tax returns by
various tax authorities on a periodic basis. We regularly assess
the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from such
examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for
income taxes. We adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation
48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxesan
Interpretation of FASB Statement 109
(FIN 48) as of the beginning of 2007. Prior to
adoption, our policy was to establish reserves that reflected
the probable outcome of known tax contingencies. The effects of
final resolution, if any, were recognized as changes to the
effective income tax rate in the period of resolution.
FIN 48 requires application of a more-likely-than-not
threshold to the recognition and derecognition of uncertain tax
positions. If the recognition threshold is met, FIN 48
permits us to recognize a tax benefit measured at the largest
amount of tax benefit that, in our judgment, is more than
50 percent likely to be realized upon settlement. It
further requires that a change in judgment related to the
expected ultimate resolution of uncertain tax positions be
recognized in earnings in the quarter of such change.
We file annual income tax returns in multiple taxing
jurisdictions around the world. A number of years may elapse
before an uncertain tax position is audited and finally
resolved. While it is often difficult to predict the final
outcome or the timing of resolution of any particular uncertain
tax position, we believe that our reserves for income taxes
reflect the most likely outcome. We adjust these reserves and
penalties as well as the related interest, in light of changing
facts and circumstances. If our estimate of tax liabilities
proves to be less than the ultimate assessment, a further charge
to expense would result. If payment of these amounts ultimately
prove to be unnecessary, the reversal of the liabilities would
result in tax benefits being recognized in the period when we
determine the liabilities are no longer necessary. The changes
in estimate could have a material impact on our financial
position and operating results. In addition, settlement of any
particular position could have a material and adverse effect on
our cash flows and financial position.
Stock-based
Compensation
On January 1, 2006, Harmonic adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards 123(R), Share-Based Payment,
(SFAS 123(R)) which requires the measurement
and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based
payment awards made to employees and directors, including
employee stock options, restricted stock units and employee
stock purchases related to our Employee Stock Purchase Plan
(ESPP) based upon the grant-date fair value of those
awards. SFAS 123(R) supersedes the Companys previous
accounting under Accounting Principles Board Opinion 25,
Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB
25) and related interpretations, and provided the required
pro forma disclosures prescribed by Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation, (SFAS 123) as amended. In
addition, we have applied the provisions of Staff Accounting
Bulletin 107 (SAB 107), issued by the
Securities and Exchange Commission, in our adoption of
SFAS 123(R).
The Company adopted SFAS 123(R) using the
modified-prospective transition method, which requires the
application of the accounting standard as of January 1,
2006, the first day of the Companys fiscal year 2006.
Stock-based compensation expense recognized under
SFAS 123(R) for the years ended December 31, 2008,
2007 and 2006 was $7.8 million, $6.2 million and
$5.7 million, respectively, which consisted of stock-based
compensation expense related to employee equity awards and
employee stock purchases.
SFAS 123(R) requires companies to estimate the fair value
of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an
option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that
is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the
requisite service period in the Companys Consolidated
Statement of Operations.
Stock-based compensation expense recognized during the period is
based on the value of the portion of share-based payment awards
that is ultimately expected to vest during the period.
Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the
Companys Consolidated Statement of Operations for the
years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 included
compensation expense for share-based payment awards granted
prior to, but not yet vested as of December 31, 2005 based
on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the
pro forma provisions of SFAS 123 and compensation expense
for the share-based payment awards granted subsequent to
December 31, 2005 based on the grant date fair value
estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R).
In conjunction with the adoption of SFAS 123(R), the
Company changed its method of attributing the value of
stock-based compensation costs to expense from the accelerated
multiple-option method to the straight-line single-option
method. Compensation expense for all share-based payment awards
granted on or prior to
46
December 31, 2005 will continue to be recognized using the
accelerated approach while compensation expense for all
share-based
payment awards related to stock options and employee stock
purchase rights granted subsequent to December 31, 2005 are
recognized using the straight-line method.
As stock-based compensation expense recognized in our results
for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 is
based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced
for estimated forfeitures. SFAS 123(R) requires forfeitures
to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary,
in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those
estimates.
The fair value of share-based payment awards is estimated at
grant date using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The
Companys determination of fair value of share-based
payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing
model is affected by the Companys stock price as well as
the assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and
subjective variables. These variables include, but are not
limited to, the Companys expected stock price volatility
over the term of the awards, and actual and projected employee
stock option exercise behaviors.
On November 10, 2005, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position
No. FAS 123(R)-3, Transition Election Related to
Accounting for Tax Effects of Share-Based payment Awards,
(FSP 123(R)-3). We elected to adopt the
alternative transition method provided in the FSP 123(R)-3
for calculating the tax effects of stock-based compensation
pursuant to SFAS 123(R). The alternative transition method
provides a simplified method to establish the beginning balance
of the additional
paid-in-capital
pool (APIC Pool) related to the tax effects of
employee stock-based compensation, and to determine the
subsequent impact on the APIC Pool and consolidated statements
of cash flows of the tax effects of employee stock-based
compensation awards that are outstanding upon adoption of
SFAS 123(R). The adoption of FSP 123(R)-3 did not have
an impact on our overall consolidated financial position,
results of operations or cash flows.
Consistent with prior years, we use the with and
without approach as described in EITF Topic
No. D-32
in determining the order in which our tax attributes are
utilized. The with and without approach results in
the recognition of the windfall stock option tax benefits only
after all other tax attributes of ours have been considered in
the annual tax accrual computation. Also consistent with prior
years, we consider the indirect effects of the windfall
deduction on the computation of other tax attributes, such as
the R&D credit and the domestic production activities
deduction, as an additional component of equity. This
incremental tax effect is recorded to additional
paid-in-capital
when realized.
RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
Harmonics historical consolidated statements of operations
data for each of the three years ended December 31, 2008,
2007, and 2006 as a percentage of net sales, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
100%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
Research and development
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
Write-off of acquired in-process technology
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Interest and other income, net
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
18%
|
|
|
|
7%
|
|
|
|
1%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47
Net
Sales
Net
SalesConsolidated
Harmonics consolidated net sales as compared with the
prior year, for each of the three years ended December 31,
2008, 2007 and 2006, are presented in the table below. Also
presented is the related dollar and percentage change in
consolidated net sales as compared with the prior year, for each
of the two years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except percentages)
|
|
|
Product Sales Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Video Processing
|
|
$
|
137,390
|
|
|
$
|
134,744
|
|
|
$
|
96,855
|
|
Edge and Access
|
|
|
165,246
|
|
|
|
125,270
|
|
|
|
109,529
|
|
Software, Support and Other
|
|
|
62,327
|
|
|
|
51,190
|
|
|
|
41,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
364,963
|
|
|
$
|
311,204
|
|
|
$
|
247,684
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Video Processing increase
|
|
$
|
2,646
|
|
|
$
|
37,889
|
|
|
|
|
|
Edge and Access increase
|
|
|
39,976
|
|
|
|
15,741
|
|
|
|
|
|
Software, Support and Other increase
|
|
|
11,137
|
|
|
|
9,890
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total increase
|
|
$
|
53,759
|
|
|
$
|
63,520
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Video Processing percent change
|
|
|
2.0%
|
|
|
|
39.1%
|
|
|
|
|
|
Edge and Access percent change
|
|
|
31.9%
|
|
|
|
14.4%
|
|
|
|
|
|
Software, Support and Other percent change
|
|
|
21.8%
|
|
|
|
23.9%
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total percent change
|
|
|
17.3%
|
|
|
|
25.6%
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales increased in 2008 compared to 2007 principally due to
stronger demand from domestic satellite operators and cable
operators for their VOD and HDTV deployments, and an increase in
sales to new customers internationally. The sales of products of
the video processing product line were higher in 2008 compared
to 2007 primarily due to increased purchases of our products
from domestic satellite customers. The increase in sales of
products of the edge and access product lines in 2008 compared
to 2007 was primarily due to an increase of approximately
$65.7 million in sales of the Companys NSG edge QAM
devices for VOD, switched digital and Cable Modem Termination
System, or CMTS, deployments by cable operators. The sales of
software, support and other products was higher in 2008 compared
to 2007 primarily from software sales of new products and
support revenue, consisting of maintenance agreements, system
integration and customer repairs, principally due to an
increased customer base.
Net sales increased in 2007 compared to 2006 principally due to
stronger demand from domestic and international satellite
operators and domestic cable operators, and sales of our
recently introduced products. In the video processing product
line, the sales increase in 2007 compared to the same period in
the prior year was primarily due to higher spending across all
types of customers except telco. The increase in the edge and
access product lines was principally attributable to an increase
of approximately $27.4 million in sales of VOD and video
transmission products for deployments for domestic and
international cable operators, offset by a decrease of
$11.6 million in sales of lower margin FTTP products.
Software and other revenue increased in 2007 compared to 2006
primarily due to sales of recently introduced software products,
including products acquired as a result of the acquisitions of
Entone and Rhozet. Service and support revenue, consisting of
maintenance agreements, system integration and customer repairs,
increased in 2007 compared to 2006 principally due to an
increased customer base.
48
Net Sales
Geographic
Harmonics domestic and international net sales as compared
with the prior year, for each of the three years ended
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, are presented in the
table below. Also presented is the related dollar and percentage
change in domestic and international net sales as compared with
the prior year, for each of the two years ended
December 31, 2008 and 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except percentages)
|
|
|
Geographic Sales Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
$
|
205,163
|
|
|
$
|
175,257
|
|
|
$
|
126,420
|
|
International
|
|
|
159,800
|
|
|
|
135,947
|
|
|
|
121,264
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
364,963
|
|
|
$
|
311,204
|
|
|
$
|
247,684
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. increase
|
|
$
|
29,906
|
|
|
$
|
48,837
|
|
|
|
|
|
International increase
|
|
|
23,853
|
|
|
|
14,683
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total increase
|
|
$
|
53,759
|
|
|
$
|
63,520
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. percent change
|
|
|
17.1%
|
|
|
|
38.6%
|
|
|
|
|
|
International percent change
|
|
|
17.5%
|
|
|
|
12.1%
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total percent change
|
|
|
17.3%
|
|
|
|
25.6%
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales in the U.S. increased in 2008 compared to 2007
primarily due to stronger demand for our products from our
domestic satellite and cable operators for VOD and HDTV
deployments. International sales in 2008 increased compared to
2007 primarily due to stronger demand from cable operators and
an increase in the number of international customers,
particularly in the European and Asian markets. We expect that
international sales will continue to account for a substantial
portion of our net sales for the foreseeable future, and expect
that, following the completion of the proposed acquisition of
Scopus, our international sales may increase.
Net sales in the U.S. increased in 2007 compared to 2006
primarily due to stronger demand from our domestic satellite and
cable operators, partially offset by lower sales of FTTP
products to a domestic telco customer. International sales in
2007 increased compared to the corresponding periods in 2006
primarily due to stronger demand from satellite and cable
customers for network expansion, primarily in South America,
Asia and Europe, partially offset by lower sales in Canada.
Gross
Profit
Harmonics gross profit and gross profit as a percentage of
consolidated net sales, for each of the three years ended
December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 are presented in the
table below. Also presented is the related dollar and percentage
change in gross profit as compared with the prior year, for each
of the two years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except percentages)
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
$
|
177,533
|
|
|
$
|
134,075
|
|
|
$
|
101,446
|
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
48.6%
|
|
|
|
43.1%
|
|
|
|
41.0%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase
|
|
$
|
43,458
|
|
|
$
|
32,629
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
32.4%
|
|
|
|
32.2%
|
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in gross profit in 2008 compared to 2007 was
primarily due to increased sales, partially offset by an
increase in expense of $0.8 million from amortization of
intangibles expense. The gross margin percentage of 48.6% in
2008 compared to 43.1% in 2007 was higher primarily due to
higher gross margins on sales of recently introduced products,
increased sales of software products, which have higher margins
than hardware products, and lower expense associated with excess
and obsolete
49
inventories of $5.1 million, partially offset by increased
expense from shipping costs of $1.0 million, warranty
expense of $0.8 million and amortization of intangibles of
$0.8 million. In 2008, $5.5 million of expense related
to amortization of intangibles was included in cost of sales
compared to $4.7 million in 2007. We expect to record a
total of approximately $5.3 million in amortization of
intangibles expense in cost of sales in 2009 related to
acquisitions of Entone and Rhozet. In addition, additional
amortization of intangibles expense in cost of sales is expected
following the completion of the proposed acquisition of Scopus.
The increase in gross profit in 2007 compared to 2006 was
primarily due to increased sales, partially offset by an
increased expense from the net writedown of excess and obsolete
inventory of $6.4 million and an increase in expense of
$3.0 million from amortization of intangibles expense. The
gross margin percentage of 43.1% in 2007 compared to 41.0% in
2006 was higher primarily due to higher gross margins on sales
of recently introduced products and higher margin software
sales, partially offset by increased expense from the writedown
of excess and obsolete inventory and amortization of intangibles
expense. In 2007, $4.7 million of expense related to
intangibles was included in cost of sales compared to
$1.7 million in 2006.
Research and
Development
Harmonics research and development expense and the expense
as a percentage of consolidated net sales for each of the three
years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 are presented
in the table below. Also presented is the related dollar and
percentage change in research and development expense as
compared with the prior year, for each of the two years ended
December 31, 2008 and 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except percentages)
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
$
|
54,471
|
|
|
$
|
42,902
|
|
|
$
|
39,455
|
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
14.9%
|
|
|
|
13.8%
|
|
|
|
15.9%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase
|
|
$
|
11,569
|
|
|
$
|
3,447
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
27.0%
|
|
|
|
8.7%
|
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in research and development expense in 2008
compared to 2007 was primarily the result of increased
compensation expense of $6.2 million, increased facilities
expense of $2.2 million, increased consulting and outside
services expense of $0.9 million, increased stock-based
compensation expense of $0.8 million and increased
prototype material expense of $0.3 million. The increased
compensation costs in 2008 were primarily due to the increased
headcount, which was primarily related to the additional
personnel that we hired as a result of the acquisition of Rhozet
in July 2007, higher incentive compensation expenses and
increased payroll taxes.
The increase in research and development expense in 2007
compared to 2006 was primarily the result of increased
compensation expense of $4.3 million, increased
depreciation expense of $0.5 million and increased
stock-based compensation expense of $0.4 million, which was
partially offset by lower facilities and overhead expenses of
$0.9 million, lower consulting expenses of
$0.6 million and lower prototype materials expenses of
$0.5 million associated with the development of new
products. The increased compensation costs in 2007 were
primarily related to the increased headcount associated with the
acquisitions of Entone and Rhozet in December 2006 and July
2007, respectively, and higher incentive compensation expenses.
50
Selling, General
and Administrative
Harmonics selling, general and administrative expense and
the expense as a percentage of consolidated net sales, for each
of the three years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006
are presented in the table below. Also presented is the related
dollar and percentage change in selling, general and
administrative expense as compared with the prior year, for each
of the two years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except percentages)
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
$
|
83,118
|
|
|
$
|
70,690
|
|
|
$
|
65,243
|
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
22.8%
|
|
|
|
22.7%
|
|
|
|
26.3%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase
|
|
$
|
12,428
|
|
|
$
|
5,447
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
17.6%
|
|
|
|
8.3%
|
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses in
2008 compared to 2007 was primarily due to higher compensation
expenses of $4.7 million, higher excess facilities charges
of $2.2 million, higher bad debt expenses of
$1.6 million, higher travel and entertainment expenses of
$1.0 million, higher marketing expense of $1.0 million
and higher stock-based compensation expense of
$0.6 million. The higher compensation expense was primarily
related to increased headcount and incentive compensation, the
increase in excess facilities charges was primarily related to a
reduction in estimated sublease income of $1.4 million in
2008 and a net credit of $1.4 million recorded in 2007 from
lease extensions of subleased facilities. The increase in
marketing expenses was primarily related to trade shows.
The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses in
2007 compared to 2006 was primarily due to a litigation
settlement and related expenses of $6.4 million, higher
compensation expenses of $1.6 million and higher legal,
accounting and tax expenses of $1.0 million, partially
offset by a decrease in excess facilities expenses of
$2.5 million, lower facilities and overhead expenses of
$0.4 million, lower depreciation expenses of
$0.3 million and lower evaluation material expenses of
$0.3 million. The higher compensation expense was primarily
related to increased incentive compensation, and the higher
legal, accounting and tax expenses were primarily due to
personnel separation and acquisition-related activities. The
decrease in the excess facilities expenses was primarily due to
a net credit of $1.4 million from a revised estimate of
sublease income due to the extension of a sublease of a
building, which was partially offset by a charge of
$0.5 million from the closure of the BTL facility.
Amortization and
Write-off of Intangibles
Harmonics amortization of intangibles expense charged to
operating expenses, and the amortization of intangibles expense
as a percentage of consolidated net sales, for each of the three
years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 are presented
in the table below. Also presented is the related dollar and
percentage change in amortization of intangibles expense as
compared with the prior year, for each of the two years ended
December 31, 2008 and 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except percentages)
|
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
$
|
639
|
|
|
$
|
525
|
|
|
$
|
470
|
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
0.2%
|
|
|
|
0.2%
|
|
|
|
0.2%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase
|
|
$
|
114
|
|
|
$
|
55
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
21.7%
|
|
|
|
11.7%
|
|
|
|
|
|
51
The increase in amortization of intangibles expense in 2008
compared to 2007 was due to the amortization of intangibles
related to the acquisition of Rhozet in July 2007. Harmonic
expects to record a total of approximately $0.7 million in
amortization of intangibles expense in operating expenses in
2009 related to the intangible assets resulting from the
acquisitions of Entone and Rhozet. In addition, additional
amortization of intangibles expense in cost of sales is expected
following the completion of the proposed acquisition of Scopus.
The increase in amortization of intangibles expense in 2007
compared to 2006 was due to the amortization of intangibles
related to the acquisitions of Entone and Rhozet during December
2006 and July 2007, respectively.
Interest Income,
Net
Harmonics interest income, net, and interest income, net
as a percentage of consolidated net sales, for each of the three
years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 are presented
in the table below. Also presented is the related dollar and
percentage change in interest income, net as compared with the
prior year, for each of the two years ended December 31,
2008 and 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except percentages)
|
|
|
Interest income, net
|
|
$
|
9,216
|
|
|
$
|
6,117
|
|
|
$
|
4,616
|
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
2.5%
|
|
|
|
2.0%
|
|
|
|
1.9%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase
|
|
$
|
3,099
|
|
|
$
|
1,501
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
50.7%
|
|
|
|
32.5%
|
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in interest income, net in 2008 compared to 2007
was primarily due to a higher investment portfolio balance
during the year, which was partially offset by lower interest
rates on the cash and short-term investments portfolio.
The increase in interest income, net, in 2007 compared to 2006
was primarily due to a higher investment portfolio balance
during the year and higher interest rates on the cash and
short-term investments portfolio. We completed an offering of
our common stock in the fourth quarter of 2007, which resulted
in net proceeds of approximately $141.8 million.
Other Income
(Expense), Net
Harmonics other income (expense), net, and other income
(expense), net, as a percentage of consolidated net sales, for
each of the three years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and
2006 are presented in the table below. Also presented is the
related dollar and percentage change in interest and other
income (expense), net, as compared with the prior year, for each
of the two years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except percentages)
|
|
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
$
|
(2,552)
|
|
|
$
|
146
|
|
|
$
|
722
|
|
As a% of net sales
|
|
|
(0.7)%
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
0.3%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (Decrease)
|
|
$
|
(2,698)
|
|
|
$
|
(576)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
(1,847.9)%
|
|
|
|
(79.8)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in other expense, net, in 2008 compared to 2007 was
primarily due to higher foreign exchange losses on intercompany
balances of $0.9 million, an impairment charge on a
short-term investment of $0.8 million and higher indirect
taxes.
The decrease in other income, net, in 2007 compared to 2006 was
primarily due to lower gains on foreign exchange, resulting from
a continuing decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar
compared to the Euro and Pound Sterling in 2007.
52
Income
Taxes
Harmonics provision for (benefit from) income taxes, and
provision for (benefit from) income taxes as a percentage of
consolidated net sales, for each of the three years ended
December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 are presented in the
table below. Also presented is the related dollar and percentage
change in provision (benefit) for income taxes as compared with
the prior year, for each of the two years ended
December 31, 2008 and 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except percentages)
|
|
|
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
|
|
$
|
(18,023)
|
|
|
$
|
2,100
|
|
|
$
|
609
|
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
(4.9)%
|
|
|
|
0.7%
|
|
|
|
0.2%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (decrease)
|
|
$
|
(20,123)
|
|
|
$
|
1,491
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
(958.2)%
|
|
|
|
244.8%
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended December 31, 2008, our tax rate benefit
was 39.2% compared to a tax provision of 4.6% for the same
period a year ago. The difference between the underlying
effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2008 and
the federal statutory rate of 35% is primarily attributable to
charges due to the differential in foreign tax rates as well as
non-deductible stock-based compensation expense, offset by
benefits due to the utilization of net operating loss
carryforwards, and the release of the valuation allowance.
In accordance with SFAS 109, we have evaluated the need for
a valuation allowance based on historical evidence, trends in
profitability, expectations of future taxable income and
implemented tax planning strategies. As such, we determined that
a valuation allowance was no longer necessary for our
U.S. and certain foreign deferred tax assets because, based
on the available evidence, we concluded that a realization of
these net deferred tax assets was more likely than not. We
continue to maintain a valuation allowance for certain foreign
deferred tax assets at the end of 2008. A release of the
valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets in the
United States and certain foreign jurisdictions resulted in a
credit of $53.5 million to our consolidated statement of
operations and a $3.3 million reduction in goodwill for the
year ended December 31, 2008.
The provision for income taxes in 2007 is principally due to
federal alternative minimum tax and foreign income taxes.
Segments
Effective January 1, 2006, Harmonic implemented a new
organizational structure, and we have operated as a single
operating segment and reported our financial results as a single
segment since that time. See Note 14 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.
Liquidity and
Capital Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except percentages)
|
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments
|
|
$
|
327,163
|
|
|
$
|
269,260
|
|
|
$
|
92,371
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
60,127
|
|
|
$
|
35,145
|
|
|
$
|
8,634
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
$
|
(17,952)
|
|
|
$
|
(92,391)
|
|
|
$
|
(16,953)
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
|
$
|
8,463
|
|
|
$
|
152,875
|
|
|
$
|
3,884
|
|
As of December 31, 2008, cash, cash equivalents and
short-term investments totaled $327.2 million, compared to
$269.3 million as of December 31, 2007. Cash provided
by operations was $60.1 million in 2008, resulting from net
income of $64.0 million, adjusted for $(33.2) million
in non-cash charges and a $29.3 million net change in
assets and liabilities. The
53
non-cash charges included deferred income taxes, stock-based
compensation, depreciation, amortization, other non-cash
adjustments and loss on disposal of fixed assets. The net change
in assets and liabilities included an increase in income taxes
payable, lower inventories and accounts receivables, which was
partially offset by a decrease in accounts payable primarily
from the payment for inventory purchases, a decrease in accrued
excess facilities costs and a decrease in deferred revenue.
To the extent that non-cash items increase or decrease our
future operating results, there will be no corresponding impact
on our cash flows. After excluding the effects of these non-cash
charges, the primary changes in cash flows relating to operating
activities resulted from changes in working capital. Our primary
source of operating cash flows is the collection of accounts
receivable from our customers. Our operating cash flows are also
impacted by the timing of payments to our vendors for accounts
payable and other liabilities. We generally pay our vendors and
service providers in accordance with the invoice terms and
conditions. In addition, we usually pay our annual incentive
compensation to employees in the first quarter.
Net cash used in investing activities was $18.0 million in
2008, resulting primarily from the net purchase of investments
of $8.6 million, the payment of $8.5 million of
capital expenditure primarily for test equipment and a payment
of $2.8 million to option holders of Rhozet as part of the
acquisition in July 2007, which was partially offset by the sale
to a third party of a convertible note from Entone, Inc. for
$2.6 million. Harmonic currently expects capital
expenditures to be in the range of $6 million to
$8 million during 2009.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $8.5 million
in 2008, resulting primarily from proceeds from the exercise of
stock options and the sale of our common stock under our 2002
Purchase Plan.
Under the terms of the merger agreement with C-Cube, Harmonic is
generally liable for C-Cubes pre-merger tax liabilities.
Approximately $1.7 million of pre-merger tax liabilities
remained outstanding at December 31, 2008 and are included
in accrued liabilities. These liabilities represent estimates of
C-Cubes pre-merger tax obligations to various tax
authorities in five countries. We are working with LSI Logic,
which acquired the spun-off semiconductor business in June 2001
and assumed its obligations, to settle these obligations, a
process which has been underway since the merger in 2000.
Harmonic paid $4.9 million during 2008, but is unable to
predict when the remaining obligations will be paid, or in what
amount. The full amount of the estimated obligation has been
classified as a current liability. To the extent that these
obligations are finally settled for less than the amounts
provided, Harmonic is required, under the terms of the
tax-sharing agreement, to refund the difference to LSI Logic.
Conversely, if the settlements are more than the remaining
$1.7 million pre-merger tax liability balance LSI is
obligated to reimburse Harmonic.
Harmonic has a bank line of credit facility with Silicon Valley
Bank, which provides for borrowings of up to $10.0 million
that matures on March 5, 2009. As of December 31,
2008, other than standby letters of credit and guarantees, there
were no amounts outstanding under the line of credit facility
and there were no borrowings in 2007 or 2008. This facility,
which was amended and restated in March 2008, contains a
financial covenant with the requirement for Harmonic to maintain
cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, net of credit
extensions, of not less than $40.0 million. If Harmonic is
unable to maintain this cash, cash equivalents and short-term
investments balance or satisfy the affirmative covenant
requirement, Harmonic would be in noncompliance with the
facility. In the event of noncompliance by Harmonic with the
financial covenants under the facility, Silicon Valley Bank
would be entitled to exercise its remedies under the facility
which include declaring all obligations immediately due and
payable if obligations were not repaid. At December 31,
2008, Harmonic was in compliance with the covenants under this
line of credit facility. The March 2008 amendment requires
payment of approximately $20,000 of additional fees if the
Company does not maintain an unrestricted deposit of
$30.0 million with the bank. Future borrowings pursuant to
the line bear interest at the banks prime rate (4.0% at
December 31, 2008). Borrowings are payable monthly and are
not collateralized.
Harmonics cash, cash equivalents and short-term
investments at December 31, 2008 were $327.2 million.
As of December 31, 2008, we held approximately
$10.7 million of auction rate securities, or ARSs,
classified as short-term investments and the fair value of these
securities approximate their par value at the balance sheet
date. These ARSs which are invested in preferred securities in
closed-end mutual funds, all have a credit rating of AA or
better and the issuers are paying interest at the maximum
contractual rate. During 2008, the Company was able to sell
$24.1 million of ARSs through successful auctions and
redemptions. The remaining balance of $10.7 million in ARSs
that we held as of December 31, 2008, all had failed
auctions in 2008. During August 2008, we received notification
from our investment manager who holds the ARSs that it had
reached a settlement with certain regulatory authorities,
pursuant to which the Company would be able to sell its
outstanding ARSs to the investment manager at par, plus accrued
interest and dividends at any time during the period from
January 2, 2009 through January 15, 2010. The entire
balance of $10.7 million in ARSs that we held at
December 31, 2008 were sold at par plus interest in
February 2009.
54
In the event we need or desire to access funds from the other
short-term investments that we hold, it is possible that we may
not be able to do so due to adverse market conditions. Our
inability to sell all or some of our short-term investments at
par or our cost, or rating downgrades of issuers of these
securities, could adversely affect our results of operations or
financial condition. Nevertheless, we believe that our existing
liquidity sources will satisfy our requirements for at least the
next twelve months. However, if our expectations are incorrect,
we may need to raise additional funds to fund our operations, to
take advantage of unanticipated opportunities or to strengthen
our financial position.
On December 22, 2008, Harmonic entered into a definitive
agreement to acquire Scopus Video Networks Ltd., a publicly
traded company organized under the laws of Israel. Under the
terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, Harmonic will pay
$5.62 per share in cash, without interest, for all of the
outstanding ordinary shares of Scopus, which represents an
enterprise value of approximately $51 million, net of
Scopus cash and short-term investments. The merger is
expected to close in March 2009.
In addition, we actively review potential acquisitions that
would complement our existing product offerings, enhance our
technical capabilities or expand our marketing and sales
presence. Any future transaction of this nature could require
potentially significant amounts of capital or could require us
to issue our stock and dilute existing stockholders. If adequate
funds are not available, or are not available on acceptable
terms, we may not be able to take advantage of market
opportunities, to develop new products or to otherwise respond
to competitive pressures.
Our ability to raise funds may be adversely affected by a number
of factors relating to Harmonic, as well as factors beyond our
control, including the global economic slowdown, market
uncertainty surrounding the ongoing U.S. war on terrorism,
as well as conditions in financial markets and the cable and
satellite industries. There can be no assurance that any
financing will be available on terms acceptable to us, if at all.
Off-Balance Sheet
Arrangements
None as of December 31, 2008.
55
Contractual
Obligations and Commitments
Future payments under contractual obligations, and other
commercial commitments, as of December 31, 2008, were as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
Total Amounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Committed
|
|
|
1 year or less
|
|
|
2 3 years
|
|
|
4 5 years
|
|
|
Over 5 years
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Contractual Obligations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Leases(1)
|
|
$
|
26,897
|
|
|
$
|
14,567
|
|
|
$
|
11,654
|
|
|
$
|
670
|
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
Inventory Purchase Commitment
|
|
|
18,544
|
|
|
|
18,544
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-Cube Pre-Merger Tax Liabilities
|
|
|
1,739
|
|
|
|
1,739
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rhozet outstanding purchase consideration
|
|
|
2,323
|
|
|
|
2,323
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Patent litigation settlement
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency forward exchange contracts
|
|
|
8,724
|
|
|
|
8,724
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Contractual Obligations
|
|
$
|
63,227
|
|
|
$
|
50,897
|
|
|
$
|
11,654
|
|
|
$
|
670
|
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Commercial Commitments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Standby Letters of Credit
|
|
$
|
320
|
|
|
$
|
320
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Indemnification obligations(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guarantees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Commercial Commitments
|
|
$
|
320
|
|
|
$
|
320
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.
|
Operating lease commitments include $12.7 million of
accrued excess facilities costs.
|
|
|
2.
|
Harmonic indemnifies its officers and the members of its Board
of Directors pursuant to its bylaws and contractual indemnity
agreements. Harmonic also indemnifies some of its suppliers and
customers for specified intellectual property rights pursuant to
certain parameters and restrictions. The scope of these
indemnities varies, but in some instances, includes
indemnification for damages and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys fees). There have been no claims for
indemnification and, accordingly, no amounts have been accrued
in respect of the indemnification provisions at
December 31, 2008.
|
Due to the uncertainty with respect to the timing of future cash
flows associated with our unrecognized tax benefits at
December 31, 2008, we are unable to make reasonably
reliable estimates of the period of cash settlement with the
respective taxing authority. Therefore, $41.6 million of
unrecognized tax benefits classified as Income tax payable
long-term in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet
as of December 31, 2008, have been excluded from the
contractual obligations table above. See Note 13
Income Taxes to our consolidated financial
statements for a discussion on income taxes.
New Accounting
Pronouncements
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards 157, Fair Value Measurements
(SFAS 157). This statement clarifies the
definition of fair value, establishes a framework for measuring
fair value, and expands the disclosures on fair value
measurements. SFAS 157 is effective for fiscal years
beginning after November 15, 2007. In February 2008, the
FASB adopted FASB Staff Position
No. 157-2
Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157
delaying the effective date of SFAS No. 157 for one
year for all non financial assets and non financial liabilities,
except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in
the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least
annually).
Harmonic adopted SFAS No. 157 on January 1, 2008,
except as it applies to those non-financial assets and
non-financial liabilities as described in FSP
FAS No. 157-2,
and the adoption of SFAS 157 did not materially impact our
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. See
Note 6, Cash Equivalents and Investments for
additional information in our consolidated financial statements.
In October 2008, the FASB issued
FSP 157-3,
Determining Fair Value of a Financial Asset in a Market
That Is Not Active
(FSP 157-3).
FSP 157-3
clarified the application of SFAS No. 157 in an
inactive market. It demonstrated how the fair value of
56
a financial asset is determined when the market for that
financial asset is inactive.
FSP 157-3
was effective upon issuance, including prior periods for which
financial statements had not been issued. The implementation of
this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated
results of operations and financial condition.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 141 (revised 2007),
Business Combinations
(SFAS 141(R)). SFAS 141(R) establishes
principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and
measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets
acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest
in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. SFAS 141(R) also
establishes disclosure requirements to enable the evaluation of
the nature and financial effects of the business combination.
SFAS 141(R) is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2008, and will be adopted by us in the first
quarter of fiscal 2009. The adoption of SFAS 141(R) could
have a material effect on the Companys financial position
and results of operations as the release of any valuation
allowance for acquired tax attributes subsequent to adoption
would benefit the tax provision as opposed to recording the
benefit to goodwill. We are currently evaluating the potential
impact of the adoption of SFAS 141(R) on our consolidated
results of operations and financial condition.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 160,
Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial
Statements an amendment of Accounting Research
Bulletin 51 (SFAS 160).
SFAS 160 establishes accounting and reporting standards for
ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than
the parent, the amount of consolidated net income attributable
to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest, changes in a
parents ownership interest, and the valuation of retained
noncontrolling equity investments when a subsidiary is
deconsolidated. SFAS 160 also establishes disclosure
requirements that clearly identify and distinguish between the
interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling
owners. SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 2008, and will be adopted by us in the
first quarter of fiscal 2009. We are currently evaluating the
potential impact, if any, of the adoption of SFAS 160 on
our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS 161, Disclosures
about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activitiesan
amendment of FASB Statement No. 133
(SFAS 161). SFAS 161 changes the
disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging
activities. Entities are required to provide enhanced
disclosures about (a) how and why an entity uses derivative
instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related
hedge items are accounted for under Statement 133 and its
related interpretations, and (c) how derivative instruments
and related hedged items affect an entitys financial
position, financial performance, and cash flows. SFAS 161
is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years
and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. We
are currently evaluating the potential impact, if any, of the
adoption of SFAS 161 on our consolidated results of
operations, financial condition or cash flows.
In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS 162, The Hierarchy
of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
(SFAS No. 162). SFAS 162 identifies
the sources of accounting principles and the framework for
selecting the principles used in the preparation of financial
statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (the
GAAP hierarchy). SFAS 162 will become effective
60 days following the SECs approval of the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board amendments to AU
Section 411, The Meaning of Present Fairly in
Conformity With Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.
The adoption of SFAS 162 did not have a material effect on
our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
In April 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position
(FSP)
No. 142-3,
Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible
Assets.
FSP 142-3
amends the factors an entity should consider in developing
renewal or extension assumptions used in determining the useful
life of recognized intangible assets under FASB 142,
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. This new
guidance applies prospectively to intangible assets that are
acquired individually or with a group of other assets in
business combinations and asset acquisitions.
FSP 142-3
is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years
and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2008.
Early adoption is prohibited. We do not expect the adoption of
FSP 142-3
to have a material effect on our consolidated results of
operations and financial condition.
In November 2008, the Emerging Issues Task Force issued EITF
No. 08-7,
Accounting for Defensive Intangible Assets
(EITF 08-7)
that clarifies accounting for defensive intangible assets
subsequent to initial measurement.
EITF 08-7
applies to acquired intangible assets which an entity has no
intention of actively using, or intends to discontinue use of,
the intangible asset but holds it (locks up) to prevent others
from obtaining access to it (i.e., a defensive intangible
asset). Under
EITF 08-7,
the Task Force reached a consensus that an acquired defensive
asset should be accounted for as a separate unit of accounting
(i.e., an asset separate from other assets of the acquirer); and
the useful life assigned to an acquired defensive asset should
be based on the period which the asset would diminish in value.
EITF 08-7
is effective for defensive intangible assets acquired in
57
fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. We
are currently evaluating the potential impact, if any, of the
adoption of
EITF 08-7
on our consolidated results of operations and financial
condition.
|
|
Item 7A.
|
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
|
Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact the
operating results, financial position, or liquidity of Harmonic
due to adverse changes in market prices and rates. Harmonic is
exposed to market risk because of changes in interest rates and
foreign currency exchange rates as measured against the
U.S. dollar and currencies of Harmonics subsidiaries,
and changes in the value of financial instruments held by
Harmonic.
FOREIGN CURRENCY
EXCHANGE RISK
Harmonic has a number of international subsidiaries each of
whose sales are generally denominated in U.S. dollars. In
addition, Harmonic has various international branch offices that
provide sales support and systems integration services. Sales
denominated in foreign currencies were approximately 6% of net
sales in 2008 and 7% of net sales in 2007. Periodically,
Harmonic enters into foreign currency forward exchange contracts
(forward contracts) to manage exposure related to
accounts receivable denominated in foreign currencies. Harmonic
does not enter into derivative financial instruments for trading
purposes. At December 31, 2008, we had a forward exchange
contract to sell Euros totaling $8.7 million that matures
within the first quarter of 2009. While Harmonic does not
anticipate that near-term changes in exchange rates will have a
material impact on Harmonics operating results, financial
position and liquidity, Harmonic cannot assure you that a sudden
and significant change in the value of local currencies would
not harm Harmonics operating results, financial position
and liquidity.
INTEREST RATE AND
CREDIT RISK
Exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relate
primarily to Harmonics investment portfolio of marketable
debt securities of various issuers, types and maturities and to
Harmonics borrowings under its bank line of credit
facility. Harmonic does not use derivative instruments in its
investment portfolio, and its investment portfolio only includes
highly liquid instruments with an original maturity of less than
two years. These investments are classified as available for
sale and are carried at estimated fair value, with material
unrealized gains and losses reported in accumulated other
comprehensive income. As of December 31, 2008, we had gross
unrealized losses of $0.8 million that were determined by
management to be temporary in nature. If the credit market
continues to deteriorate, we may conclude that the decline in
value is other than temporary and we may also incur realized
losses, which could adversely affect our financial condition or
results of operations. There is risk that losses could be
incurred if Harmonic were to sell any of its securities prior to
stated maturity. As of December 31, 2008, our cash, cash
equivalents and short-term investments balance was
$327.2 million. In a declining interest rate environment,
as short term investments mature, reinvestment occurs at less
favorable market rates. Given the short term nature of certain
investments declining interest rates would negatively impact
investment income. Based on our estimates, a 100 basis
point, or 1%, change in interest rates would have increased or
decreased the fair value of our investments by approximately
$1.0 million.
|
|
Item 8.
|
Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data
|
MANAGEMENTS
REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining
adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in
Rule 13a-15(f)
and
Rule 15d-15(f)of
the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting
is a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. Our internal control
over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures
that:
|
|
|
|
1.
|
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable
detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and
dispositions of our assets;
|
|
|
2.
|
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as
necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and
that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in
accordance with authorizations of our management and
directors; and
|
58
|
|
|
|
3.
|
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our
assets that could have a material effect on the financial
statements.
|
The effectiveness of any system of internal control over
financial reporting, including ours, is subject to inherent
limitations, including the exercise of judgment in designing,
implementing, operating, and evaluating the controls and
procedures, and the inability to eliminate misconduct
completely. Accordingly, any system of internal control over
financial reporting, including ours, no matter how well designed
and operated, can only provide reasonable, not absolute
assurances. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness
to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may
become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the
degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may
deteriorate. Our management assessed the effectiveness of
Harmonics internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2008. In making this assessment, our
management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in
Internal Control Integrated Framework. Based on our
assessment using those criteria, we concluded that, as of
December 31, 2008, Harmonics internal control over
financial reporting was effective.
(a) Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
(b) Financial Statement Schedules:
|
|
|
|
1.
|
Financial statement schedules have been omitted because the
information is not required to be set forth herein, is not
applicable or is included in the financial statements or notes
thereto.
|
|
|
2.
|
Selected Quarterly Financial Data: The following table sets
forth for the period indicated selected quarterly financial data
for the Company.
|
Quarterly Data (Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
4th
|
|
|
3rd
|
|
|
2nd
|
|
|
1st
|
|
|
4th
|
|
|
3rd
|
|
|
2nd
|
|
|
1st
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
Quarterly Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
96,891
|
|
|
$
|
91,455
|
|
|
$
|
89,340
|
|
|
$
|
87,277
|
|
|
$
|
87,390
|
|
|
$
|
82,295
|
|
|
$
|
71,282
|
|
|
$
|
70,236
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
48,206
|
|
|
|
44,196
|
|
|
|
42,852
|
|
|
|
42,279
|
|
|
|
40,715
|
|
|
|
35,643
|
|
|
|
30,565
|
|
|
|
27,152
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
7,445
|
|
|
|
11,058
|
|
|
|
9,323
|
|
|
|
11,478
|
|
|
|
4,936
|
|
|
|
8,871
|
|
|
|
5,078
|
|
|
|
374
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
13,209
|
|
|
|
11,965
|
|
|
|
25,464
|
|
|
|
13,354
|
|
|
|
6,639
|
|
|
|
9,417
|
|
|
|
6,249
|
|
|
|
1,116
|
|
Basic net income per share
|
|
|
0.14
|
|
|
|
0.13
|
|
|
|
0.27
|
|
|
|
0.14
|
|
|
|
0.08
|
|
|
|
0.12
|
|
|
|
0.08
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
Diluted net income per share
|
|
|
0.14
|
|
|
|
0.12
|
|
|
|
0.27
|
|
|
|
0.14
|
|
|
|
0.07
|
|
|
|
0.12
|
|
|
|
0.08
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.
|
The selling, general and administrative expenses in the fourth
quarter of fiscal year 2008 included a provision of
approximately $5.0 million for a patent litigation
settlement expense. The Company recorded a benefit from income
taxes in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008 of approximately
$4.6 million from the reversal of the valuation allowance
related to certain deferred tax assets.
|
|
|
2.
|
In the third quarter of 2008, the Company recorded an impairment
charge of $0.8 million in other income (expense), net,
relating to an investment in an unsecured debt instrument of
Lehman Brothers Holding, Inc.
|
|
|
3.
|
The selling, general and administrative expenses in the second
quarter of 2008 included a charge of $1.4 million related
to a change in estimate in sublease income. The Company recorded
a benefit from income taxes in the second quarter of fiscal year
2008 of approximately $15.1 million from the reversal of
the valuation allowance related to certain deferred tax assets.
|
59
|
|
|
|
4.
|
The selling, general and administrative expenses in the fourth
quarter of fiscal year 2007 included a provision of
approximately $6.4 million for a litigation settlement
expense.
|
|
|
5.
|
The selling, general and administrative expenses in the third
quarter of 2007 included a credit of $1.8 million related
to a revised estimate in sublease income.
|
60
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Harmonic Inc.:
In our opinion, the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets and
the related Consolidated Statements of Operations, Consolidated
Statements of Stockholders Equity and Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows listed in the index appearing under
Item 8 (a) present fairly, in all material respects,
the financial position of Harmonic Inc. and its subsidiaries at
December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company
maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on
criteria established in Internal Control Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of
the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Companys management is
responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining
effective internal control over financial reporting and for its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over
financial reporting, included in Managements Report on
Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under
Item 8. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these
financial statements and on the Companys internal control
over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We
conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement and whether effective internal
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audits of the financial statements included
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial
reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a
material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design
and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the
assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinions.
As discussed in Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements, effective January 1, 2007, the Company changed
its method of accounting for uncertain tax positions.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
San Jose, California
February 27, 2009
61
HARMONIC INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except par value amounts)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets:
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
179,891
|
|
|
$
|
129,005
|
|
Short-term investments
|
|
|
147,272
|
|
|
|
140,255
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
63,923
|
|
|
|
69,302
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
26,875
|
|
|
|
34,251
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
36,384
|
|
|
|
3,506
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
15,985
|
|
|
|
17,489
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
470,330
|
|
|
|
393,808
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
15,428
|
|
|
|
14,082
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
41,674
|
|
|
|
45,793
|
|
Intangibles, net
|
|
|
12,069
|
|
|
|
17,844
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
24,862
|
|
|
|
4,252
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
564,363
|
|
|
$
|
475,779
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
13,366
|
|
|
$
|
20,500
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
1,434
|
|
|
|
481
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
29,909
|
|
|
|
37,865
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
50,490
|
|
|
|
51,686
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
95,199
|
|
|
|
110,532
|
|
Accrued excess facilities costs, long-term
|
|
|
4,953
|
|
|
|
9,907
|
|
Income taxes payable, long-term
|
|
|
41,555
|
|
|
|
8,908
|
|
Deferred income taxes, long-term
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,454
|
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
8,339
|
|
|
|
8,565
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
150,046
|
|
|
|
141,366
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 17, 18 and 19)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 5,000 shares
authorized; no shares issued or outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 150,000 shares
authorized; 95,017 and 93,772 shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
Capital in excess of par value
|
|
|
2,263,236
|
|
|
|
2,246,875
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(1,848,394)
|
|
|
|
(1,912,386)
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(620)
|
|
|
|
(170)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
414,317
|
|
|
|
334,413
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
564,363
|
|
|
$
|
475,779
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
62
HARMONIC INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
364,963
|
|
|
$
|
311,204
|
|
|
$
|
247,684
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
187,430
|
|
|
|
177,129
|
|
|
|
146,238
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
177,533
|
|
|
|
134,075
|
|
|
|
101,446
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
Research and development
|
|
|
54,471
|
|
|
|
42,902
|
|
|
|
39,455
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
83,118
|
|
|
|
70,690
|
|
|
|
65,243
|
|
Write-off of acquired in-process technology
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
700
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
639
|
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
|
470
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
138,228
|
|
|
|
114,817
|
|
|
|
105,168
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
39,305
|
|
|
|
19,258
|
|
|
|
(3,722)
|
|
Interest income, net
|
|
|
9,216
|
|
|
|
6,117
|
|
|
|
4,616
|
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
(2,552)
|
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
722
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
45,969
|
|
|
|
25,521
|
|
|
|
1,616
|
|
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
|
|
|
(18,023)
|
|
|
|
2,100
|
|
|
|
609
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
63,992
|
|
|
$
|
23,421
|
|
|
$
|
1,007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per share:
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.68
|
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.67
|
|
|
$
|
0.28
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
94,535
|
|
|
|
81,882
|
|
|
|
74,639
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
95,434
|
|
|
|
83,249
|
|
|
|
75,183
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
63
HARMONIC INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital in
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess of Par
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2005
|
|
|
73,636
|
|
|
$
|
74
|
|
|
$
|
2,048,090
|
|
|
$
|
(1,934,715)
|
|
|
$
|
(467)
|
|
|
$
|
112,982
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,007
|
|
|
$
|
1,007
|
|
Unrealized gain on investments, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
|
205
|
|
Currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,375
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,753
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,753
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Common Stock under option and purchase plans
|
|
|
1,170
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
4,777
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,778
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Common Stock for acquisition of Entone
|
|
|
3,580
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
20,243
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
78,386
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
2,078,863
|
|
|
|
(1,933,708)
|
|
|
|
(99)
|
|
|
|
145,134
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustment due to adoption of FIN 48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,099)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,099)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,421
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,421
|
|
|
$
|
23,421
|
|
Unrealized loss on investments, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(27)
|
|
|
|
(27)
|
|
|
|
(27)
|
|
Currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(44)
|
|
|
|
(44)
|
|
|
|
(44)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
23,350
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,196
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,196
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Common Stock under option and purchase plans
|
|
|
1,981
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
11,492
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,494
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax benefits from employee stock option plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Common Stock for acquisition of Rhozet
|
|
|
905
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
8,423
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,424
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Common Stock in public offering, net
|
|
|
12,500
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
141,831
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
141,844
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
93,772
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
2,246,875
|
|
|
|
(1,912,386)
|
|
|
|
(170)
|
|
|
|
334,413
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63,992
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63,992
|
|
|
$
|
63,992
|
|
Unrealized loss on investments, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(93)
|
|
|
|
(93)
|
|
|
|
(93)
|
|
Currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(357)
|
|
|
|
(357)
|
|
|
|
(357)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
63,542
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,811
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,811
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Common Stock under option and purchase plans
|
|
|
1,245
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
8,550
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
95,017
|
|
|
$
|
95
|
|
|
$
|
2,263,236
|
|
|
$
|
(1,848,394)
|
|
|
$
|
(620)
|
|
|
$
|
414,317
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
64
HARMONIC INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except par value amounts)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
63,992
|
|
|
$
|
23,421
|
|
|
$
|
1,007
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
6,275
|
|
|
|
5,338
|
|
|
|
2,200
|
|
Write-off of acquired in-process technology
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
700
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
7,014
|
|
|
|
6,661
|
|
|
|
7,383
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
7,806
|
|
|
|
6,196
|
|
|
|
5,722
|
|
Impairment and loss on disposal of fixed assets
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
297
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(55,859)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion and loss on investments
|
|
|
1,409
|
|
|
|
278
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisition:
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
6,529
|
|
|
|
(4,191)
|
|
|
|
(20,550)
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
7,388
|
|
|
|
7,865
|
|
|
|
(3,224)
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
3,278
|
|
|
|
(6,847)
|
|
|
|
(4,316)
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(7,134)
|
|
|
|
(13,129)
|
|
|
|
13,396
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
(6,433)
|
|
|
|
10,205
|
|
|
|
7,774
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
33,657
|
|
|
|
208
|
|
|
|
493
|
|
Accrued excess facilities costs
|
|
|
(4,638)
|
|
|
|
(6,684)
|
|
|
|
(877)
|
|
Accrued and other liabilities
|
|
|
(3,342)
|
|
|
|
5,050
|
|
|
|
(671)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
60,127
|
|
|
|
35,145
|
|
|
|
8,634
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
Purchases of investments
|
|
|
(132,813)
|
|
|
|
(177,908)
|
|
|
|
(70,398)
|
|
Proceeds from maturities and sales of investments
|
|
|
124,237
|
|
|
|
98,300
|
|
|
|
84,820
|
|
Acquisition of property and equipment
|
|
|
(8,546)
|
|
|
|
(5,868)
|
|
|
|
(5,143)
|
|
Acquisition of intellectual property
|
|
|
(500)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisitions, net of cash received
|
|
|
(2,830)
|
|
|
|
(4,415)
|
|
|
|
(26,232)
|
|
Sale (purchase) of Entone, Inc. convertible note
|
|
|
2,500
|
|
|
|
(2,500)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(17,952)
|
|
|
|
(92,391)
|
|
|
|
(16,953)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net
|
|
|
8,463
|
|
|
|
153,337
|
|
|
|
4,778
|
|
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayments under bank line and term loan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(460)
|
|
|
|
(812)
|
|
Repayments of capital lease obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(72)
|
|
|
|
(82)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
|
|
8,463
|
|
|
|
152,875
|
|
|
|
3,884
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
248
|
|
|
|
(78)
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
50,886
|
|
|
|
95,551
|
|
|
|
(4,364)
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
|
|
|
129,005
|
|
|
|
33,454
|
|
|
|
37,818
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$
|
179,891
|
|
|
$
|
129,005
|
|
|
$
|
33,454
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
|
Income tax payments (refunds), net
|
|
$
|
4,188
|
|
|
$
|
1,716
|
|
|
$
|
(75)
|
|
Interest paid during the period
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
67
|
|
|
$
|
108
|
|
Non-cash investing and financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of restricted common stock for Rhozet acquisition
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
8,424
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Issuance of restricted common stock from Entone acquisition
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
20,382
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
65
HARMONIC INC.
NOTE 1:
ORGANIZATION, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Harmonic Inc. (Harmonic) designs, manufactures and
sells products and high performance video products and system
solutions that enable service providers to efficiently deliver
the next generation of broadcast and on-demand services,
including high-definition television, or HDTV,
video-on-demand,
or VOD, network personal video recording and time-shifted TV.
Historically, the majority of our sales have been derived from
sales of video processing solutions and edge and access systems
to cable television operators and from sales of video processing
solutions to direct-to-home satellite operators. We also provide
our video processing solutions to telecommunications companies,
or telcos, broadcasters and Internet companies that offer video
services to their customers.
Basis of Presentation. The consolidated financial
statements of Harmonic Inc. (Harmonic, the
Company or we) include the financial
statements of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All
intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. The
Companys fiscal quarters are based on 13-week periods,
except for the fourth quarter which ends on December 31.
Use of Estimates. The preparation of financial statements
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reported period. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash equivalents are comprised
of highly liquid investment-grade investments with original
maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase. Cash
equivalents are stated at amounts that approximate fair value,
based on quoted market prices.
Investments. Harmonics short-term investments are
stated at fair value, and are principally comprised of
U.S. government, U.S. government agencies and
corporate debt securities. The Company classifies its
investments as available for sale in accordance with Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) 115,
Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity
Securities, and states its investments at fair value, with
unrealized gains and losses reported in accumulated other
comprehensive income (loss). The specific identification method
is used to determine the cost of securities disposed of, with
realized gains and losses reflected in other income (expense),
net. Investments are anticipated to be used for current
operations and are, therefore, classified as current assets,
even though maturities may extend beyond one year. The Company
monitors its investment portfolio for impairment on a periodic
basis. In the event a decline in value is determined to be other
than temporary an impairment charge is recorded.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments. The carrying value
of Harmonics financial instruments, including cash, cash
equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable,
accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value
due to their short maturities.
Concentrations of Credit Risk/Major Customers/Supplier
Concentration. Financial instruments which subject Harmonic
to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash
equivalents, short-term investments and accounts receivable.
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments are invested
in short-term, highly liquid investment-grade obligations of
commercial or governmental issuers, in accordance with
Harmonics investment policy. The investment policy limits
the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution,
commercial or governmental issuer. Harmonics accounts
receivable are derived from sales to cable, satellite, telcos
and other network operators and distributors. Harmonic generally
does not require collateral and performs ongoing credit
evaluations of its customers and provides for expected losses.
Harmonic maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon
the expected collectibility of its accounts receivable. One
customer had a balance of 11% of our net accounts receivable as
of December 31, 2008. Two customers had balances of 19% and
14% of our net accounts receivable as of December 31, 2007.
Certain of the components and subassemblies included in the
Companys products are obtained from a single source or a
limited group of suppliers. Although the Company seeks to reduce
dependence on those sole source and limited source suppliers,
the partial or complete loss of certain of these sources could
have at least a temporary adverse effect on the Companys
results of operations and damage customer relationships.
66
Revenue Recognition. Harmonics principal sources of
revenue are from hardware products, software products, solution
sales, services and hardware and software maintenance contracts.
Harmonic recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an
arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been
provided, the sale price is fixed or determinable,
collectibility is reasonably assured, and risk of loss and title
have transferred to the customer.
Revenue from product sales, excluding the revenue generated from
service-related solutions, which are discussed below, is
recognized when risk of loss and title has transferred, which is
generally upon shipment or delivery, or once all applicable
criteria have been met. Allowances are provided for estimated
returns, discounts and trade-ins. Such allowances are adjusted
periodically to reflect actual and anticipated experience.
Solution sales for the design, manufacture, test, integration
and installation of products to the specifications of
Harmonics customers, including equipment acquired from
third parties to be integrated with Harmonics products,
that is customized to meet the customers specifications
are accounted for in accordance with
SOP 81-1,
Accounting for Performance of Construction/Production
Contracts. Accordingly, for each arrangement that the
Company enters into that includes both products and services,
the Company performs a detailed evaluation for each arrangement
to determine whether the arrangement should be accounted for as
a single arrangement under
SOP 81-1,
or alternatively, for arrangements that do not involve
significant production, modification or customization, under
other accounting guidance. The Company has a long-standing
history of entering into contractual arrangements to deliver the
solution sales described above, and such arrangements represent
a significant part of the operations of the Company. At the
outset of each arrangement accounted for under
SOP 81-1,
the Company develops a detailed project plan and associated
labor hour estimates for each project. The Company believes
that, based on its historical experience, it has the ability to
make labor cost estimates that are sufficiently dependable to
justify the use of the percentage-of-completion method of
accounting and accordingly, utilizes percentage-of-completion
accounting for most arrangements that are within the scope of
SOP 81-1.
Under the percentage of completion method, revenue recognized
reflects the portion of the anticipated contract revenue that
has been earned, equal to the ratio of labor hours expended to
date to anticipated final labor hours, based on current
estimates of labor hours to complete the project. If the
estimated costs to complete a project exceed the total contract
amount, indicating a loss, the entire anticipated loss is
recognized. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we
recorded a loss of approximately $0.4 million related to a
loss contract.
When arrangements contain multiple elements, Harmonic evaluates
all deliverables in the arrangement at the outset of the
arrangement based on the guidance in Emerging Issues Task Force
(EITF)
00-21,
Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple
Deliverables. If the undelivered elements qualify as
separate units of accounting based on the criteria in
EITF 00-21,
which include that the delivered elements have value to the
customer on a stand-alone basis and that objective and reliable
evidence of fair value exists for undelivered elements, Harmonic
allocates the arrangement fee based on the relative fair value
of the elements of the arrangement. If a delivered element does
not meet the criteria in
EITF 00-21
to be considered a separate unit of accounting, revenue is
deferred until the undelivered elements are fulfilled. We
establish fair value by reference to the price the customer is
required to pay when an item is sold separately using
contractually stated, substantive renewal rates, where
applicable, or the average price of recently completed stand
alone sales transactions. Accordingly, the determination as to
whether appropriate objective and reliable evidence of fair
value exists can impact the timing of revenue recognition for an
arrangement.
For multiple element arrangements that include both hardware
products and software products, Harmonic evaluates the
arrangement based on
EITF 03-5,
Applicability of AICPA Statement of Position
97-2 to
Non-Software Deliverables in an Arrangement Containing
More-Than-Incidental Software. In accordance with the
provisions of
EITF 03-5,
the arrangement is divided between software-related elements and
non-software deliverables. Software-related elements are
accounted for as software. Software-related elements include all
non-software deliverables for which a software deliverable is
essential to its functionality. When software arrangements
contain multiple elements and vendor specific objective evidence
(VSOE) of fair value exists for all undelivered elements,
Harmonic accounts for the delivered elements in accordance with
the Residual Method prescribed by
SOP 98-9.
In arrangements where VSOE of fair value is not available for
all undelivered elements, we defer the recognition of all
revenue under an arrangement until all elements, except post
contract support, have been delivered. Fair value of
software-related elements is based on separate sales to other
customers or upon renewal rates quoted in contracts when the
quoted renewal rates are deemed to be substantive.
Revenue from maintenance agreements is generally recognized
ratably as the services are performed or based on contractual
terms. The costs associated with services are recognized as
incurred. Maintenance services are recognized ratably over the
maintenance term, which is typically one year. The unrecognized
revenue portion of maintenance agreements billed is recorded as
deferred revenue.
67
Deferred revenue includes billings in excess of revenue
recognized, net of deferred cost of sales, and invoiced amounts
remain deferred until applicable revenue recognition criteria
are met.
Revenue from distributors and system integrators is recognized
on delivery provided that the criteria for revenue recognition
have been met. Our agreements with these distributors and system
integrators have terms which are generally consistent with the
standard terms and conditions for the sale of our equipment to
end users and do not provide for product rotation or pricing
allowances, as are typically found in agreements with stocking
distributors. The Company accrues for sales returns and other
allowances based on its historical experience.
Shipping and Handling Costs. Shipping and handling costs
incurred for inventory purchases and product shipments are
recorded in Cost of sales in the Companys
Consolidated Statement of Operations.
Inventories. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost,
using the weighted average method, or market. Harmonic
establishes provisions for excess and obsolete inventories after
evaluation of historical sales and future demand and market
conditions, expected product lifecycles and current inventory
levels to reduce such inventories to their estimated net
realizable value. Such provisions are charged to Cost of
sales in the Companys Consolidated Statement of
Operations.
Capitalized Software Development Costs. Costs related to
research and development are generally charged to expense as
incurred. Capitalization of material software development costs
begins when a products technological feasibility has been
established in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 86,
Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to be Sold,
Leased, or Otherwise Marketed. To date, the time period
between achieving technological feasibility, which the Company
has defined as the establishment of a working model, which
typically occurs when beta testing commences, and the general
availability of such software, has been short, and as such,
software development costs qualifying for capitalization have
been insignificant.
Property and Equipment. Property and equipment are
recorded at cost. Depreciation and amortization are computed
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives
of the assets. Estimated useful lives are 5 years for
furniture and fixtures, and up to 4 years for machinery and
equipment. Depreciation and amortization for leasehold
improvements are computed using the shorter of the remaining
useful lives of the assets up to 10 years or the lease term
of the respective assets. Depreciation and amortization expense
related to equipment and improvements for the years ended
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $7.0 million,
$6.7 million and $7.4 million, respectively.
Goodwill. Goodwill represents the difference between the
purchase price and the estimated fair value of the identifiable
assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The Company tests for
impairment of goodwill on an annual basis in the fourth quarter
at the Company level, which is the sole reporting unit, and at
any other time if events occur or circumstances indicate that
the carrying amount of goodwill may not exceed its fair value.
When assessing the goodwill for impairment, the Company
considers both market capitalization adjusted for a control
premium and the Companys discounted cash flow model that
involves significant assumptions and estimates, including our
future financial performance, our future weighted average cost
of capital and our interpretation of currently enacted tax laws.
Circumstances that could indicate impairment and require us to
perform an impairment test include: a significant decline in the
financial results of our operations, our market capitalization
relative to net book value, unanticipated changes in competition
and our market share, significant changes in our strategic plans
or adverse actions by regulators. At December 31, 2008, the
implied fair value of our goodwill exceeded its carrying value
and, therefore, goodwill was not impaired.
Long-lived Assets. Long-lived assets represent property
and equipment and purchased intangible assets. Purchased
intangible assets include customer base, maintenance agreements,
core technology, developed technology, assembled workforce,
trademark and tradename, and supply agreements. The Company
evaluates the recoverability of intangible assets and other
long-lived assets when indicators of impairment are present.
When assessing impairment, we estimate the implied fair value of
the asset groups discounted cash flow model that involves
significant assumptions and estimates, including our future
financial performance, our future weighted average cost of
capital and our interpretation of currently enacted tax laws and
accounting pronouncements. Circumstances that could indicate
impairment and require us to perform an impairment test include:
a significant decline in the cash flows of such asset,
unanticipated changes in competition and our market share,
significant changes in our strategic plans or exiting an
activity resulting from a restructuring of operations. See
Note 4, Goodwill and Identified Intangibles for
additional information.
Restructuring Costs and Accruals for Excess Facilities.
For restructuring activities initiated prior to
December 31, 2002 Harmonic recorded restructuring costs
when the Company committed to an exit plan and significant
changes to the exit plan were not likely. Harmonic determines
the excess facilities accrual based on estimates of expected
cash payments reduced by
68
any sublease rental income for each excess facility. For
restructuring activities initiated after December 31, 2002,
the Company adopted SFAS 146, Accounting for Costs
Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities, which
requires that a liability for costs associated with an exit or
disposal activity be recognized and measured initially at fair
value only when the liability is incurred.
Accrued warranties. The Company accrues for estimated
warranty at the time of revenue recognition and records such
accrued liabilities as part of Cost of sales.
Management periodically reviews the estimated fair value of its
warranty liability and adjusts based on the terms of warranties
provided to customers, historical and anticipated warranty
claims experience, and estimates of the timing and cost of
specified warranty claims.
Currency Translation. The functional currency of the
Companys Israeli and Swiss operations is the
U.S. dollar. All other foreign subsidiaries use the
respective local currency as the functional currency. When the
local currency is the functional currency, gains and losses from
translation of these foreign currency financial statements into
U.S. dollars are recorded as a separate component of other
comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders equity. For
subsidiaries where the functional currency is the
U.S. dollar, gains and losses resulting from re-measuring
foreign currency denominated balances into U.S. dollars are
included in other income (expense), net and have been
insignificant for all periods presented. Foreign currency
transaction gains and losses derived from monetary assets and
liabilities being stated in a currency other than the functional
currency are recorded to other income (expense), net in the
Companys Consolidated Statement of Operations.
Income Taxes. In preparing our financial statements, we
estimate our income taxes for each of the jurisdictions in which
we operate. This involves estimating our actual current tax
exposures and assessing temporary and permanent differences
resulting from differing treatment of items, such as reserves
and accruals, for tax and accounting purposes.
Our income tax policy is to record the estimated future tax
effects of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets
and liabilities and amounts reported in our accompanying
consolidated balance sheets, as well as operating loss and tax
credit carryforwards. We follow the guidelines set forth in
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109,
Accounting for Income Taxes, or SFAS 109,
regarding the recoverability of any tax assets recorded on the
balance sheet and provide any necessary allowances as required.
Determining necessary allowances requires us to make assessments
about the timing of future events, including the probability of
expected future taxable income and available tax planning
opportunities. In addition, during 2008, and in accordance with
SFAS 109, we have evaluated our need for a valuation
allowance based on historical evidence, trends in profitability,
expectations of future taxable income and implemented tax
planning strategies.
We are subject to examination of our income tax returns by
various tax authorities on a periodic basis. We regularly assess
the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from such
examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for
income taxes. We adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation
48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxesan
Interpretation of FASB Statement 109 (FIN 48)
as of the beginning of 2007. Prior to adoption, our policy was
to establish reserves that reflected the probable outcome of
known tax contingencies. The effects of final resolution, if
any, were recognized as changes to the effective income tax rate
in the period of resolution. FIN 48 requires application of
a more-likely-than-not threshold to the recognition and
de-recognition of uncertain tax positions. If the recognition
threshold is met, FIN 48 permits us to recognize a tax
benefit measured at the largest amount of tax benefit that, in
our judgment, is more than 50 percent likely to be realized
upon settlement. It further requires that a change in judgment
related to the expected ultimate resolution of uncertain tax
positions be recognized in earnings in the period of such change.
We file annual income tax returns in multiple taxing
jurisdictions around the world. A number of years may elapse
before an uncertain tax position is audited and finally
resolved. While it is often difficult to predict the final
outcome or the timing of resolution of any particular uncertain
tax position, we believe that our reserves for income taxes
reflect the most likely outcome. We adjust these reserves and
penalties as well as the related interest, in light of changing
facts and circumstances. Changes in our assessment of our
uncertain tax positions or settlement of any particular position
could materially impact our income tax rate, financial position
and cash flows.
Advertising Expenses. Harmonic expenses the cost of
advertising as incurred. During 2008, 2007 and 2006, advertising
expenses were not material to the results of operations.
Stock Based Compensation. On January 1, 2006, the
Company adopted SFAS 123(R), Share-Based
Payment, (SFAS 123(R)) which requires the
measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all
share-based payment awards made to employees and directors,
including employee stock options, restricted stock units and
employee stock purchases related to our Employee Stock Purchase
Plan (ESPP) based upon the grant-date fair value of
those awards. SFAS 123(R) supersedes the Companys
previous accounting under Accounting Principles Board Opinion
25, Accounting for
69
Stock Issued to Employees (APB 25) and related
interpretations, and provided the required pro forma disclosures
prescribed by SFAS 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation, (SFAS 123) as amended. In
addition, we have applied the provisions of Staff Accounting
Bulletin 107 (SAB 107), issued by the
Securities and Exchange Commission, in our adoption of
SFAS 123(R).
The Company adopted SFAS 123(R) using the
modified-prospective transition method, which requires the
application of the accounting standard as of January 1,
2006, the first day of the Companys fiscal year 2006. The
Companys Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for
the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 reflect
the impact of SFAS 123(R). In accordance with the modified
prospective transition method, the Companys Consolidated
Financial Statements for prior periods have not been restated to
reflect, and do not include, the impact of SFAS 123(R).
Stock-based compensation expense recognized under
SFAS 123(R) for the years ended December 31, 2008,
2007 and 2006 was $7.8 million, $6.2 million and
$5.7 million, respectively, which consisted of stock-based
compensation expense related to employee equity awards and
employee stock purchases.
SFAS 123(R) requires companies to estimate the fair value
of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an
option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that
is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the
requisite service period in the Companys Consolidated
Statement of Operations. Prior to the adoption of
SFAS 123(R), the Company accounted for employee equity
awards and employee stock purchases using the intrinsic value
method in accordance with APB 25 as allowed under SFAS 123.
Under the intrinsic value method, no stock-based compensation
expense had been recognized in the Companys Consolidated
Statement of Operations because the exercise price of the
Companys stock options granted to employees and directors
equaled the fair market value of the underlying stock at the
date of grant.
Stock-based compensation expense recognized during the period is
based on the value of the portion of share-based payment awards
that is ultimately expected to vest during the period.
Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the
Companys Consolidated Statement of Operations for the
years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 included
compensation expense for share-based payment awards granted
prior to, but not yet vested as of December 31, 2005 based
on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the
pro forma provisions of SFAS 123 and compensation expense
for the share-based payment awards granted subsequent to
December 31, 2005 based on the grant date fair value
estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R).
In conjunction with the adoption of SFAS 123(R), the
Company changed its method of attributing the value of
stock-based compensation costs to expense from the accelerated
multiple-option method to the straight-line single-option
method. Compensation expense for all share-based payment awards
granted on or prior to December 31, 2005 will continue to
be recognized using the accelerated approach while compensation
expense for all share-based payment awards related to stock
options and employee stock purchase rights granted subsequent to
December 31, 2005 are recognized using the straight-line
method.
As stock-based compensation expense recognized in our results
for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 is
based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced
for estimated forfeitures. SFAS 123(R) requires forfeitures
to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary,
in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those
estimates.
The fair value of share-based payment awards is estimated at
grant date using a Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model.
The Companys determination of fair value of share-based
payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing
model is affected by the Companys stock price as well as
the assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and
subjective variables. These variables include, but are not
limited to, the Companys expected stock price volatility
over the term of the awards, and actual and projected employee
stock option exercise behaviors.
Comprehensive Income (Loss). Comprehensive income (loss)
includes net income (loss) and other comprehensive income
(loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) includes cumulative
translation adjustments and unrealized gains and losses on
available-for-sale securities.
70
Total comprehensive income (loss) of fiscal years 2008, 2007 and
2006 are presented in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of
Stockholders Equity. Total accumulated other comprehensive
income (loss) is displayed as a separate component of
stockholders equity in the accompanying Consolidated
Balance Sheets. The accumulated balances for each component of
other comprehensive income (loss) consist of the following, net
of taxes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized Gain
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated Other
|
|
|
|
(Loss) in Available-
|
|
|
Foreign Currency
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
for-Sale Securities
|
|
|
Translation
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2005
|
|
$
|
(219
|
)
|
|
$
|
(248
|
)
|
|
$
|
(467
|
)
|
Change during year
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
|
368
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2006
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(85
|
)
|
|
|
(99
|
)
|
Change during year
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2007
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
|
|
(129
|
)
|
|
|
(170
|
)
|
Change during year
|
|
|
(93
|
)
|
|
|
(357
|
)
|
|
|
(450
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
(134)
|
|
|
$
|
(486)
|
|
|
$
|
(620)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounting for Derivatives and Hedging Activities.
Harmonic accounts for derivative financial instruments and
hedging contracts in accordance with SFAS 133,
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities and SFAS 149, Amendment of Statement
133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities which
require that all derivatives be recognized at fair value in the
statement of financial position, and that the corresponding
gains or losses be reported either in the statement of
operations or as a component of comprehensive income, depending
on the type of hedging relationship that exists.
Periodically, Harmonic enters into foreign currency forward
exchange contracts (forward exchange contracts) to
manage exposure related to accounts receivable denominated in
foreign currencies. The Company does not enter into derivative
financial instruments for trading purposes. At December 31,
2008, the Company had a forward exchange contract to sell Euros
totaling $8.7 million. This foreign exchange contract
matured in the first quarter of 2009. At December 31, 2007,
the Company had a forward exchange contract to sell Euros
totaling $8.5 million. This foreign exchange contract
matured within the first quarter of 2008.
Reclassifications. The Company has reclassified certain
prior period balances to conform to the current year
presentation. These reclassifications have no material impact on
previously reported total assets, total liabilities,
stockholders equity, results of operations or cash flows.
NOTE 2:
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards 157, Fair Value Measurements
(SFAS 157). This statement clarifies the
definition of fair value, establishes a framework for measuring
fair value, and expands the disclosures on fair value
measurements. SFAS 157 is effective for fiscal years
beginning after November 15, 2007. In February 2008, the
FASB adopted FASB Staff Position
No. 157-2
Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157
delaying the effective date of SFAS No. 157 for one
year for all non financial assets and non financial liabilities,
except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in
the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least
annually).
Harmonic adopted SFAS No. 157 on January 1, 2008,
except as it applies to those non-financial assets and
non-financial liabilities as described in FSP
FAS No. 157-2,
and the adoption of SFAS 157 did not materially impact our
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. See
Note 6, Cash Equivalents and Investments for
additional information.
In October 2008, the FASB issued
FSP 157-3,
Determining Fair Value of a Financial Asset in a Market
That Is Not Active
(FSP 157-3).
FSP 157-3
clarified the application of SFAS No. 157 in an
inactive market. It demonstrated how the fair value of a
financial asset is determined when the market for that financial
asset is inactive.
FSP 157-3
was effective upon issuance, including prior periods for which
financial statements had not been issued. The implementation of
this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated
results of operations and financial condition.
71
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 141 (revised 2007),
Business Combinations
(SFAS 141(R)). SFAS 141(R) establishes
principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and
measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets
acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest
in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. SFAS 141(R) also
establishes disclosure requirements to enable the evaluation of
the nature and financial effects of the business combination.
SFAS 141(R) is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2008, and will be adopted by us in the first
quarter of fiscal 2009. The adoption of SFAS 141(R) could
have a material effect on the Companys financial position
and results of operations as the release of any valuation
allowance for acquired tax attributes subsequent to adoption
would benefit the tax provision as opposed to recording the
benefit to goodwill. We are currently evaluating the potential
impact of the adoption of SFAS 141(R) on our consolidated
results of operations and financial condition.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 160,
Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial
Statements an amendment of Accounting Research
Bulletin 51 (SFAS 160).
SFAS 160 establishes accounting and reporting standards for
ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than
the parent, the amount of consolidated net income attributable
to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest, changes in a
parents ownership interest, and the valuation of retained
noncontrolling equity investments when a subsidiary is
deconsolidated. SFAS 160 also establishes disclosure
requirements that clearly identify and distinguish between the
interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling
owners. SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 2008, and will be adopted by us in the
first quarter of fiscal 2009. We are currently evaluating the
potential impact, if any, of the adoption of SFAS 160 on
our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS 161, Disclosures
about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133
(SFAS 161). SFAS 161 changes the
disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging
activities. Entities are required to provide enhanced
disclosures about (a) how and why an entity uses derivative
instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related
hedge items are accounted for under Statement 133 and its
related interpretations, and (c) how derivative instruments
and related hedged items affect an entitys financial
position, financial performance, and cash flows. SFAS 161
is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years
and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. We
are currently evaluating the potential impact, if any, of the
adoption of SFAS 161 on our consolidated results of
operations, financial condition or cash flows.
In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS 162, The Hierarchy
of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
(SFAS No. 162). SFAS 162 identifies
the sources of accounting principles and the framework for
selecting the principles used in the preparation of financial
statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (the
GAAP hierarchy). SFAS 162 will become effective
60 days following the SECs approval of the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board amendments to AU
Section 411, The Meaning of Present Fairly in
Conformity With Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.
The adoption of SFAS 162 did not have a material effect on
our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
In April 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position
(FSP)
No. 142-3,
Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible
Assets.
FSP 142-3
amends the factors an entity should consider in developing
renewal or extension assumptions used in determining the useful
life or recognized intangible assets under FASB 142,
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. This new
guidance applies prospectively to intangible assets that are
acquired individually or with a group of other assets in
business combinations and asset acquisitions.
FSP 142-3
is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years
and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2008.
Early adoption is prohibited. We do not expect the adoption of
FSP 142-3
to have a material effect on our consolidated results of
operations and financial condition.
In November 2008, the Emerging Issues Task Force issued EITF
No. 08-7,
Accounting for Defensive Intangible Assets
(EITF 08-7)
that clarifies accounting for defensive intangible assets
subsequent to initial measurement.
EITF 08-7
applies to acquired intangible assets which an entity has no
intention of actively using, or intends to discontinue use of,
the intangible asset but holds it (locks up) to prevent others
from obtaining access to it (i.e., a defensive intangible
asset). Under
EITF 08-7,
the Task Force reached a consensus that an acquired defensive
asset should be accounted for as a separate unit of accounting
(i.e., an asset separate from other assets of the acquirer); and
the useful life assigned to an acquired defensive asset should
be based on the period which the asset would diminish in value.
EITF 08-7
is effective for defensive intangible assets acquired in fiscal
years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. We are
currently evaluating the potential impact, if any, of the
adoption of
EITF 08-7
on our consolidated results of operations and financial
condition.
72
NOTE 3:
ACQUISITIONS
Scopus Video
Networks Ltd.
On December 22, 2008, Harmonic announced that it had
entered into a definitive agreement to acquire Scopus Video
Networks Ltd., a publicly traded company organized under the
laws of Israel. Under the terms of the Agreement and Plan of
Merger, Harmonic will pay $5.62 per share in cash, without
interest, for all of the outstanding ordinary shares of Scopus,
which represents an enterprise value of approximately
$51 million, net of Scopus cash and short-term
investments. The proposed acquisition of Scopus is expected to
extend Harmonics worldwide customer based and strengthen
its market and technology leadership, particularly in
international video broadcast, contribution and distribution
markets. As of December 31, 2008, Harmonic has incurred
approximately $0.9 million of acquisition-related costs
which will be expensed in the first quarter of 2009. The merger
is expected to be completed by the end of the first quarter of
2009.
Rhozet
Corporation
On July 31, 2007, Harmonic completed its acquisition of
Rhozet Corporation, a privately held company based in
Santa Clara, California. Rhozet develops and markets
software-based transcoding solutions that facilitate the
creation of multi-format video for Internet, mobile and
broadcast applications. With Rhozets products, and
sometimes in conjunction with other Harmonic products,
Harmonics existing broadcast, cable, satellite and telco
customers can deliver traditional video programming over the
Internet and to mobile devices, as well as expand the types of
content delivered via their traditional networks to encompass
web-based and user-generated content. Harmonic also believes
that the acquisition opens up new customer opportunities for
Harmonic with Rhozets customer base of broadcast content
creators and online video service providers and is complementary
to Harmonics video-on demand networking software business
acquired in December 2006 from Entone Technologies. These
opportunities were significant factors to the establishment of
the purchase price, which exceeded the fair value of
Rhozets net tangible and intangible assets acquired
resulting in the amount of goodwill we have recorded with this
transaction. Management has made an allocation of the estimated
purchase price to the tangible and intangible assets acquired
and liabilities assumed.
The purchase price of $16.2 million included
$15.5 million of total merger consideration and
$0.7 million of transaction expenses. Under the terms of
the merger agreement, Harmonic paid or will pay an aggregate of
approximately $15.5 million in total merger consideration,
comprised of approximately $2.5 million in cash,
approximately $10.3 million of common stock issued and to
be issued, consisting of approximately 1.1 million shares
of Harmonics common stock, in exchange for all of the
outstanding shares of capital stock of Rhozet, approximately
$2.8 million of cash, which was paid in the first quarter
of 2008, as provided in the merger agreement, to the holders of
outstanding options to acquire Rhozet common stock. Pursuant to
the merger agreement, approximately $2.3 million of the
total merger consideration, consisting of cash and shares of
Harmonic common stock, are being held back by Harmonic for at
least 18 months following the closing of the acquisition to
satisfy certain indemnification obligations of Rhozets
shareholders. As of December 31, 2008, approximately
$1.8 million of purchase consideration, which based on the
terms of the merger agreement will be settled through the
issuance of approximately 0.2 million shares of
Harmonics common stock, has been recorded as a long-term
liability, and the payment of $0.5 million in cash which
has been recorded as a current liability.
73
The Rhozet acquisition was accounted for under SFAS 141 and
certain specified provisions of SFAS 142. The results of
operations of Rhozet are included in Harmonics
Consolidated Statements of Operations from July 31, 2007,
the date of acquisition. The following table summarizes the
allocation of the purchase price based on the estimated fair
value of the tangible assets acquired and the liabilities
assumed at the date of acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash acquired
|
|
$
|
657
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
457
|
|
Fixed assets
|
|
|
133
|
|
Other tangible assets acquired
|
|
|
59
|
|
Intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
IP technology
|
|
|
169
|
|
Software license
|
|
|
80
|
|
Existing technology
|
|
|
4,000
|
|
In-process technology
|
|
|
700
|
|
Core technology
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
Customer contracts
|
|
|
300
|
|
Maintenance agreements
|
|
|
600
|
|
Tradenames/trademarks
|
|
|
300
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
8,980
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets acquired
|
|
|
17,535
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
(174
|
)
|
Other accrued liabilities
|
|
|
(1,165
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired
|
|
$
|
16,196
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The purchase price was allocated as set forth in the table
above. The Income Approach which includes an
analysis of the markets, cash flows and risks associated with
achieving such cash flows, was the primary method used in
valuing the identified intangibles acquired. The Discounted Cash
Flow method was used to estimate the fair value of the acquired
existing technology, in-process technology, maintenance
agreements and customer contracts. The Royalty Savings Method
was used to estimate the fair value of the acquired core
technology and trademarks/trade names. In the Royalty Savings
Method, the value of an asset is estimated by capitalizing the
royalties saved because the Company owns the asset. Expected
cash flows were discounted at the Companys weighted
average cost of capital of 18%. Identified intangible assets,
including existing technology and core technology are being
amortized over their useful lives of four years; trade
name/trademarks are being amortized over their useful lives of
five years; customer contracts are being amortized over its
useful life of six years and maintenance agreements are being
amortized over its useful life of seven years. In-process
technology was written off due to the risk that the developments
will not be completed or competitive with comparable products.
Existing technology is being amortized using the double
declining method which reflects the future projected cash flows.
The core technology, customer contracts, maintenance agreements
and trade name/trademarks are being amortized using the
straight-line method.
The residual purchase price of $9.0 million has been
recorded as goodwill. The goodwill as a result of this
acquisition is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.
In accordance with SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other
Intangible Assets, goodwill relating to the acquisition of
Rhozet is not being amortized.
Entone
Technologies, Inc.
On December 8, 2006, Harmonic acquired Entone Technologies,
Inc., or Entone, pursuant to the terms of an Agreement and Plan
of Merger (the Merger Agreement) dated
August 21, 2006. Under the terms of the merger agreement,
Entone spun off its consumer premise equipment business, or CPE
business, to Entones existing stockholders prior to
closing. Entone then merged into Harmonic, and Harmonic acquired
Entones VOD business, which includes the development, sale
and support of head-end equipment (software and hardware) and
associated services for the creation, distribution and delivery
of on-demand television programming to operators who offer such
programming to businesses and consumers. Harmonic believes
Entones
74
software solution, which facilitates the provisioning of
personalized video services including
video-on-demand,
network personal video recording, time-shifted television and
targeted advertisement insertion, will enable Harmonic to expand
the scope of solutions we can offer to cable, satellite and
telco/IPTV service providers in order to provide an advanced and
uniquely integrated delivery system for the next generation of
both broadcast and personalized
IP-delivered
video services. These opportunities, along with the established
Asian-based software development workforce, were significant
factors to the establishment of the purchase price, which
exceeded the fair value of Entones net tangible and
intangible assets acquired resulting in the amount of goodwill
we have recorded with this transaction. Management has made an
allocation of the purchase price to the tangible and intangible
assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on various
estimates.
The purchase price of $48.9 million included
$26.2 million in cash, $20.1 million of stock issued,
consisting of 3,579,715 shares of Harmonic common stock,
$0.2 million in stock options assumed, and
$2.5 million of transaction expenses incurred. Stock
options to purchase Harmonic common stock totaling approximately
0.2 million shares were issued to reflect the conversion of
all outstanding Entone options for continuing employees. The
fair value of Harmonics stock options issued to Entone
employees were valued at $925,000 using the Black-Scholes
options pricing model of which $697,000 represents unearned
stock-based compensation, which will be recorded as compensation
expense as services are provided by optionholders, and $228,000
was recorded as purchase consideration. As part of the terms of
the Merger Agreement, Harmonic was obligated to purchase a
convertible note with a face amount of $2.5 million in the
new spun off private company subject to closing of an initial
round of equity financing in which at least $4 million is
invested by third parties. This amount was funded in July 2007.
The convertible note was sold to a third party for approximately
$2.6 million during 2008. See Note 16.
The Entone acquisition was accounted for under SFAS 141 and
certain specified provisions of SFAS 142. The results of
operations of Entone are included in Harmonics
Consolidated Statements of Operations from December 8,
2006, the date of acquisition. The following table summarizes
the allocation of the purchase price based on the estimated fair
value of the tangible assets acquired and the liabilities
assumed at the date of acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash acquired
|
|
$
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
297
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
184
|
|
Fixed assets
|
|
|
313
|
|
Other tangible assets acquired
|
|
|
22
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
368
|
|
Amortizable intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
Existing technology
|
|
|
11,600
|
|
Core technology
|
|
|
2,800
|
|
Customer relationships
|
|
|
1,700
|
|
Tradenames/trademarks
|
|
|
800
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
32,027
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets acquired
|
|
|
50,111
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(855)
|
|
Deferred revenue, net of deferred costs
|
|
|
(166)
|
|
Other accrued liabilities
|
|
|
(146)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired
|
|
$
|
48,944
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Identified intangible assets, including existing technology and
core technology are being amortized over their useful lives of
three to four years; tradename/trademarks are being amortized
over their useful lives of five years; and customer
relationships are being amortized over its useful life of six
years.
The residual purchase price of $32.0 million has been
recorded as goodwill. The goodwill as a result of this
acquisition is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.
In 2008, the partial release of the income tax valuation
allowance resulted in a $3.3 million reduction in goodwill.
In accordance with SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other
Intangible Assets, goodwill relating to the acquisition of
Entone is not being amortized.
75
Unaudited Pro
Forma Financial Information
The following unaudited pro forma financial information
presented below summarizes the combined results of operations as
if the acquisitions of Rhozet and Entone had been completed as
of the beginning of the fiscal years presented. The unaudited
pro forma financial information for the year ended
December 31, 2006 combines the historical results for
Harmonic for the year ended December 31, 2006, and the
historical results of Rhozet for the year ended
December 31, 2006, and the historical results of Entone for
the respective period through December 8, 2006, the
acquisition date. The unaudited pro forma financial information
for the year ended December 31, 2007 combines the
historical results of Harmonic for the year ended
December 31, 2007 with the results of Rhozet for the period
from January 1, 2007 through July 31, 2007, the
acquisition date. The pro forma financial information is
presented for informational purposes only and does not purport
to be indicative of what would have occurred had the mergers
actually been completed as of the beginning of the periods
presented or of results which may occur in the future.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
312,527
|
|
|
$
|
250,758
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
20,311
|
|
|
$
|
(11,940)
|
|
Net income (loss) per share basic
|
|
$
|
0.25
|
|
|
$
|
(0.15)
|
|
Net income (loss) per share diluted
|
|
$
|
0.24
|
|
|
$
|
(0.15)
|
|
NOTE 4:
GOODWILL AND IDENTIFIED INTANGIBLES
Effective January 1, 2006 the Company operates as a single
reporting unit and goodwill is evaluated at the Company level,
which is the sole reporting unit. The Company performed the
annual impairment test of goodwill in the fourth quarter of
2006, 2007 and 2008. For the years 2006, 2007 and 2008, in all
instances, the fair value of Harmonic, which was based on the
Companys future discounted cash flows, exceeded its
carrying amount, including goodwill. As a result of these tests,
goodwill was determined not to be impaired.
For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the
Company recorded a total of $6.3 million, $5.3 million
and $1.2 million, respectively, of amortization expense for
identified intangibles, of which $5.5 million,
$4.7 million and $0.9 million, respectively, was
included in cost of sales. A review of the intangibles
associated with the BTL acquisition was performed in 2006 and it
was determined that the carrying value of intangibles of
$1.0 million were impaired. In 2006, the impairment charge
was recorded as $0.8 million to cost of sales and
$0.2 million to operating expenses. The following is a
summary of goodwill and intangible assets as of
December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Carrying
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Net Carrying
|
|
|
Gross Carrying
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Net Carrying
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Identified intangibles:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Developed core technology
|
|
$
|
49,307
|
|
|
$
|
(39,838)
|
|
|
$
|
9,469
|
|
|
$
|
49,463
|
|
|
$
|
(34,941)
|
|
|
$
|
14,522
|
|
Customer relationships/contracts
|
|
|
33,895
|
|
|
|
(32,550)
|
|
|
|
1,345
|
|
|
|
33,912
|
|
|
|
(32,234)
|
|
|
|
1,678
|
|
Trademarks and tradenames
|
|
|
5,244
|
|
|
|
(4,559)
|
|
|
|
685
|
|
|
|
5,337
|
|
|
|
(4,432)
|
|
|
|
905
|
|
Supply agreement
|
|
|
3,386
|
|
|
|
(3,386)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,543
|
|
|
|
(3,543)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maintenance agreements
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
(121)
|
|
|
|
479
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
(36)
|
|
|
|
564
|
|
Software license, intellectual property and assembled workforce
|
|
|
309
|
|
|
|
(218)
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
249
|
|
|
|
(74)
|
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal of identified intangibles
|
|
|
92,741
|
|
|
|
(80,672)
|
|
|
|
12,069
|
|
|
|
93,104
|
|
|
|
(75,260)
|
|
|
|
17,844
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
41,674
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41,674
|
|
|
|
45,793
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45,793
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total goodwill and other intangibles
|
|
$
|
134,415
|
|
|
$
|
(80,672)
|
|
|
$
|
53,743
|
|
|
$
|
138,897
|
|
|
$
|
(75,260)
|
|
|
$
|
63,637
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years
ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance as of January 1
|
|
$
|
45,793
|
|
|
$
|
37,141
|
|
Acquisition of Rhozet Corporation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,980
|
|
Deferred tax asset adjustment
|
|
|
(3,292)
|
|
|
|
(385)
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
(827)
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31
|
|
$
|
41,674
|
|
|
$
|
45,793
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During 2008, an adjustment to goodwill of $3.3 million was
recorded due to an adjustment of the tax valuation allowance
from the Entone acquisition.
During 2008, the Company purchased certain assets, including
intellectual property for $0.5 million in cash. This
intellectual property will be utilized in furthering the
capabilities of the Companys
IP-based
video solutions over cable network infrastructures. The purchase
price was allocated between developed technology and assembled
workforce and both have a useful life of 2.5 years.
The estimated future amortization expense for identified
intangibles is:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of Sales
|
|
|
Operating Expenses
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
5,309
|
|
|
$
|
703
|
|
|
$
|
6,012
|
|
2010
|
|
|
3,978
|
|
|
|
663
|
|
|
|
4,641
|
|
2011
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
|
632
|
|
|
|
814
|
|
2012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
437
|
|
|
|
437
|
|
2013 and thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
165
|
|
|
|
165
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
9,469
|
|
|
$
|
2,600
|
|
|
$
|
12,069
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 5:
RESTRUCTURING, EXCESS FACILITIES AND INVENTORY
PROVISIONS
During 2001, Harmonic recorded a charge for excess facilities
costs of $21.8 million. During the second half of 2002, the
Company changed its estimates related to accrued excess
facilities with regard to the expected timing and amount of
sublease income and recorded an additional excess facilities
charge of $22.5 million, net of sublease income, to
selling, general and administrative expenses.
In the fourth quarter of 2005 the excess facilities liability
was decreased by $1.1 million due to subleasing a portion
of an unoccupied building for the remainder of the lease. During
the third quarter of 2006, the Company recorded a charge in
selling, general and administrative expenses for excess
facilities of $3.9 million. In addition, during the third
quarter of 2006 the Company revised its estimate of expected
sublease income with respect to previously vacated facilities
and recorded a credit of $1.7 million.
In the third quarter of 2007, the Company recorded a credit of
$1.8 million from a revised estimate of expected sublease
income due to the extension of a sublease of a Sunnyvale
building to the lease expiration. In addition, in 2007 the
Company recorded a restructuring charge of $0.4 million on
a reduction in estimated sublease income for a Sunnyvale
building.
During the first quarter of 2007, the Company recorded a charge
in selling, general and administrative expenses for excess
facilities of $0.4 million. This charge primarily relates
to two buildings in the United Kingdom which were vacated in
connection with the closure of the manufacturing and research
and development activities of Broadcast Technology Limited, or
BTL, in accordance with applicable provisions of
FAS No. 146. In the fourth quarter of 2007, the
Company recorded a charge in selling, general and administrative
expenses of $0.1 million for the remaining building from
the closure of BTL.
During the second quarter of 2008, the Company recorded a charge
in selling, general and administrative expenses for excess
facilities of $1.2 million from a revised estimate of
expected sublease income of a Sunnyvale building. The lease
terminates in September 2010 and all sublease income has been
eliminated from the estimated liability. During the third
quarter of 2008,
77
the Company recorded a charge in selling, general and
administrative expenses for excess facilities of
$0.2 million from a revised estimate of expected sublease
income of two buildings in England. The leases terminate in
October 2010 and all sublease income has been eliminated from
the estimated liability.
As of December 31, 2008, accrued excess facilities cost
totaled $11.4 million of which $6.4 million was
included in current accrued liabilities and $5.0 million in
other non-current liabilities. The Company incurred cash outlays
of $6.5 million, net of $1.1 million of sublease
income, during 2008 principally for lease payments, property
taxes, insurance and other maintenance fees related to vacated
facilities. As of December 31, 2007, accrued excess
facilities cost totaled $16.0 million of which
$6.1 million was included in current accrued liabilities
and $9.9 million in other non-current liabilities. The
Company incurred cash outlays of $6.3 million, net of
$1.1 million of sublease income, during 2007 principally
for lease payments, property taxes, insurance and other
maintenance fees related to vacated facilities. In 2009,
Harmonic expects to pay approximately $6.4 million of
excess facility lease costs, net of estimated sublease income,
and to pay the remaining $5.0 million, net of estimated
sublease income, over the remaining lease terms through October
2010.
Harmonic reassesses this liability quarterly and adjusts as
necessary based on changes in the timing and amounts of expected
sublease rental income.
During the fourth quarter of 2005, in response to the
consolidation of the Companys two operating segments into
a single segment as of January 1, 2006, the Company
implemented workforce reductions of approximately
40 full-time employees and recorded severance and other
costs of approximately $1.1 million.
During the second quarter of 2006, the Company streamlined its
senior management team primarily in the U.S. operations and
recorded severance and other costs of approximately
$1.0 million.
The following table summarizes restructuring activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Workforce
|
|
|
Management
|
|
|
Excess
|
|
|
Campus
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reduction
|
|
|
Reduction
|
|
|
Facilities
|
|
|
Consolidation
|
|
|
BTL Closure
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2005
|
|
$
|
635
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
23,576
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
24,211
|
|
Provisions/(recoveries)
|
|
|
(25)
|
|
|
|
962
|
|
|
|
(1,744)
|
|
|
|
3,918
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,111
|
|
Transfer of deferred rent liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,146
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,146
|
|
Cash payments, net of sublease income
|
|
|
(610)
|
|
|
|
(568)
|
|
|
|
(4,648)
|
|
|
|
(550)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,376)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
394
|
|
|
|
17,184
|
|
|
|
5,514
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,092
|
|
Provisions/(recoveries)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(96)
|
|
|
|
(1,828)
|
|
|
|
1,019
|
|
|
|
1,103
|
|
|
|
198
|
|
Cash payments, net of sublease income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(298)
|
|
|
|
(4,206)
|
|
|
|
(2,040)
|
|
|
|
(733)
|
|
|
|
(7,277)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,150
|
|
|
|
4,493
|
|
|
|
370
|
|
|
|
16,013
|
|
Provisions/(recoveries)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,544
|
|
|
|
294
|
|
|
|
1,838
|
|
Cash payments, net of sublease income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,954)
|
|
|
|
(2,177)
|
|
|
|
(344)
|
|
|
|
(6,475)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,196
|
|
|
$
|
3,860
|
|
|
$
|
320
|
|
|
$
|
11,376
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 6: CASH
EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS
In September 2006, FASB issued SFAS 157. This statement
establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands
required disclosure about the fair value measurements of assets
and liabilities. SFAS 157 for financial assets and
liabilities is effective for fiscal years beginning after
November 15, 2007. The Company adopted SFAS 157 as of
January 1, 2008 and the impact was not significant.
78
SFAS 157 defines fair value as the exchange price that
would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability
in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or
liability in an orderly transaction between market participants
on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure
fair value under SFAS 157 must maximize the use of
observable inputs and minimize use of unobservable inputs. The
standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to
measure fair value:
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1 Quoted prices in active markets for
identical assets or liabilities.
|
|
|
|
Level 2 Observable inputs other than
Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or
liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or
other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by
observable market data for substantially the full term of the
assets or liabilities. The Companys short-term investments
primarily use broker quotes in a non-active market for valuation
of these securities.
|
|
|
|
Level 3 Unobservable inputs that are supported
by little or no market activity and that are significant to the
fair value of the assets or liabilities.
|
The Company uses the market approach to measure fair value for
its financial assets and liabilities. The market approach uses
prices and other relevant information generated by market
transactions involving identical or comparable assets or
liabilities.
In accordance with SFAS 157, the following table represents
Harmonics fair value hierarchy for its financial assets
and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as
of December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Money market funds
|
|
$
|
146,065
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
146,065
|
|
U.S. corporate debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65,680
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65,680
|
|
U.S. government agencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75,859
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75,859
|
|
Auction rate securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,732
|
|
|
|
10,732
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
146,065
|
|
|
|
141,539
|
|
|
|
10,732
|
|
|
|
298,336
|
|
Forward exchange contracts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,724
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,724
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
146,065
|
|
|
$
|
150,263
|
|
|
$
|
10,732
|
|
|
$
|
307,060
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our auction rate securities were measured at fair value on a
recurring basis using significant Level 3 inputs as of
December 31, 2008. The following table summarizes our fair
value measurements using significant Level 3 inputs, and
changes therein, for the twelve month period ended
December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
|
|
Transfers in to Level 3
|
|
|
34,863
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
(24,052)
|
|
Unrealized gain recorded in Other comprehensive
income
|
|
|
(79)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
10,732
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
79
The fair value of our auction rate securities at
December 31, 2008 were measured using Level 3 inputs.
The inputs to the valuation model could no longer be valued by
observable market data as of December 31, 2008, and as a
result, these securities were classified as Level 3 of the
fair value hierarchy under the framework of SFAS 157.
Significant inputs to our valuation model for auction rate
securities as of December 31, 2008 were based on certain
assumptions, including interest rate yield curves, credit
quality, the estimated time until liquidity returns to the
auction rate securities and valuation estimates.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Short-term investments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than one year
|
|
$
|
87,122
|
|
|
$
|
76,175
|
|
Due in 1-2 years
|
|
|
49,417
|
|
|
|
29,893
|
|
Due in 3-30 years
|
|
|
5,004
|
|
|
|
17,121
|
|
No maturity date
|
|
|
5,728
|
|
|
|
17,066
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total short-term investments
|
|
$
|
147,271
|
|
|
$
|
140,255
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following is a summary of available-for-sale securities.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Gross Unrealized
|
|
|
Gross Unrealized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Gains
|
|
|
Losses
|
|
|
Estimated Fair Value
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. government debt securities
|
|
$
|
70,396
|
|
|
$
|
476
|
|
|
$
|
(12)
|
|
|
$
|
70,860
|
|
Corporate debt securities
|
|
|
66,360
|
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
(761)
|
|
|
|
65,680
|
|
Other debt securities
|
|
|
10,732
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,732
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
147,488
|
|
|
$
|
557
|
|
|
$
|
(773)
|
|
|
$
|
147,272
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. government debt securities
|
|
$
|
15,886
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
(12)
|
|
|
$
|
15,887
|
|
Corporate debt securities
|
|
|
90,247
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
(134)
|
|
|
|
90,181
|
|
Other debt securities
|
|
|
34,187
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,187
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
140,320
|
|
|
$
|
81
|
|
|
$
|
(146)
|
|
|
$
|
140,255
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2008, the fair value of certain of the
Companys short-term investments was less than their cost
basis. These unrealized losses as a result of the decline in the
fair value of such investments were primarily due to the current
credit crisis in addition to changes in interest rates.
Management reviewed various factors to determine the fair market
value of our investments and whether to recognize an impairment
charge related to these unrealized losses including, the current
financial and credit market environment, the financial condition
and near term prospects of the issuer of the short-term
investment, the magnitude of the unrealized loss compared to the
cost of the investment, the length of time the investment has
been in a loss position and the Companys intent and
ability to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient
to allow for any anticipated recovery of market value. Based on
this analysis, the Company determined that a portion of the
unrealized losses associated with the Companys portfolio
of short-term investments was other-than-temporary and recorded
an impairment charge for one security of $0.8 million
during the year ended December 31, 2008, which is included
in other income (expense), net, in the accompanying consolidated
statements of operations. The impairment charge recognized
during 2008 relates to a marketable security issued by Lehman
Brothers Holdings, Inc., which filed for bankruptcy in September
2008. The investment was subsequently sold during 2008. The
Company determined that the remaining unrealized losses are
temporary in nature and recorded them as a component of
accumulated other comprehensive loss.
As of December 31, 2008, we held approximately
$10.7 million of auction rate securities, or ARSs,
classified as short-term investments and the fair value of these
securities approximate their par value at the balance sheet
date. These ARSs which are invested in preferred securities in
closed-end mutual funds, all have a credit rating of AA or
better and the issuers are paying
80
interest at the maximum contractual rate. During 2008, the
Company was able to sell $24.1 million of ARSs through
successful auctions and redemptions. The remaining balance of
$10.7 million in ARSs that we held as of December 31,
2008, all had failed auctions in 2008. During August 2008, we
received notification from our investment manager who holds the
ARSs that it had reached a settlement with certain regulatory
authorities, pursuant to which the Company would be able to sell
its outstanding ARSs to the investment manager at par, plus
accrued interest and dividends at any time during the period
from January 2, 2009 through January 15, 2010. The
entire balance of $10.7 million in ARSs that we held at
December 31, 2008 were sold at par in February 2009.
In the event we need or desire to access funds from the other
short-term investments that we hold, it is possible that we may
not be able to do so due to market conditions. If a buyer is
found but is unwilling to purchase the investments at par or our
cost, we may incur a loss. Further, rating downgrades of the
security issuer or the third parties insuring such investments
may require us to adjust the carrying value of these investments
through an impairment charge. Our inability to sell all or some
of our short-term investments at par or our cost, or rating
downgrades of issuers of these securities, could adversely
affect our results of operations or financial condition.
For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
realized gains and realized losses from the sale of investments
were not material.
In accordance with FASB Staff Position Nos.
115-1 and
FAS 124-1,
The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its
Application to Certain Investments (FSP
FAS 115-1),
there was one available-for-sale security with a fair market
value of $0.4 million at December 31, 2008 that had
been in a continuous unrealized loss position for more than
12 months, and the amount of unrealized losses on any
individual security and the total investment balance is
insignificant as of December 31, 2008. The decline in the
estimated fair value of these investments relative to amortized
cost is primarily related to changes in interest rates and is
considered to be temporary in nature.
NOTE 7:
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND ALLOWANCES FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS,
RETURNS, DISCOUNTS AND TRADE-INS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
$
|
72,620
|
|
|
$
|
77,496
|
|
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts, returns and discounts
|
|
|
(8,697)
|
|
|
|
(8,194)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
63,923
|
|
|
$
|
69,302
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade accounts receivable are recorded at invoiced amounts and
do not bear interest. Harmonic generally does not require
collateral and performs ongoing credit evaluations of its
customers and provides for expected losses. Harmonic maintains
an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the expected
collectibility of its accounts receivable. The expectation of
collectibility is based on its review of credit profiles of
customers contractual terms and conditions, current
economic trends and historical payment experience.
81
The following is a summary of activities in allowances for
doubtful accounts, returns and discounts for the periods
indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deductions/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charges/ (credits) to
|
|
|
(Additions)
|
|
|
Balance at End
|
|
|
|
Beginning of Period
|
|
|
Charges to Revenue
|
|
|
Expense
|
|
|
from Reserves
|
|
|
of Period
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
8,194
|
|
|
$
|
7,615
|
|
|
$
|
1,497
|
|
|
$
|
(8,609)
|
|
|
$
|
8,697
|
|
2007
|
|
|
4,471
|
|
|
|
7,107
|
|
|
|
(125)
|
|
|
|
(3,259)
|
|
|
|
8,194
|
|
2006
|
|
|
3,230
|
|
|
|
3,357
|
|
|
|
(138)
|
|
|
|
(1,978)
|
|
|
|
4,471
|
|
NOTE 8:
BALANCE SHEET
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Inventories:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Raw materials
|
|
$
|
5,562
|
|
|
$
|
8,700
|
|
Work-in-process
|
|
|
1,167
|
|
|
|
1,574
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
|
20,146
|
|
|
|
23,977
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
26,875
|
|
|
$
|
34,251
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
$
|
6,923
|
|
|
$
|
6,725
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
56,808
|
|
|
|
56,961
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
27,999
|
|
|
|
27,388
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
91,730
|
|
|
|
91,074
|
|
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(76,302)
|
|
|
|
(76,992)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
15,428
|
|
|
$
|
14,082
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued compensation
|
|
$
|
7,397
|
|
|
$
|
6,495
|
|
Accrued incentive compensation
|
|
|
9,058
|
|
|
|
6,083
|
|
C-Cube pre-merger liabilities
|
|
|
1,739
|
|
|
|
6,657
|
|
Accrued litigation settlements
|
|
|
5,650
|
|
|
|
6,400
|
|
Accrued excess facilities costs current
|
|
|
6,423
|
|
|
|
6,106
|
|
Accrued warranty
|
|
|
5,361
|
|
|
|
5,786
|
|
Other
|
|
|
14,862
|
|
|
|
14,159
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
50,490
|
|
|
$
|
51,686
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 9: NET
INCOME PER SHARE
Basic net income per share is computed by dividing the net
income attributable to common stockholders for the period by the
weighted average number of the common shares outstanding during
the period. In 2008, 2007 and 2006, there were 9,366,359,
5,590,121 and 10,221,543 of potentially dilutive shares,
consisting of options, excluded from the net income per share
computations, respectively, because their effect was
antidilutive.
82
Following is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators
of the basic and diluted net income per share computations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Net income (numerator)
|
|
$
|
63,992
|
|
|
$
|
23,421
|
|
|
$
|
1,007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares calculation (denominator):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding basic
|
|
|
94,535
|
|
|
|
81,882
|
|
|
|
74,639
|
|
Effect of Dilutive Securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Potential common stock relating to stock options and ESPP
|
|
|
698
|
|
|
|
1,282
|
|
|
|
544
|
|
Future issued common stock related to acquisitions
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average shares outstanding diluted
|
|
|
95,434
|
|
|
|
83,249
|
|
|
|
75,183
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per share basic
|
|
$
|
0.68
|
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per share diluted
|
|
$
|
0.67
|
|
|
$
|
0.28
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 10:
CREDIT FACILITIES AND LONG-TERM DEBT
Harmonic has a bank line of credit facility with Silicon Valley
Bank, which provides for borrowings of up to $10.0 million
that matures on March 5, 2009. As of December 31,
2008, other than standby letters of credit and guarantees, there
were no amounts outstanding under the line of credit facility
and there were no borrowings in 2007 or 2008. This facility,
which was amended and restated in March 2008, contains a
financial covenant with the requirement for Harmonic to maintain
cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, net of credit
extensions, of not less than $40.0 million. If Harmonic is
unable to maintain this cash, cash equivalents and short-term
investments balance or satisfy the affirmative covenant
requirement, Harmonic would be in noncompliance with the
facility. In the event of noncompliance by Harmonic with the
covenants under the facility, Silicon Valley Bank would be
entitled to exercise its remedies under the facility which
include declaring all obligations immediately due and payable if
obligations were not repaid. At December 31, 2008, Harmonic
was in compliance with the covenants under this line of credit
facility. The March 2008 amendment requires payment of
approximately $20,000 of additional fees if the Company does not
maintain an unrestricted deposit of $30.0 million with the
bank. Future borrowings pursuant to the line bear interest at
the banks prime rate (4.0% at December 31, 2008).
Borrowings are payable monthly and are not collateralized.
NOTE 11:
CAPITAL STOCK
Preferred Stock. Harmonic has 5,000,000 authorized
shares of preferred stock. On July 23, 2002, The Company
classified 100,000 of these shares as Series A
Participating Preferred Stock in connection with the
Boards same day approval and adoption of a stockholder
rights plan. Under the plan, Harmonic declared and paid a
dividend of one preferred share purchase right for each share of
Harmonic common stock held by our stockholders of record as of
the close of business on August 7, 2002. Each preferred
share purchase right entitles the holder to purchase from us one
one-thousandth of a share of Series A Participating
Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, at a price of
$25.00, subject to adjustment. The rights are not immediately
exercisable, however, and will become exercisable only upon the
occurrence of certain events. The stockholder rights plan may
have the effect of deterring or delaying a change in control of
Harmonic.
Stock Issuances. During 2007, Harmonic issued
12,500,000 shares of common stock in a public offering. The
net proceeds to the Company were approximately
$141.8 million, which is net of underwriters
discounts and commissions of approximately $7.4 million and
related legal, accounting, printing and other costs totaling
approximately $0.8 million. In addition, during 2007 we
issued 905,624 shares of common stock as part of the
consideration for the purchase of all the outstanding shares of
Rhozet. The shares had a value of $8.4 million at the time
of issuance. See Note 3 for additional information
regarding the acquisition of Rhozet.
Future Issued Shares. The Company has reserved
200,854 shares of Harmonic common stock for future issuance
in connection with the acquisition of Rhozet in July 2007. The
shares of Harmonic common stock, are being held back by
83
Harmonic for at least 18 months following the closing of
the acquisition to satisfy certain indemnification obligations
of Rhozets shareholders.
NOTE 12:
BENEFIT PLANS
Stock Option Plans. Harmonic has reserved
17,515,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance under
various employee stock option plans. The options are granted for
periods not exceeding ten years and generally vest 25% at one
year from date of grant, and an additional 1/48 per month
thereafter. Stock options are granted at the fair market value
of the stock at the date of grant. Beginning on
February 27, 2006, option grants had a term of seven years.
Certain option awards provide for accelerated vesting if there
is a change in control.
Director Option Plans. In May 2002, Harmonics
stockholders approved the 2002 Director Option Plan (the
Plan), replacing the 1995 Director Option Plan.
In June 2006, Harmonics stockholders approved an amendment
to the Plan and increased the maximum number of shares of common
stock authorized for issuance over the term of the Plan by an
additional 300,000 shares to 700,000 shares and
reduced the term of future options granted under the Plan to
seven years. In May 2008, Harmonic stockholders approved
amendments to the Plan and increased the maximum number of
shares of common stock authorized for issuance by an additional
100,000 shares to 800,000 shares. Harmonic has a total
of 667,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance
under the Plan. The Plan provides for the grant of non-statutory
stock options or restricted stock units to certain non-employee
directors of Harmonic. Restricted stock units, or RSUs, are
granted at fair market value of the stock at the date of grant
and vest after one year. Stock options are granted at fair
market value of the stock at the date of grant for periods not
exceeding ten years. Initial option grants generally vest
monthly over three years, and subsequent grants generally vest
monthly over one year. In the third quarter of 2008, each
non-employee director received restricted stock units valued at
$80,000 on July 31, 2008, which will vest on May 15,
2009. During 2008 there were a total of 71,883 restricted stock
units granted.
84
The following table summarizes activities under the Plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Available for
|
|
|
Stock Options
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
|
|
Grant
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except exercise price)
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2005
|
|
|
3,984
|
|
|
|
9,064
|
|
|
$
|
13.05
|
|
Shares authorized
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
(2,236)
|
|
|
|
2,236
|
|
|
|
5.35
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(359)
|
|
|
|
4.18
|
|
Options canceled
|
|
|
1,584
|
|
|
|
(1,584)
|
|
|
|
11.26
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(108)
|
|
|
|
42.13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
3,632
|
|
|
|
9,249
|
|
|
|
11.50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
(2,514)
|
|
|
|
2,514
|
|
|
|
8.59
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,311)
|
|
|
|
6.30
|
|
Options canceled
|
|
|
933
|
|
|
|
(933)
|
|
|
|
12.03
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(50)
|
|
|
|
28.28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
2,051
|
|
|
|
9,469
|
|
|
|
11.31
|
|
Shares authorized
|
|
|
7,600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock units granted (1)
|
|
|
(144)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.79
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
(3,013)
|
|
|
|
3,013
|
|
|
|
8.16
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(777)
|
|
|
|
6.14
|
|
Options canceled
|
|
|
818
|
|
|
|
(818)
|
|
|
|
13.45
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(89)
|
|
|
|
28.98
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
7,312
|
|
|
|
10,798
|
|
|
$
|
10.50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,980
|
|
|
$
|
12.48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options vested and expected-to-vest as of December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,556
|
|
|
$
|
10.55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. Restricted stock units debit the 2002 Plan reserve
two shares for every unit granted.
The weighted-average fair value of options granted was $3.79,
$4.56, and $3.97 for 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.
The following table summarizes information regarding stock
options outstanding at December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock Options Outstanding
|
|
|
Stock Options Exercisable
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Weighted-Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Contractual Life
|
|
|
Weighted-Average
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Average Exercise
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(Years)
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Price
|
|
Range of Exercise Prices
|
|
(In thousands, except exercise price and life)
|
|
|
|
$ 0.19 5.66
|
|
|
|
805
|
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
|
$
|
3.88
|
|
|
|
655
|
|
|
$
|
3.75
|
|
|
5.67 6.40
|
|
|
|
1,606
|
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
|
|
5.91
|
|
|
|
1,274
|
|
|
|
5.92
|
|
|
6.41 8.17
|
|
|
|
2,938
|
|
|
|
6.2
|
|
|
|
8.10
|
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
|
7.48
|
|
|
8.20 9.29
|
|
|
|
3,331
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
8.60
|
|
|
|
2,073
|
|
|
|
8.77
|
|
|
9.35 11.94
|
|
|
|
997
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
|
|
10.47
|
|
|
|
724
|
|
|
|
10.51
|
|
|
12.10 24.69
|
|
|
|
656
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
22.61
|
|
|
|
656
|
|
|
|
22.61
|
|
|
25.50 121.68
|
|
|
|
465
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
49.52
|
|
|
|
465
|
|
|
|
49.52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,798
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
|
$
|
10.50
|
|
|
|
5,980
|
|
|
$
|
12.48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85
The weighted-average remaining contractual life for all
exercisable stock options at December 31, 2008 was
3.7 years. The weighted-average remaining contractual life
of all vested and expected-to-vest stock options at
December 31, 2008 was 4.6 years.
Aggregate pre-tax intrinsic value of options outstanding and
exercisable at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was
$1.2 million, $23.7 million and $13.2 million,
respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options
vested and expected-to-vest net of estimated forfeitures was
$1.4 million at December 31, 2008. Aggregate pre-tax
intrinsic value represents the difference between our closing
price on the last trading day of the fiscal period, which was
$5.61 as of December 31, 2008 and $10.48 as of
December 31, 2007, and the exercise price multiplied by the
number of options outstanding or exercisable. The intrinsic
value of exercised stock options is calculated based on the
difference between the exercise price and the quoted market
price of our common stock as of the exercise date. The aggregate
intrinsic value of exercised stock options was
$2.3 million, $5.3 million and $1.0 million
during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
respectively.
The total realized tax benefit attributable to stock options
exercised during the period in jurisdictions where this expense
is deductible for tax purposes was $0.1 million in 2007.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In May 2002,
Harmonics stockholders approved the 2002 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan (the 2002 Purchase Plan) replacing the
1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan effective for the offering
period beginning on July 1, 2002. In May 2004,
Harmonics stockholders approved an amendment to the 2002
Purchase Plan and increased the maximum number of shares of
common stock authorized for issuance over the term of the 2002
Purchase Plan by an additional 2,000,000 shares. In June
2006, Harmonics stockholders approved an amendment to the
2002 Purchase Plan to increase the maximum number of shares of
common stock available for issuance under the 2002 Purchase Plan
by an additional 2,000,000 shares to 5,500,000 shares
and reduce the term of future offering periods to six months,
which became effective for the offering period beginning
January 1, 2007. The 2002 Purchase Plan enables employees
to purchase shares at 85% of the fair market value of the Common
Stock at the beginning of the offering period or end of the
purchase period, whichever is lower. Offering periods and
purchase periods generally begin on the first trading day on or
after January 1 and July 1 of each year. The 2002 Purchase Plan
is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase
plan under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code.
During 2008, 2007 and 2006, the number of shares of stock issued
under the purchase plans were 468,545, 669,871 and
811,565 shares at weighted average prices of $7.88, $4.82
and $4.04, respectively. The weighted-average fair value of each
right to purchase shares of common stock granted under the
purchase plans were $2.86, $2.38 and $1.42 for 2008, 2007 and
2006, respectively. At December 31, 2008,
1,345,079 shares were reserved for future issuances under
the 2002 Purchase Plan.
Retirement/Savings Plan. Harmonic has a
retirement/savings plan which qualifies as a thrift plan under
Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. This plan
allows participants to contribute up to 20% of total
compensation, subject to applicable Internal Revenue Service
limitations. Harmonic makes discretionary contributions to the
plan of 25% of the first 4% contributed by eligible participants
up to a maximum contribution per participant of $1,000 per year.
Such amounts totaled $0.3 million in 2008,
$0.3 million in 2007, and $0.3 million in 2006.
86
Stock-based
Compensation
The following table summarizes the impact of options from
SFAS 123(R) on stock-based compensation costs for employees
on our Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
December 31, 2008 and 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Employee stock-based compensation in:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
$
|
1,137
|
|
|
$
|
997
|
|
|
$
|
957
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development expense
|
|
|
2,845
|
|
|
|
2,012
|
|
|
|
1,638
|
|
Sales, general and administrative expense
|
|
|
3,824
|
|
|
|
2,847
|
|
|
|
2,944
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total employee stock-based compensation in operating expense
|
|
|
6,669
|
|
|
|
4,859
|
|
|
|
4,582
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total employee stock-based compensation
|
|
|
7,806
|
|
|
|
5,856
|
|
|
|
5,539
|
|
Amount capitalized in inventory
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
Total other stock-based compensation(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
339
|
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation
|
|
$
|
7,811
|
|
|
$
|
6,196
|
|
|
$
|
5,752
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. Other stock-based compensation represents charges
related to non-employee stock options.
As of December 31, 2008, total unamortized stock-based
compensation cost related to unvested stock options was
$18.8 million, with the weighted average recognition period
of 2.8 years.
The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of
grant using the Black-Scholes multiple option pricing model with
the following weighted average assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee Stock Options
|
|
|
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Expected life (years)
|
|
|
4.75
|
|
|
|
4.75
|
|
|
|
4.75
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
Volatility
|
|
|
51%
|
|
|
|
58%
|
|
|
|
75%
|
|
|
|
46%
|
|
|
|
51%
|
|
|
|
54%
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
3.1%
|
|
|
|
4.7%
|
|
|
|
4.6%
|
|
|
|
2.3%
|
|
|
|
4.9%
|
|
|
|
5.0%
|
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0.0%
|
|
|
|
0.0%
|
|
|
|
0.0%
|
|
|
|
0.0%
|
|
|
|
0.0%
|
|
|
|
0.0%
|
|
The expected term for employee stock options and the 2002
Purchase Plan represents the weighted-average period that the
stock options are expected to remain outstanding. Our
computation of expected life was determined based on historical
experience of similar awards, giving consideration to the
contractual terms of the stock-based awards, vesting schedules
and expectations of future employee behavior.
We use the historical volatility over the expected term of the
options and the ESPP offering period to estimate the expected
volatility. We believe that the historical volatility, at this
time, represents fairly the future volatility of its common
stock. We will continue to monitor relevant information to
measure expected volatility for future option grants and 2002
Purchase Plan offering periods.
The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed
interest rates appropriate for the term of our employee stock
options. The dividend yield assumption is based on our history
and expectation of dividend payouts.
87
NOTE 13:
INCOME TAXES
Income before provision for (benefit from) income taxes
consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
130,806
|
|
|
$
|
24,260
|
|
|
$
|
4,247
|
|
International
|
|
|
(84,837)
|
|
|
|
1,261
|
|
|
|
(2,631
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
45,969
|
|
|
$
|
25,521
|
|
|
$
|
1,616
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The provision for (benefit from) income taxes consists of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
37,483
|
|
|
$
|
1,677
|
|
|
$
|
351
|
|
International
|
|
|
353
|
|
|
|
423
|
|
|
|
258
|
|
Deferred:
|
United States
|
|
|
(54,993
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
(866
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(18,023
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,100
|
|
|
$
|
609
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harmonics provision for income taxes differed from the
amount computed by applying the statutory U.S. federal
income tax rate to the loss before income taxes as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes at U.S. Federal statutory rate
|
|
$
|
16,089
|
|
|
$
|
8,933
|
|
|
$
|
565
|
|
State Taxes
|
|
|
2,168
|
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
Differential in rates on foreign earnings
|
|
|
(1,859
|
)
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
(160
|
)
|
Losses for which no benefit, (benefit) is taken
|
|
|
(15,306
|
)
|
|
|
(9,887
|
)
|
|
|
(1,687
|
)
|
Alternative Minimum Taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
837
|
|
|
|
252
|
|
Valuation Release
|
|
|
(53,450
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in liabilities for uncertain tax positions
|
|
|
32,646
|
|
|
|
424
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-deductible stock compensation
|
|
|
1,170
|
|
|
|
1,076
|
|
|
|
1,297
|
|
Non-deductible meals and entertainment
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
|
171
|
|
|
|
225
|
|
Other
|
|
|
314
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
|
|
$
|
(18,023
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,100
|
|
|
$
|
609
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
88
Deferred tax assets (liabilities) comprise the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reserves and accruals
|
|
$
|
29,395
|
|
|
$
|
35,365
|
|
|
$
|
31,212
|
|
Net operating loss carryovers
|
|
|
5,317
|
|
|
|
58,646
|
|
|
|
72,605
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
8,189
|
|
|
|
9,091
|
|
|
|
8,751
|
|
Research and development credit carryovers
|
|
|
12,775
|
|
|
|
11,462
|
|
|
|
10,419
|
|
Non deductible stock compensation
|
|
|
3,309
|
|
|
|
2,158
|
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
Other tax credits
|
|
|
4,658
|
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
400
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2,384
|
|
|
|
1,989
|
|
|
|
2,089
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
|
|
66,027
|
|
|
|
119,711
|
|
|
|
126,476
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(1,904
|
)
|
|
|
(112,330
|
)
|
|
|
(120,069
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
|
64,123
|
|
|
|
7,381
|
|
|
|
6,407
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
Intangibles
|
|
|
(4,604
|
)
|
|
|
(7,013
|
)
|
|
|
(6,407
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)
|
|
$
|
59,519
|
|
|
$
|
368
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On January 1, 2007 we adopted the provisions of Financial
Standards Accounting Board Interpretation 48, Accounting
for Uncertainty in Income Taxes an Interpretation of
FASB Statement 109 (FIN 48). The effect
of adopting this pronouncement was a decrease in the
Companys retained earnings of $2.1 million for
interest and penalties. At the date of adoption we had
$8.5 million of unrecognized tax benefits.
The following table summarizes the activity related to our gross
unrecognized tax benefits:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Beginning of the year balance
|
|
$
|
12.1
|
|
|
$
|
12.1
|
|
Increases related to tax positions
|
|
|
34.9
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
Expiration of the statute of limitations for the assessment of
taxes and release of other
tax contingencies
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
End of the year balance
|
|
$
|
46.5
|
|
|
$
|
12.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The total amount of unrecognized tax positions that would impact
the effective tax rate is approximately $46.5 million at
December 31, 2008. We also accrued potential interest of
$0.8 million, related to these unrecognized tax benefits
during 2008, and in total, as of December 31, 2008, we had
recorded liabilities for potential penalties and interest of
$0.9 million and $3.0 million, respectively. The
Company has reversed $0.5 million of liability pursuant to
FIN 48 due to the expiration of the statute of limitations
with respect to audits of past tax years in two foreign
jurisdictions. The Company anticipates a decrease of
$0.5 million in unrecognized tax benefits due to expiration
of the statute of limitations within the next 12 months.
We file U.S., state, and foreign income tax returns in
jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations during which
such tax returns may be audited and adjusted by the relevant tax
authorities. The 2005 through 2008 tax years generally remain
subject to examination by federal and most state tax
authorities. In significant foreign jurisdictions, the 2002
through 2008 tax years generally remain subject to examination
by their respective tax authorities.
We anticipate the unrecognized tax benefits may increase during
the year for items that arise in the ordinary course of
business. Such amounts will be reflected as an increase in the
amount of unrecognized tax benefits and an increase to the
current period tax expense. These increases will be considered
in the determination of the Companys annual effective tax
rate. The amount of the unrecognized tax benefit classified as a
long-term tax payable and offset against deferred tax assets, if
recognized, would reduce the annual income provision.
89
In 2008, we released $110.4 million of the valuation
allowance as an offset against all of our U.S. and certain
foreign net deferred tax assets, of which $3.3 million was
accounted for as a reduction to goodwill related to the Entone
acquisition. In accordance with SFAS 109, we have evaluated
the need for a valuation allowance based on historical evidence,
trends in profitability, expectations of future taxable income
and implemented tax planning strategies. As such, we determined
that a valuation allowance was no longer necessary for our
U.S. deferred tax assets because, based on the available
evidence, we concluded that realization of these net deferred
tax assets was more likely than not. We continue to maintain a
valuation allowance for certain foreign deferred tax assets as
of December 31, 2008. However, pursuant to SFAS 109,
we are required to periodically review our deferred tax assets
and determine whether, based on available evidence, a valuation
allowance is necessary. In the event that, in the future, we
determine that a valuation allowance is necessary with respect
to our U.S. and certain foreign deferred tax assets, we
would incur a charge equal to the amount of the valuation
allowance in the period in which we made such determination, and
this could have a material and adverse impact on our results of
operations for such period.
As of December 31, 2008 our valuation allowance totaled
$1.9 million. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had
$13.7 million of federal and $48.7 million of state
net operating loss carryforwards available to reduce future
taxable income which will begin to expire in 2021 and 2014 for
federal tax purposes and for state tax purposes, respectively.
As of December 31, 2008 the Company had foreign net
operating loss carryforwards of $16.7 million which do not
expire. As of December 31, 2008, the portion of the federal
net operating loss carryforwards which relates to stock option
deductions is approximately $12.5 million. As of
December 31, 2008, the portion of state net operating
carryforwards which relates to stock option deductions is
approximately $8.8 million. We are tracking the portion of
our deferred tax assets attributable to stock option benefits in
a separate memo account pursuant to SFAS 123(R). Therefore,
these amounts are no longer included in our gross or net
deferred tax assets. Pursuant to SFAS 123(R), footnote 82,
the stock option benefits will only be recorded to equity when
they reduce cash taxes payable.
As of December 31, 2008, the Company had federal and state
tax credit carryovers of approximately $10.1 million and
$11.5 million, respectively, available to offset future
taxable income. The federal credits expire beginning in 2008,
while the state credits will not expire.
Our effective tax rate for 2008, 2007 and 2006 differs from the
U.S. statutory rate primarily due to the release of the
valuation allowance against the substantial majority of our
deferred tax assets in 2008 and the utilization of unbenefited
net operating loss carryforwards.
Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future
earnings, the timing and amount of which are uncertain.
Accordingly, certain of the net deferred tax assets have been
offset by a valuation allowance. The deferred tax liabilities
relate to purchase accounting for acquisitions.
Utilization of the Companys net operating loss and tax
credits may be subject to substantial annual limitation due to
the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal
Revenue Code and similar state provisions. Such an annual
limitation could result in the expiration of the net operating
loss before utilization.
U.S. income taxes were not provided for on a cumulative
total of approximately $25.9 million of undistributed
earnings for certain
non-U.S. subsidiaries.
Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax
liability for temporary differences related to investments in
these
non-U.S. subsidiaries
that are essentially permanent in duration is not practicable.
We have not provided U.S. income taxes and foreign
withholding taxes on the undistributed earnings of foreign
subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 because we intend to
permanently reinvest such earnings outside the U.S. If these
foreign earnings were to be repatriated in the future, the
related U.S. tax liability may be reduced by any foreign
income taxes previously paid on these earnings.
90
NOTE 14:
SEGMENT INFORMATION
We operate our business in one reportable segment, which is the
design, manufacture and sales of products and systems that
enable network operators to efficiently deliver broadcast and
on-demand video services that include digital audio,
video-on-demand
and high definition television as well as high-speed Internet
access and telephony. Operating segments are defined as
components of an enterprise that engage in business activities
for which separate financial information is available and
evaluated by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how
to allocate resources and assessing performance. Our chief
operating decision maker is our Chief Executive Officer.
Our revenue by product sales is summarized as follows:
Product Sales
Information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except percentages)
|
|
|
Product Sales Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Video Processing
|
|
$
|
137,390
|
|
|
$
|
134,744
|
|
|
$
|
96,855
|
|
Edge and Access
|
|
|
165,246
|
|
|
|
125,270
|
|
|
|
109,529
|
|
Software, Support and Other
|
|
|
62,327
|
|
|
|
51,190
|
|
|
|
41,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
364,963
|
|
|
$
|
311,204
|
|
|
$
|
247,684
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our revenue by geographic region, based on the location at which
each sale originates, is summarized as follows:
Geographic
Information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
205,162
|
|
|
$
|
175,257
|
|
|
$
|
126,420
|
|
International
|
|
|
159,801
|
|
|
|
135,947
|
|
|
|
121,264
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
364,963
|
|
|
$
|
311,204
|
|
|
$
|
247,684
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
12,159
|
|
|
$
|
11,834
|
|
|
$
|
12,791
|
|
International
|
|
|
3,269
|
|
|
|
2,248
|
|
|
|
2,025
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
15,428
|
|
|
$
|
14,082
|
|
|
$
|
14,816
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Major Customers. To date, a substantial majority of
Harmonics net sales have been to relatively few customers,
and Harmonic expects this customer concentration to continue in
the foreseeable future. In 2008, sales to Comcast and EchoStar
accounted for 20% and 12% of net sales, respectively. In 2007,
sales to Comcast and EchoStar accounted for 16% and 12% of net
sales, respectively. In 2006, sales to Comcast accounted for 12%
of net sales.
The Companys assets are primarily located within the
United States of America.
NOTE 15:
RELATED PARTY
A director of Harmonic is also a director of JDS Uniphase
Corporation, from whom the Company purchases products used in
the manufacture of our products. Product purchases from JDS
Uniphase were approximately $0.9 million and
$1.0 million during 2008 and 2007, respectively. As of
December 31, 2008, Harmonic had liabilities to JDS Uniphase
of an insignificant amount.
91
NOTE 16:
CONVERTIBLE NOTE RECEIVABLE
On July 5, 2007, Harmonic purchased an unsecured
convertible promissory note from Entone, Inc. with a face amount
of $2.5 million. Interest accrued on the note at the rate
of 4.95% per annum and will be due with principal at the earlier
of August 21, 2011 or upon a Change of Control
Transaction of Entone, Inc, unless the note is otherwise
converted. The convertible note was sold to a third party for
approximately $2.6 million during 2008.
NOTE 17:
GUARANTEES
Warranties. The Company accrues for estimated
warranty costs at the time of product shipment. Management
periodically reviews the estimated fair value of its warranty
liability and adjusts based on the terms of warranties provided
to customers, historical and anticipated warranty claims
experience, and estimates of the timing and cost of specified
warranty claims. Activity for the Companys warranty
accrual, which is included in accrued liabilities is summarized
below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance as of January 1
|
|
$
|
5,786
|
|
|
$
|
6,061
|
|
Accrual for current period warranties
|
|
|
4,345
|
|
|
|
3,710
|
|
Accrual for preexisting warranties
|
|
|
832
|
|
|
|
472
|
|
Warranty costs incurred
|
|
|
(5,603)
|
|
|
|
(4,457)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31
|
|
$
|
5,360
|
|
|
$
|
5,786
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Standby Letters of Credit. As of December 31, 2008
the Companys financial guarantees consisted of standby
letters of credit outstanding, which were principally related to
customs bond requirements, performance bonds and state
requirements imposed on employers. The maximum amount of
potential future payments under these arrangements was
$0.3 million.
Indemnifications. Harmonic is obligated to indemnify its
officers and the members of its Board of Directors pursuant to
its bylaws and contractual indemnity agreements. Harmonic also
indemnifies some of its suppliers and customers for specified
intellectual property matters pursuant to certain contractual
arrangements, subject to certain limitations. The scope of these
indemnities varies, but in some instances, includes
indemnification for damages and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys fees). There have been no claims against us for
indemnification pursuant to any of these arrangements and,
accordingly, no amounts have been accrued in respect of the
indemnifications provisions through December 31, 2008.
Guarantees. As of December 31, 2008, Harmonic had no
other guarantees outstanding.
NOTE 18:
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Commitments Leases. Harmonic leases its
facilities under noncancelable operating leases which expire at
various dates through October 2010. In addition, Harmonic leases
vehicles in several foreign countries under noncancelable
operating leases which expire in 2009. Total lease payments
related to these operating leases were $14.0 million,
$12.9 million and $11.7 million for 2008, 2007 and
2006, respectively. Future minimum lease payments under
noncancelable operating leases at December 31, 2008, are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
14,567
|
|
2010
|
|
|
11,042
|
|
2011
|
|
|
612
|
|
2012
|
|
|
421
|
|
2013
|
|
|
249
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
26,897
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2008, $12.7 million of these future
lease payments were accrued for as part of accrued excess
facility costs. See Note 5 Restructuring, Excess
Facilities and Inventory Provisions.
92
Commitments Royalties. Harmonic has licensed
certain technologies from various companies and incorporates
this technology into its own products and is required to pay
royalties usually based on shipment of products. In addition,
Harmonic has obtained research and development grants under
various Israeli government programs that require the payment of
royalties on sales of certain products resulting from such
research. During 2008, 2007 and 2006 royalty expenses were
$2.4 million, $1.6 million and $1.6 million,
respectively.
Purchase Commitments with Contract Manufacturers and
Suppliers. The Company relies on a limited number of
contract manufacturers and suppliers to provide manufacturing
services for a substantial majority of its products. In
addition, some components, sub-assembly and modules are obtained
from a sole supplier or limited group of suppliers. During the
normal course of business, in order to reduce manufacturing lead
times and ensure adequate component supply, the Company enters
into agreements with certain contract manufacturers and
suppliers that allow them to procure inventory based upon
criteria as defined by the Company.
Commitments Contingencies. Harmonics
industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of
patents and frequent claims and related litigation regarding
patent and other intellectual property rights. In particular,
leading companies in the telecommunications industry have
extensive patent portfolios. From time to time, third parties,
including these leading companies, have asserted and may assert
exclusive patent, copyright, trademark and other intellectual
property rights against us or our customers. Such assertions and
claims arise in the normal course of our operations. The
resolution of assertions and claims cannot be predicted with
certainty. Management believes that the final outcome of such
matters would not have a material adverse effect on
Harmonics business, operating results, financial position
or cash flows.
NOTE 19:
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
In 2000, several class action lawsuits, which were ultimately
consolidated into a single lawsuit, were brought on behalf of a
purported class of persons who purchased Harmonics
publicly traded securities between January 19, 2000 and
June 26, 2000, and alleged violations of federal securities
laws by Harmonic and certain of its officers and directors. The
consolidated complaint alleged, inter alia, that, by making
false or misleading statements regarding Harmonics
prospects and customers and its acquisition of C-Cube, certain
defendants violated sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange
Act, and also alleged that certain defendants violated
section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and sections 11,
12(a)(2), and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, or the
Securities Act, by filing a false or misleading registration
statement, prospectus, and joint proxy in connection with the
C-Cube acquisition.
Following a series of procedural actions, a significant number
of the claims alleged in the consolidated complaint were
dismissed. However, certain of the plaintiffs claims
survived dismissal. In January 2007, the District Court set a
trial date for August 2008, and also ordered the parties to
participate in mediation.
As a result of discussions and negotiations between
plaintiffs counsel and Harmonic, and Harmonic and its
insurance carriers, an agreement was reached in March 2008 to
resolve the securities class action lawsuit. This agreement
releases Harmonic, its officers, directors and insurance
carriers from all claims brought in the lawsuit by the
plaintiffs against Harmonic or its officers and directors,
without any admission of fault on the part of Harmonic or its
officers and directors. On October 29, 2008, the District
Court issued a final order granting approval of the settlement
agreement.
Under the terms of the agreement to settle the securities class
action lawsuit, Harmonic and its insurance carriers paid
$15.0 million in consideration to the plaintiffs in the
securities class action. Of this amount, Harmonic paid
$5.0 million, and Harmonics insurance carriers, in
addition to having funded most litigation costs, contributed the
remaining $10.0 million on behalf of the individual
defendants. In addition, Harmonic estimates that it has paid or
will pay approximately $1.7 million in related legal fees
and expenses in connection with proceedings in the securities
class action and derivative lawsuits. The Company recorded a
provision of $6.4 million in its selling, general and
administrative expenses in the year ended December 31,
2007. As of December 31, 2008, we had $0.7 million
recorded in accrued liabilities for the settlement of remaining
obligations for the shareholder class action and derivative
lawsuits.
93
On May 15, 2003, a derivative action purporting to be on
our behalf was filed in the Superior Court for the County of
Santa Clara against certain current and former officers and
directors. It alleges facts similar to those alleged in the
securities class action filed in 2000 and settled in 2008. On
December 23, 2008, the Court granted preliminary approval
to a settlement of the derivative action. On February 26,
2009, the settlement was submitted to the Court for final
approval. The terms of the settlement require final approval of
the settlement in the securities action, which has occurred, and
payment by the Company of $550,000 to cover plaintiffs
attorneys fees. If finalized, the settlement will release
Harmonics officers and directors from all claims brought
in the derivative lawsuit.
On July 3, 2003, Stanford University and Litton Systems
filed a complaint in U.S. District Court for the Central
District of California alleging that optical fiber amplifiers
incorporated into certain of Harmonics products infringe
U.S. Patent No. 4859016. This patent expired in
September 2003. The complaint sought injunctive relief,
royalties and damages. On August 6, 2007, the District
Court granted our motion to dismiss. The plaintiffs appealed
this motion and on June 19, 2008 the U.S. Court of
Appeals for the Federal Circuit issued a decision which vacated
the District Courts decision and remanded for further
proceedings. At a scheduling conference on September 6,
2008, the judge ordered the parties to mediation. Two mediation
sessions were held in November and December 2008. Following the
mediation sessions, Harmonic and Litton entered into a
settlement agreement on January 15, 2009. The settlement
agreement provides than in exchange for a one-time lump sum
payment from Harmonic to Litton of $5 million, Litton
(i) will not bring suit against Harmonic, any of its
affiliates, customers, vendors, representatives, distributors,
and its contract manufacturers from having any liability for
making, using, offering for sale, importing,
and/or
selling any Harmonic products that may have incorporated
technology that was alleged to have infringed on one or more of
the relevant patents and (ii) would release Harmonic from
any liability for making, using, selling any Harmonic products
that may have infringed on such patents. The Company recorded a
provision of $5.0 million in it selling, general and
administrative expenses for the year ended December 31,
2008. Harmonic paid the settlement amount in January 2009.
An unfavorable outcome on any other litigation matter could
require that Harmonic pay substantial damages, or, in connection
with any intellectual property infringement claims, could
require that we pay ongoing royalty payments or could prevent us
from selling certain of our products. A settlement or an
unfavorable outcome on any other litigation matter could have a
material adverse effect on Harmonics business, operating
results, financial position or cash flows.
Harmonic is involved in other litigation and may be subject to
claims arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion
of management the amount of ultimate liability with respect to
these matters in the aggregate will not have a material adverse
effect on the Company or its operating results, financial
position or cash flows.
None.
EVALUATION OF
DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures, as
such term is defined in
Rule 13a-15(e)
under the Exchange Act, that are designed to ensure that
information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we
file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed,
summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC
rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and
communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow
timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and
evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management
recognized that disclosure controls and procedures, no matter
how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable,
not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the disclosure
controls and procedures are met. Additionally, in designing
disclosure controls and procedures, our management necessarily
was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the
cost-benefit relationship of possible disclosure controls and
procedures. The design of any disclosure controls and procedures
also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the
likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that
any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all
potential future conditions.
94
Based on their evaluation as of the end of the period covered by
this Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have
concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were
effective.
MANAGEMENTS
REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING.
Our managements report on our internal control over
financial reporting (as defined in
Rules 13a-15(f)
and
15d-15(f)
under the Exchange Act) and the related attestation report of
our independent registered public accounting firm, are included
on pages 58 and 61 of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
and are incorporated herein by reference.
CHANGES IN
INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING.
There was no change in our internal control over financial
reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of fiscal year
2008 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
None.
95
Certain information required by Part III is omitted from
this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
pursuant to Instruction G to Exchange Act
Form 10-K,
and the Registrant will file its definitive Proxy Statement for
its 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, pursuant to
Regulation 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the 2009 Proxy Statement), not later than
120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this
Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
and certain information included in the 2009 Proxy Statement is
incorporated herein by reference.
Information concerning our directors required by this item will
be set forth in the 2009 Proxy Statement and is incorporated
herein by reference.
Information concerning our executive officers required by this
item is included in Part I, Item 1 hereof under the
caption, Executive Officers of Registrant.
Information relating to compliance with Section 16(a) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 will be set forth in the
2009 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Information concerning our audit committee and our audit
committee financial expert will be set forth in our 2009 Proxy
Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Harmonic has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for
Senior Operational and Financial Leadership (the
Code) which applies to its Chief Executive Officer,
its Chief Financial Officer, its Corporate Controller and other
senior operational and financial management. The Code is
available on the Companys website at
www.harmonicinc.com.
Harmonic intends to satisfy the disclosure requirement under
Form 8-K
regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of this
Code of Ethics by posting such information on our website, at
the address specified above, and to the extent required by the
listing standards of the NASDAQ Global Select Market, by filing
a Current Report on
Form 8-K
with the Securities and Exchange Commission disclosing such
information.
The information required by this item will be set forth in the
2009 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Information related to security ownership of certain beneficial
owners and security ownership of management and related
stockholder matters will be set forth in the 2009 Proxy
Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
The information required by this item will be set forth in the
2009 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
The information required for this item will be set forth in the
2009 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
|
|
1.
|
Financial Statements. See Index to Consolidated Financial
Statements at Item 8 on page 59 of this Annual Report
on
Form 10-K.
|
|
|
2.
|
Financial Statement Schedules. Financial statement schedules
have been omitted because the information is not required to be
set forth herein, is not applicable or is included in the
financial statements or notes thereto.
|
|
|
3.
|
Exhibits. The documents listed in the Exhibit Index of this
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
are filed herewith or are incorporated by reference in this
Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
in each case as indicated therein.
|
96
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15
(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, the Registrant, Harmonic
Inc., a Delaware corporation, has duly caused this Annual Report
on
Form 10-K
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Sunnyvale, State of California, on
February 27, 2009.
HARMONIC INC.
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ PATRICK
J. HARSHMAN
|
Patrick J. Harshman
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ PATRICK
J. HARSHMAN
(Patrick
J. Harshman)
|
|
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
February 27, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ ROBIN
N. DICKSON
(Robin N. Dickson)
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
|
|
February 27, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ LEWIS
SOLOMON
(Lewis
Solomon)
|
|
Chairman
|
|
February 27, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ HAROLD
L. COVERT
(Harold L. Covert)
|
|
Director
|
|
February 27, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ PATRICK
GALLAGHER
(Patrick
Gallagher)
|
|
Director
|
|
February 27, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ E.
FLOYD KVAMME
(E. Floyd Kvamme)
|
|
Director
|
|
February 27, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ ANTHONY
J. LEY
(Anthony
J. Ley)
|
|
Director
|
|
February 27, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ WILLIAM
REDDERSEN
(William Reddersen)
|
|
Director
|
|
February 27, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ DAVID
VAN VALKENBURG
(David
Van Valkenburg)
|
|
Director
|
|
February 27, 2009
|
97
EXHIBIT INDEX
The following Exhibits to this report are filed herewith, or if
marked with a (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii),
(ix), (x), (xi), (xii), (xiii), (xiv), (xv), (xvi), (xvii),
(xviii), (xix), (xx), (xxi), (xxii), (xxiii), (xxiv), (xv)
(xxvi), (xxvii) and (xxviii) are incorporated herein by
reference.
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
.1(iii)
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization by and among
C-Cube Microsystems, Inc. and the Registrant dated
October 27, 1999
|
|
3
|
.1(vii)
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant as amended
|
|
3
|
.3(xxvii)
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant
|
|
4
|
.1(i)
|
|
Form of Common Stock Certificate
|
|
4
|
.2(viii)
|
|
Preferred Stock Rights Agreement dated July 24, 2002
between the Registrant and Mellon Investor Services LLC
|
|
4
|
.3(vii)
|
|
Certificate of Designation of Rights, Preferences and Privileges
of Series A Participating in Preferred Stock of Registrant
|
|
4
|
.4(i)
|
|
Registration and Participation Rights and Modification Agreement
dated as of July 22, 1994 among Registrant and certain
holders of Registrants Common Stock
|
|
10
|
.1(i)*
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement
|
|
10
|
.2(xxvi)*
|
|
1995 Stock Plan and form of Stock Option Agreement
|
|
10
|
.3(i)*
|
|
1995 Director Option Plan and form of Director Option
Agreement
|
|
10
|
.4(ii)
|
|
Business Loan Agreement, Commercial Security Agreement and
Promissory Note dated August 26, 1993, as amended on
September 14, 1995, between Registrant and Silicon Valley
Bank
|
|
10
|
.5(ii)
|
|
Facility lease dated as of January 12, 1996 by and between
Eastrich No. 137 Corporation and Company
|
|
10
|
.6(vi)*
|
|
1999 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan
|
|
10
|
.7(iv)
|
|
Lease Agreement for
603-611
Baltic Way, Sunnyvale, California
|
|
10
|
.8(iv)
|
|
Lease Agreement for 1322 Crossman Avenue, Sunnyvale, California
|
|
10
|
.9(iv)
|
|
Lease Agreement for 646 Caribbean Drive, Sunnyvale, California
|
|
10
|
.10(iv)
|
|
Lease Agreement for 632 Caribbean Drive, Sunnyvale, California
|
|
10
|
.11(iv)
|
|
First Amendment to the Lease Agreement for 549 Baltic Way,
Sunnyvale, California
|
|
10
|
.12(xxvi)*
|
|
2002 Director Option Plan and Form of Stock Option Agreement
|
|
10
|
.13(xiv)*
|
|
2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and Form of Subscription
Agreement
|
|
10
|
.14(v)
|
|
Supply License and Development Agreement, dated as of
October 27, 1999, by and between C-Cube Microsystems and
Harmonic
|
|
10
|
.15(xi)
|
|
First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security
Agreement by and between Harmonic Inc., as Borrower, and Silicon
Valley Bank, as Lender, dated as of December 16, 2005
|
|
10
|
.16(xii)
|
|
Transition Agreement by and between Harmonic Inc. and Anthony
Ley, effective May 5, 2006
|
|
10
|
.17(xiii)*
|
|
Change of Control Severance Agreement by and between Harmonic
Inc. and Patrick Harshman, effective May 30, 2006
|
|
10
|
.18(xv)
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger, by and among Harmonic Inc.,
Edinburgh Acquisition Corporation, Entone Technologies, Inc.,
Entone, Inc., Entone Technologies (HK) Limited, Jim Jones, as
stockholders representative, and U.S. Bank, National
Association, as escrow agent, dated as of August 21, 2006
|
|
10
|
.19(xvi)
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Agreement and Plan of Merger, by and
among Harmonic Inc., Edinburgh Acquisition Corporation, Entone
Technologies, Inc., Entone, Inc., Entone Technologies (HK)
Limited, Jim Jones, as stockholders representative, and
U.S. Bank, National Association, as escrow agent, dated
November 29, 2006
|
|
10
|
.20(x)
|
|
Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated
December 17, 2004, by and between Harmonic Inc. and Silicon
Valley Bank
|
|
10
|
.21(xvii)
|
|
Amendment No. 2 to the Second Amended and Restated Loan and
Security Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2006, by and
between Harmonic Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank
|
|
10
|
.22(xviii)
|
|
Amendment No. 3 to the Second Amended and Restated Loan and
Security Agreement, dated March 21, 2007, by and between
Harmonic Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank
|
98
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.23(xix)*
|
|
Change of Control Severance Agreement by and between Harmonic
Inc. and Charles Bonasera, effective April 24, 2007
|
|
10
|
.24(xix)*
|
|
Change of Control Severance Agreement by and between Harmonic
Inc. and Neven Haltmayer, effective April 19, 2007
|
|
10
|
.25(xx)
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Rhozet Corporation,
Dusseldorf Acquisition Corporation, Harmonic Inc. and David
Trescot, as shareholder representative, dated July 25, 2007
|
|
10
|
.26(xxi)
|
|
Purchase Agreement, dated October 31, 2007, by and between
Harmonic Inc. and Merrill Lynch & Co
|
|
10
|
.27(xxii)*
|
|
Change of Control Severance Agreement, dated October 1,
2007, between Harmonic and Matthew Aden
|
|
10
|
.28(xxiii)
|
|
Amendment No. 4 to the Second Amended and Restated Loan and
Security Agreement, dated March 12, 2008, by and between
Harmonic Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank
|
|
10
|
.29(xxviii)
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger, by and among Harmonic Inc.,
Sunrise Acquisition Ltd., and Scopus Video Networks Ltd., dated
December 22, 2008
|
|
10
|
.30*
|
|
Harmonic Inc. 2002 Director Stock Plan Restricted Stock
Unit Agreement
|
|
10
|
.31**
|
|
Professional Service Agreement between Harmonic Inc. and Plexus
Services Corp. dated September 22, 2003
|
|
10
|
.32**
|
|
Amendment dated January 6, 2006 to the Professional
Services Agreement for Manufacturing between Harmonic Inc. and
Plexus Services Corp. dated September 22, 2003
|
|
10
|
.33**
|
|
Addendum 1 dated November 26, 2007 to the Professional
Services Agreement between Harmonic Inc. and Plexus Services
Corp. dated September 22, 2003
|
|
10
|
.34(xxiv)*
|
|
Change of Control Severance Agreement by and between Harmonic
Inc. and Nimrod
Ben-Natan,
effective April 11, 2008.
|
|
10
|
.35(xxv)*
|
|
Change of Control Severance Agreement by and between Harmonic
Inc. and Robin N. Dickson, effective June 3, 2008.
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
Subsidiaries of Registrant
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
31
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
31
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
32
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
32
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or
arrangement relating to executive officers or directors of the
Company. |
|
** |
|
Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this
exhibit. These portions have been omitted from the Annual Report
on
Form 10-K
and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange
Commission. |
|
i. |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys
Registration Statement on
Form S-1
No. 33-90752. |
|
ii. |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1995. |
|
iii. |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated November 1, 1999. |
|
iv. |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Quarterly
Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2000. |
|
v. |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys
Registration Statement on
Form S-4
No. 333-33148. |
|
vi. |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form S-8
dated April 19, 2001. |
|
vii. |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2001. |
|
viii. |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated July 25, 2002. |
|
ix. |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2002. |
|
x. |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004. |
|
xi. |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on Form
8-K dated
December 22, 2005. |
|
xii. |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated May 11, 2006. |
|
xiii. |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated May 31, 2006. |
99
|
|
|
xiv. |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form S-8
dated August 9, 2006. |
|
xv. |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated August 25, 2006. |
|
xvi. |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2006. |
|
xvii. |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated December 21, 2006. |
|
xviii. |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated March 22, 2007. |
|
xix. |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated April 25, 2007. |
|
xx. |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Quarterly
Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 29, 2007. |
|
xxi. |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated November 1, 2007. |
|
xxii. |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated November 13, 2007. |
|
xxiii. |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2007. |
|
xxiv. |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated April 16, 2008. |
|
xxv. |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated June 6, 2008. |
|
xxvi. |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form S-8
dated October 23, 2008. |
|
xxvii. |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated November 10, 2008. |
|
xxviii. |
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Report on
Form 8-K
dated December 24, 2008. |
100
exv10w30
EXHIBIT 10.30
HARMONIC INC.
2002 DIRECTOR STOCK PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT
Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Harmonic Inc. 2002 Director Stock
Plan (the Plan) will have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the
Agreement).
NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT
Grantee Name:
Address:
You have been granted the right to receive an award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to the
terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Number |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of Grant |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting Commencement Date |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Restricted Stock Units |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting Schedule: |
|
|
|
|
|
Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, the
Restricted Stock Units will vest in accordance with the following schedule:
One-hundred percent (100%) of the Restricted Stock Units shall vest on the one (1) year
anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to Grantees continuous status as a Director
through such date.
In the event Grantee ceases to be a Director for any or no reason before Grantee vests in the
Restricted Stock Units, the Restricted Stock Units and Grantees right to acquire any Shares
hereunder will immediately terminate.
By Grantees signature and the signature of the representative of Harmonic Inc. (the
Company) below, Grantee and the Company agree that this award of Restricted Stock Units is
granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, including
the Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A, all
of which are made a part of this document. Grantee has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in
their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this
Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Agreement. Grantee hereby agrees to
accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any
questions relating to the Plan and Agreement. Grantee further agrees to
-1-
notify the Company upon
any change in the residence address indicated below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GRANTEE:
|
|
|
|
HARMONIC INC.: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residence Address: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-2-
EXHIBIT A
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT
1. Grant. The Company hereby grants to the Grantee named in the Notice of Restricted
Stock Unit Grant attached to this Agreement (Grantee) under the Plan an award of Restricted Stock
Units, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Agreement and the Plan, which is
incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 11(a) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict
between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the
terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.
2. Companys Obligation to Pay. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to
receive a Share on the date it vests (or at such later time indicated in this Agreement). Unless
and until the Restricted Stock Units will have vested in the manner set forth in Section 3 or
Section 4 of this Agreement or Section 10(c) of the Plan, Grantee will have no right to payment of
any such Restricted Stock Units. Prior to actual payment of any vested Restricted Stock Units,
such Restricted Stock Units will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable (if at
all) only from the general assets of the Company. Any Restricted Stock Units that vest in
accordance with this Agreement will be paid to Grantee (or in the event of Grantees death, to his
or her properly designated beneficiary or estate) in whole Shares, subject to Grantee satisfying
any applicable tax withholding obligations as set forth in Section 7. Subject to the provisions of
Section 4, such vested Restricted Stock Units will be paid in Shares as soon as practicable after
vesting, but in each such case within the period ending no later than the date that is two and
one-half (21/2) months from the end of the Companys tax year that includes the vesting date.
3. Vesting Schedule. Except as provided in Section 4 of the Agreement and Section
10(c) of the Plan, and subject to Section 5, the Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Agreement
will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Restricted Stock
Unit Grant attached to this Agreement. Restricted Stock Units scheduled to vest on a certain date
or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Grantee in accordance with any of
the provisions of this Agreement, unless Grantee will have been continuously a Director from the
Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.
4. Board Discretion. The Board, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the
balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Restricted Stock Units at any time,
subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Restricted Stock Units will be
considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Board. Subject to the provisions of
this Section 4 and Section 5, if the Board, in its discretion, accelerates the vesting of the
balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the Restricted Stock Units, the payment of such
accelerated Restricted Stock Units shall be made within the period ending no later than the date
that is two and one-half months (21/2) months from the end of the Companys taxable year that
includes the vesting date.
5. Forfeiture upon Termination of Continuous Status as a Director. Notwithstanding
any contrary provision of this Agreement, the balance of the Restricted Stock Units that have not
vested as of the time of Grantees termination as a Director for any or no reason and
Grantees
-3-
right to acquire any Shares hereunder will immediately terminate.
6. Death of Grantee. Any distribution or delivery to be made to Grantee under this
Agreement will, if Grantee is then deceased, be made to Grantees designated beneficiary, or if no
beneficiary survives Grantee, the administrator or executor of Grantees estate. Any such
transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and
(b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance
with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.
7. Withholding of Taxes. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, no
certificate representing the Shares will be issued to Grantee, unless and until satisfactory
arrangements (as determined by the Board) will have been made by Grantee with respect to the
payment of income, employment and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld with
respect to such Shares. The Board, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it
may specify from time to time, may permit Grantee to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in
whole or in part (without limitation) by (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold
otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be
withheld, (c) delivering to the Company already vested and owned Shares having a Fair Market Value
equal to the amount required to be withheld, or (d) selling a sufficient number of such Shares
otherwise deliverable to Grantee through such means as the Company may determine in its sole
discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. To
the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not
the obligation) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations by reducing the number of Shares
otherwise deliverable to Grantee. If Grantee fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the
payment of any required tax withholding obligations hereunder at the time any applicable Restricted
Stock Units otherwise are scheduled to vest pursuant to Sections 3 or 4, Grantee will permanently
forfeit such Restricted Stock Units and any right to receive Shares thereunder and the Restricted
Stock Units will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company.
8. Rights as Stockholder. Neither Grantee nor any person claiming under or through
Grantee will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any
Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been
issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered
to Grantee. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Grantee will have all the rights of a
stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and
distributions on such Shares.
9. No Guarantee of Continued Service. GRANTEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING
OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING
AS A DIRECTOR AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS
AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. GRANTEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND
AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET
FORTH HEREIN DO NOT
-4-
CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A DIRECTOR
FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH GRANTEES
RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY TO TERMINATE GRANTEES RELATIONSHIP AS A DIRECTOR AT ANY TIME,
WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.
10. Address for Notices. Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of
this Agreement will be addressed to the Company, in care of its Vice President, Human Resources at
Harmonic Inc., 549 Baltic Way, Sunnyvale, California, 94089, or at such other address as the
Company may hereafter designate in writing.
11. Grant is Not Transferable. Except to the limited extent provided in Section 6,
this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned,
pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be
subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer,
assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this grant, or any right or privilege conferred
hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant
and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.
12. Binding Agreement. Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant
contained herein, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs,
legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
13. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock. If at any time the Company will
determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares upon
any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any
governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of
Shares to Grantee (or his or her estate), such issuance will not occur unless and until such
listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval will have been effected or obtained free
of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Where the Company determines that the delivery of
the payment of any Shares will violate federal securities laws or other applicable laws, the
Company will defer delivery until the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates
that the delivery of Shares will no longer cause such violation. The Company will make all
reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state or federal law or securities exchange
and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority.
14. Plan Governs. This Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan.
In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Agreement and one or more
provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not
defined in this Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.
15. Board Authority. The Board will have the power to interpret the Plan and this
Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the
Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not
limited to, the determination of whether or not any Restricted Stock Units have vested). All
actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Board in good faith will be
final and binding upon Grantee, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of
-5-
the
Board will be personally
liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the
Plan or this Agreement.
16. Electronic Delivery. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver
any documents related to Restricted Stock Units awarded under the Plan or future Restricted Stock
Units that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Grantees consent to
participate in the Plan by electronic means. Grantee hereby consents to receive such documents by
electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system
established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.
17. Captions. Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve
as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.
18. Agreement Severable. In the event that any provision in this Agreement will be
held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or
unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this
Agreement.
19. Modifications to the Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire
understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Grantee expressly warrants that he or she is
not accepting this Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other
than those contained herein. Modifications to this Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an
express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise
this Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent
of Grantee, to comply with Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or
income recognition under Section 409A in connection to this award of Restricted Stock Units.
20. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan. By accepting this award of
Restricted Stock Units, Grantee expressly warrants that he or she has received an award of
Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the
Plan. Grantee understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended
or terminated by the Company at any time.
21. Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of
California, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of
litigating any dispute that arises under this award of Restricted Stock Units or this Agreement,
the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of California, and agree
that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of Santa Clara County, California, or the
federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts,
where this award of Restricted Stock Units is made and/or to be performed.
-6-
exv10w31
EXHIBIT
10.31
PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
AND
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harmonic Inc. / Plexus Confidential
|
|
Page 1
|
|
Harmonic-Plexus PSA 17 September 03 |
CERTAIN INFORMATION FROM THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN REDACTED PURSUANT TO A CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT
REQUEST BY HARMONIC INC. UNDER 17 C.F.R. §§ 200.80(B)(4), 200.83 AND 240.24B-2 AND SUBMITTED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.
PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
This Professional Services Agreement (Agreement) by and between Plexus Services Corp., including
its subsidiaries and affiliates (Plexus), a Nevada Corporation whose principal place of business
is located at 55 Jewelers Park Drive, Neenah, WI 54957-0156, and Harmonic Inc., including its
subsidiaries and affiliates, (Harmonic), a Delaware Corporation whose principal place of business
is located at 549 Baltic Way, Sunnyvale, CA 94089 USA, is entered into as of September 22, 2003
(Effective Date).
WHEREAS, Harmonic desires to purchase custom manufacturing and related services for certain
products consisting of hardware and software components for resale to its customers; and
WHEREAS, Plexus is in the business of providing manufacturing services that include the custom
manufacture of printed electronic circuit boards, systems and related services; and
WHEREAS, the parties deem it desirable by means of this Agreement to establish terms and conditions
which shall govern Plexuss sale and Harmonics purchase of the products and services;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual promises herein set forth, the
parties hereto mutually agree as follows:
1. Definitions
1.1. |
|
Annualized Run Rate shall mean the aggregate price of the previous quarters actual
shipments to Harmonic plus current quarter open orders and forecast, annualized. |
1.2. |
|
Approved Vendor List (AVL) shall mean the list of suppliers or component manufacturers
approved as sources of supply for each component. |
1.3. |
|
Blanket Purchase Order shall mean the written instrument issued by Harmonic during the
Term against which Releases shall be issued, but which in itself is not a binding commitment
to purchase Product, nor sets any date for delivery; |
1.4. |
|
Custom engineered component (CEC) shall mean a build to print component that is built to a
specification and only used in Harmonics Product. |
1.5. |
|
Finished Goods a Product which is physically complete, has passed final test and
inspection, and has been transacted and physically moved to the Finished Goods location. |
1.6. |
|
Minimum Order Quantity (MOQ) List shall mean a list of parts that have a minimum order
purchase quantity requirement. |
1.7. |
|
Products shall mean the items consisting of hardware and software components to be
manufactured by Plexus in accordance with Harmonics specifications and delivered to Harmonic
as a completed product, including (i) any successor, follow-up, enhanced, or modified version
of these Products, and (ii) any other goods which the parties agree in writing shall be
subject to this Agreement. |
1.8. |
|
Purchase Order shall mean the written instrument issued by Harmonic during the Term which
is a binding commitment to purchase specific Products or services and which establishes dates
for delivery; |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harmonic Inc. / Plexus Confidential
|
|
Page 2
|
|
Harmonic-Plexus PSA 17 September 03 |
1.9. |
|
Release shall mean any written request issued by Harmonic pursuant to a Blanket Order by
which a purchase commitment is made and the delivery date for all or part of the Blanket Order
is set; |
|
1.10. |
|
Order shall mean, collectively, Purchase Order, Blanket Purchase Order, and Releases. |
1.11. |
|
Services shall mean the services to be provided by Plexus to Harmonic including but not
limited to, prototype development and manufacturing, test development, product manufacturing,
system assembly, order fulfillment, and repair. |
1.12. |
|
Specification shall mean the Harmonic manufacturing specifications made available to
Plexus, including but not limited to bill of materials, test specifications, and assembly
drawings, applicable to each Product as designated on the Order. |
1.13. |
|
Transition period shall mean the period of time Harmonic is transitioning the manufacture
of its products to Plexus which shall end the earlier of: i) June 30, 2004; or ii) when
receipts, open orders, and forecast total at least ten million dollars per quarter. |
1.14. |
|
Work Product shall mean the Product, any and all recommendations, findings, reports,
designs, drawings, diagrams, plans, specifications, writings of any nature, photographs,
artwork, audio and visual works, computer programs, inventions, discoveries, and improvements
developed, written, made, conceived or reduced to practice in the course of or arising out of
the Services performed by Plexus for Harmonic under this Agreement. |
2. |
|
List of Exhibits. The following exhibits attached hereto are incorporated and made a
part of this Agreement: |
|
|
|
Exhibit A Transition |
|
|
|
|
Exhibit B Pricing |
|
|
|
|
Exhibit C Scheduling and Flexibility |
|
|
|
|
Exhibit D Material Procurement and Liability |
|
|
|
|
Exhibit B Fulfillment Services |
|
|
|
|
Exhibit F Quality Requirements |
3.1. |
|
Plexus shall manufacture a range of products and provide Services on behalf of Harmonic at
the prices incorporated by reference in Exhibit B. Plexus shall manufacture Products that
conform to Harmonics Specifications, quality and other applicable documentation as set forth
in this Agreement. Unless otherwise specified herein, the parties agree that Plexus may
provide such Products and Services from any of its various global facilities. |
3.2. |
|
This Agreement is not a requirements contract and does not obligate Harmonic to purchase any
Products. Plexus agrees to assemble, test and sell the Products exclusively to Harmonic and
Harmonic shall purchase Products in accordance with and only in response to Purchase Orders,
Blanket Purchase Orders, and Releases issued by Harmonic. |
3.3. |
|
The parties shall develop a mutually agreed Service Level Agreement (SLA) within ninety
(90) days of the Effective Date of this Agreement Such SLA shall define expected performance
levels and establish a framework for communication between the parties and shall be fully
incorporated herein by this reference. In the event of any conflict between any provision of
this Agreement and any provision in the SLA, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall
prevail. |
4.1. |
|
This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue for an initial term of
thirty-six (36) months and shall automatically renew for successive twelve (12) month
increments, unless terminated earlier as provided hereunder. |
5.1. |
|
Harmonic shall provide Plexus on a monthly basis, a twelve (12) month rolling forecast that
assumes three (3) months of demand arc covered by Orders issued by Harmonic. Such forecasts
are to be used by Plexus for planning purposes and do not constitute any obligation by
Harmonic to purchase Products, as the forecasts are estimates based on marketing data, which
may be inaccurate and subject to change according to actual market demand. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, Plexus may make component purchases based on Harmonics forecast with
Harmonics prior written authorization. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harmonic Inc. / Plexus Confidential
|
|
Page 3
|
|
Harmonic-Plexus PSA 17 September 03 |
6.1. |
|
Harmonic may place Orders with Plexus on an as needed basis and such Orders shall become
effective upon acceptance of the Order by Plexus. Orders shall specify the quantities,
prices, revisions, delivery schedules, products, Specifications, and other applicable
information necessary for the transaction. Plexus shall acknowledge the Orders within two (2)
business days of receipt by facsimile, confirmed email, or mail, provided that the Orders are
within the forecast and flexibility parameters set forth in Exhibit C. Such acknowledgements
will include verified delivery dates and confirmation of any other applicable Order
information requested by Harmonic. If Plexus has any issues with, or requested modifications
to, a Harmonic Order, Plexus and Harmonic will work together in good faith to resolve such
issues expeditiously and with as little impact to the fulfillment of the Order as possible.
This Agreement becomes the exclusive and binding agreement between the parties for the
purchase of Products and/or Services when an Order is accepted by acknowledgement and/or
commencement of performance by Plexus. Acceptance of an Order is limited to these terms and
conditions and each party expressly rejects any other terms, conditions or provisions, on
either partys standard forms, including but not limited to, invoices, acknowledgments, and
purchase orders, unless otherwise agreed in writing by both parties. |
6.2. |
|
Orders shall be fulfilled in accordance with Exhibits C and D. Upon Harmonics written
request Order fulfillment services will be provided in accordance with Exhibit E. |
7.1. |
|
Except as otherwise provided herein, all shipments of Products hereunder shall be made, and
Products shall be deemed delivered, FCA Boise Idaho (INCOTERMS 2000), at which point title to
Product(s) and risk of loss pass to Harmonic. In the case of shipments of finished Products
from Plexus Malaysia facilities to Harmonic facilities in Sunnyvale, California shipments
shall be made, and Products shall be deemed delivered, DDP destination (INCOTERMS 2000) at
which point risk of loss to the Product will pass to Harmonic (title with respect to such
shipments will pass, however, to Harmonic at the time of shipment by Plexus). Any finished
Products from Malaysia for which Harmonic requests Plexus to ship to destinations other than
Harmonic Sunnyvale, California, shipments shall be made, and Products shall be deemed
delivered, FCA point of origin (1NCOTERMS 2000), at which point title to Products and risk of
loss pass to Harmonic. |
7.2. |
|
If Plexus has held finished Product manufactured in accordance with this Agreement in Plexus
inventory for more than thirty (30) days, Plexus may, unless otherwise mutually agreed in
writing, invoice Harmonic for such Product but will hold Product within its facilities pending
further shipment instructions from Harmonic (Fulfillment Inventory). Plexus will invoice
for such Fulfillment Inventory upon the same being placed in Harmonics Finished Goods
inventory location at Plexus, at which time title and risk of loss to such inventory
shall also pass to Harmonic. Plexus will, however, insure such Fulfillment Inventory held in
Plexus facilities at the full replacement cost thereof under the terms and conditions of
Plexus all risk insurance coverage. The prices for the Fulfillment Inventory shall be the
prices set forth in those Harmonic Orders under which Plexus manufactured such inventory.
Harmonic has requested that Plexus hold such Product following invoicing in order to provide
an inventory management and distribution service to Harmonic. If Plexus holds Product for
more than (90) days after title to the same has transferred to Harmonic, Plexus will notify
Harmonic and ship the Product to Harmonic or its designated agents, unless otherwise agreed in
writing. |
8. |
|
Packing and Transportation |
8.1. |
|
All Products shall be packaged appropriately for the method of transportation and in
accordance with the Specifications. All Products shall be shipped in accordance with written
shipping instructions provided by Harmonic, or if no such instructions are provided, by best
route and mode of transportation. Plexus shall be liable for any cost, loss, damage,
liability or excess shipping costs resulting from routing differing from Harmonics
instructions. Unless otherwise specified on the Order, for any shipments subject to FCA terms
as specified in Section 7.1, Plexus shall prepay and add to invoice the cost of freight and
any taxes, VAT, duties, customs, or other charges or fees assessed by any government
applicable to the transaction, that would apply to the requested destination. |
8.2. |
|
Each party shall provide reasonable assistance to the other party with respect to applicable
import and export activity necessary for product shipments. Harmonic further agrees to submit
requested export information to Plexus pursuant to Plexus Guidelines for Harmonic-Driven
Export Shipments. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harmonic Inc. / Plexus Confidential
|
|
Page 4
|
|
Harmonic-Plexus PSA 17 September 03 |
The delivery date for Product will be the
date set forth in Harmonic Orders accepted by Plexus. Plexus will deliver Product no sooner than
[*] ([*]) days early and no later than zero (0) days late.
Plexus will notify Harmonic as soon as it
becomes aware of any impending late delivery and, if a late delivery is caused by factors within Plexus
reasonable control, Plexus will expedite shipment and pay any resulting incremental cost in doing so.
If Plexus delivers Product more than fifteen (15) business days late and the lateness is within Plexus
reasonable control, such late delivery shall be considered a material breach of this Agreement by Plexus, and
Harmonic, at its option, may reschedule such late shipment for up to ninety (90) calendar days or cancel
all or part of the applicable Order without any charge, obligation or liability.
10.1. |
|
Harmonic shall review the overall performance of Plexus on a quarterly basis based on review
criteria agreed to by both parties, in the form of a Quarterly Business Review (QBR). The
process shall involve measuring performance against targets in the areas of quality, delivery,
lead-time, customer service, price, cost reduction, productivity and technology. The intent
of this review is to maintain leading levels of competitiveness and to track the progress
toward meeting the above-mentioned targets and, when needed, implement innovative processes to
help achieve those targets. The process is meant to be one that is forward-looking and
constructive and the result is to mutually benefit both parties. Additionally, Harmonic may
request weekly and monthly meetings or conference calls to review Plexus performance and
address any relevant issues. |
10.2. |
|
In order for Harmonic to effectively manage its business, Plexus agrees to use reasonable
commercial efforts to provide to Harmonic timely and accurate information about Plexuss
operations subject to confidentiality obligations to third parties. |
11.1. |
|
Harmonic shall pay for Products in accordance with the cost models as set forth in
Exhibit B. For Services not expressly set forth in Exhibit B, then prices shall be as
mutually agreed in writing. |
12.1. |
|
All payments hereunder by Harmonic to Plexus shall be made in
US dollars net [*] ([*]) days
from the date of receipt of an accurate invoice, which shall be no sooner than the date of
delivery of the Products to Harmonics designated location. Plexus may submit invoices to
Harmonic electronically, via fax or US mail. Payment of invoices shall not constitute
acceptance of Products or Services and shall be subject to lawful adjustments and offset for
failure of Plexus to meet the requirements of this Agreement. |
13.1. |
|
Plexus shall be ISO 9001:2000 certified at all manufacturing facilities used for Harmonic
Products. |
13.2. |
|
Plexus shall manage and administer all regulatory compliance inspections which take place on
Plexus premises, including but not limited to, coordination and scheduling of UL/TUV factory
audit visits, to maintain product certification. Plexus shall be responsible for coordinating
all Product regulatory corrective action. |
13.3. |
|
Plexus shall comply with the requirements of Harmonic CM Quality Requirements Document,
QA0G09, Exhibit F. Any deviation from Exhibit F shall be by mutual written agreement. |
13.4. |
|
Harmonic is not responsible for costs associated with rework and/or scrap during the
manufacturing process. Exception is if Plexus and Harmonic mutually agree that the cost is
design related, then cost is passed on to Harmonic. Other exceptional cases will be
negotiated in good faith on a case-by-case basis. |
13.5. |
|
Plexus shall perform out of box audit which includes visual as well as test of the Products
on a sampling basis agreed upon by Harmonic at no charge until agreed upon performance levels
are attained. |
13.6. |
|
Should Harmonic experience a trend of Product defects upon their arrival or during their
normal operational use, and the root causes have been identified to be due to Plexus
workmanship or component suppliers, -Harmonic may issue a corrective action request to Plexus
for corrective actions. Plexus shall investigate and provide its preliminary response within
five business days and final response in ten business days with both short term and long term
resolutions. |
|
|
|
* |
|
Information redacted pursuant to a confidential
treatment request by Harmonic Inc. under 17 C.F.R. §§ 200.80(b)(4), 200.83 and
240.24b-2 and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harmonic Inc. / Plexus Confidential
|
|
Page 5
|
|
Harmonic-Plexus PSA 17 September 03 |
13.7. |
|
The foregoing quality requirements may be amended in writing from time to time by agreement
of the parties without the need to amend this Agreement. |
14. |
|
Engineering Changes and Additional Costs |
14.1. |
|
Harmonic reserves the right at any time to request that Plexus incorporate engineering
changes (an ECN) in the specifications, drawings or other descriptions to which the Products
are to conform, subject to an equitable and agreeable adjustment in price and/or time of
performance and acceptance by Plexus of such changes. This notification will include
documentation of the change to effectively support Plexuss investigation of the impact of the
engineering change. Plexus will use commercially reasonable efforts to review the changes and
report any issues to Harmonic within three (3) business days after receipt of the proposed ECN
from Harmonic. If any such change affects the price, delivery, or quality performance of said
Product, Harmonic and Plexus will mutually review all issues raised by the ECN and agree in
writing to specific resolutions prior to ECN implementation. |
14.2. |
|
Harmonic shall not be responsible for any administrative costs associated with the
implementation of ECNs. |
14.3. |
|
Plexus shall notify Harmonic of any engineering changes proposed to be made by Plexus to the
Products and shall furnish a written description of the expected effect of the change of the
Products, including effect on price, performance, reliability and serviceability. |
14.4. |
|
Plexus shall make no engineering change, Approved Vendor List change, process flow changes,
test procedure change or discontinue any process step without Harmonics prior written
approval. |
14.5. |
|
Harmonic agrees to provide written approval or disapproval of any change in pricing or
specifications within [*] ([*]) days of receipt from Plexus unless regulatory agency approval
is a requirement on Harmonic. A formal change order to existing purchase orders will be
furnished to Plexus within fourteen (14) days of initial approval. If Harmonic fails to
respond, such failure shall not constitute approval to proceed with the change. |
14.6. |
|
Any claim by Plexus for a price adjustment resulting from an ECN requested by Harmonic shall
be deemed waived unless notice of a claim is made in writing within thirty (30) days from ECN
approval date. |
15. |
|
Repairs and Replacement |
15.1. |
|
Plexus shall provide standard turnaround time on repairs of [*] days. Plexus and Harmonic
will, in the SLA or another appropriate written agreement, mutually agree on the terms and
conditions of Plexus providing spare parts and other support services on an expedited basis
for selected Products. |
16. |
|
Harmonic Consigned Material |
16.1. |
|
From time to time, Harmonic may supply Plexus with or pay Plexus for certain material,
components, inspection tools, inventory or test equipment to be used solely for the
manufacturing and testing of Products (Consigned Material). Title to and right of immediate
possession of Consigned Material shall be and remain in Harmonic at all times and shall be
returned to Harmonic upon request in good and serviceable condition (fair wear and tear
excepted). Harmonic reserves the right to remove Consigned Material from Plexus site upon
reasonable notice. Plexus shall bear all risk of loss or damage to Consigned Material. In
the event Consigned Material is lost stolen, damaged, or made unfit for use, Plexus shall
immediately, at Harmonics option, either replace such materials at its own expense or credit
Harmonic for the actual purchase price of such Consigned Materials. Any Consigned Material
issued to Plexus by Harmonic free of charge for incorporation into the Products shall be
subject to the provisions of Section 16.2. |
16.2. |
|
Insurance for Consigned Material and Equipment. Upon request, Harmonic shall provide an
estimate of the dollar value of Consigned Material issued to Plexus and Plexus shall at all
times during the term of this Agreement carry and maintain, at its expense, physical damage
insurance providing all risks coverage for Consigned Materials. Such insurance shall be
with insurance companies of recognized responsibility and shall contain endorsements (a)
naming Harmonic (or its successor or assignee, if requested by Harmonic) as loss payee for
physical damage insurance, and (b) providing thirty (30) days prior written notice to
Harmonic before coverage lapses or is canceled or materially changed. |
|
|
|
* |
|
Information redacted pursuant to a confidential
treatment request by Harmonic Inc. under 17 C.F.R. §§ 200.80(b)(4), 200.83 and
240.24b-2 and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harmonic Inc. / Plexus Confidential
|
|
Page 6
|
|
Harmonic-Plexus PSA 17 September 03 |
16.3. |
|
Plexus shall use the Consigned Material in a skillful and proper manner and comply with all
instructions given to Plexus by Harmonic regarding the care and use of the Consigned Material
and shall not use the Consigned Materials for purposes other than the execution of the Orders.
Plexus shall undertake not to modify, adjust or alter in any way the Consigned Material
without Harmonics prior written consent or to remove any marks identifying any article as
Consigned Material or Harmonic property. |
16.4. |
|
The maximum acceptable cycle count or physical inventory adjustments on Harmonic owned or
Consigned Materials is [*] ([*]) on value of component inventory being adjusted. Any
adjustments in excess of such percentage will be borne by Plexus. |
16.5. |
|
Plexus shall at all reasonable times and upon reasonable notice permit Harmonic or its
authorized representatives to enter upon its premises for the purpose of inspecting, audit and
removing Consigned Material. |
16.6. |
|
Plexus shall maintain and provide upon request a written inventory of all such Consigned
Materials. Unless otherwise agreed, Plexus is responsible for the general maintenance of
Consigned Materials including, but not limited to, calibration and shall not modify any
Consigned Materials without the prior written permission of Harmonic. |
17.1. |
|
Plexus warrants that it has the right to use any manufacturing process used by Plexus in
connection with the manufacture of Product, other than manufacturing processes required by
Harmonics Specifications or developed by Harmonic, without creating any obligation on the
part of Harmonic to pay any fee, license, penalty or other expense in connection with
Harmonics use, reproduction, marketing, licensing or sale of the Work Product or Products,
other than the payments to Plexus as set forth herein. |
18. |
|
Test Development and Concurrent Engineering |
18.1. |
|
Plexus shall provide to Harmonic a design for manufacturing assessment, which shall include
an assessment of design for test, but will exclude in-depth schematic and accessibility
evaluation process efficiency, at no cost to Harmonic. At Harmonics request, Plexus shall
provide up to two (2) Design for Testability reports each quarter at no additional charge. In
addition, Plexus may be requested to provide test development or concurrent engineering
services for Harmonic. |
19. |
|
Title to Work Product |
19.1. |
|
Deliverables of any and all Work Product shall be promptly disclosed to Harmonic and shall
become and remain the sole and exclusive property of Harmonic. Plexus hereby irrevocably
transfers and assigns to Harmonic all right, title and interest in the Work Product, including
all rights in any patents, copyright, trade secrets, inventions, copyrightable materials, or
other intellectual property rights relating to the Work Product. Plexus agrees to execute any
documents, including patent and copyright assignments, take any acts and otherwise cooperate
with Harmonic, at Harmonics expense (including the reasonable time incurred by Plexus
employees at their actual hourly wage rate) but without further compensation to Plexus, in any
action Harmonic deems necessary to secure fully to Harmonic all rights in the Work Product or
to obtain, register, maintain or defend for Harmonics benefit any or all of the intellectual
property rights identified above. Harmonic shall have, at all times, all rights, title and
interest in and to all intellectual property including copyrights related to the Work Product.
This shall include any Work Product with Plexus. Plexus hereby assign all rights, titles,
and interest to any copyrighted Work Product. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Plexus shall own
all intellectual property rights in and to any manufacturing process technology developed by
Plexus in connection with the manufacture of Product for Harmonic (Plexus IP). Plexus
hereby grants Harmonic a perpetual, royalty-free, worldwide, non- exclusive, non-transferable
license to the Plexus IP to use, make, have made, and sell the Product. |
20. |
|
Confidential Information |
20.1. |
|
The parties hereby acknowledge that in the course of performance of this Agreement, it will
obtain information, including but not limited to, technical and/or business information
describing or related to development or manufacturing activities of the other party and its
products which is a confidential and proprietary in nature (Proprietary Information). At
all times during the term of this Agreement, each party shall hold Proprietary Information in
strict confidence and shall not disclose such Proprietary Information to any third party
without the |
|
|
|
* |
|
Information redacted pursuant to a confidential
treatment request by Harmonic Inc. under 17 C.F.R. §§ 200.80(b)(4), 200.83 and
240.24b-2 and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harmonic Inc. / Plexus Confidential
|
|
Page 7
|
|
Harmonic-Plexus PSA 17 September 03 |
|
|
prior written consent of the other party consistent with the Mutual Non-Disclosure Agreement
executed between the parties effective February 24, 2003 and any amendments or extensions
thereof, (NDA) which is fully incorporated herein by this reference, and shall apply and
survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement. |
20.2. |
|
Products purchased pursuant to Harmonics specifications or drawings shall not be disclosed
or quoted for sale to others by Plexus. All specifications, drawings, samples, or other data
furnished by Harmonic shall be treated as Proprietary Information by Plexus in accordance with
the NDA, shall remain Harmonics property and shall be promptly returned to Harmonic upon
request. |
20.3. |
|
Neither party may advertise or publish information related to this Agreement without the
other partys prior written approval. |
20.4. |
|
Subject to the terms of the NDA, the proprietary rights of the parties and confidentiality
obligations owed to third parties, Plexus and Harmonic agree to exchange, at least
semi-annually, relevant process development information and business plans to include market
trends, process technologies, product requirements, new product developments, available
capacity and other information to support technology advancements by both Plexus and Harmonic. |
20.5. |
|
Each party acknowledges that the other party shall be entitled to preliminary injunctive
relief in order to enforce the provisions of this Agreement relating to the confidentiality of
its confidential or proprietary information, in addition to, and not by way of limitation, any
other legal or equitable remedies available to such party. |
20.6. |
|
This Agreement is intended to secure to Harmonic Plexuss assistance and cooperation.
During the term of this Agreement, Plexus shall maintain sufficient separation between teams
of its employees, agents, or contractors who may be working for competitors of Harmonic to
avoid any conflict of interest. Upon request, Plexus shall demonstrate the adequacy of its
precautions to avoid such conflict of interest. If Harmonic determines at any time during the
term of this Agreement that such a conflict exists, notwithstanding the adequacy of such
precautions taken by Plexus, Harmonic may cancel this Agreement pursuant to the terms of
Section 23 below. Plexus further agrees that it shall not engage directly or indirectly
either for itself, or with or for any other person or entity in any work or undertaking which
shall create any legal impediment against Plexus performance of its obligations under this
Agreement and the rights granted to Harmonic hereunder. |
21. |
|
Acceptance and Warranty |
21.1. |
|
[*]. |
|
21.2. |
|
[*]. |
|
21.3. |
|
[*]. |
|
21.4. |
|
[*]. |
|
21.5. |
|
[*]. |
|
21.6. |
|
[*]. |
|
21.7. |
|
[*]. |
|
21.8. |
|
[*]. |
|
21.9. |
|
[*]. |
|
21.10. |
|
[*]. |
|
21.11. |
|
[*]. |
|
|
In the event of a disaster for over [*] for any non-material related issue at the Plexus
location(s), and Plexus is unable to meet delivery commitments to the Harmonic, Plexus using
its reasonable commercial efforts shall begin |
|
|
|
* |
|
Information redacted pursuant to a confidential
treatment request by Harmonic Inc. under 17 C.F.R. §§ 200.80(b)(4), 200.83 and
240.24b-2 and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harmonic Inc. / Plexus Confidential
|
|
Page 8
|
|
Harmonic-Plexus PSA 17 September 03 |
|
|
within [*] days implementing a disaster recovery transition plan to have products built at
another location or equivalent facility. Such plan shall be approved by Harmonic prior to
its implementation. Harmonic shall review and approve Plexus disaster recovery plan within
30 days of the Effective Date of this Agreement. Plexus will provide a formal disaster
recovery plan and provide updates at minimum on an annual basis. |
23.1. |
|
If either party materially fails to meet any of the terms and conditions as stated in either
this Agreement or the addenda, Plexus and Harmonic agree to negotiate in good faith to resolve
such default. If the defaulting party fails to cure such default or submit an acceptable
written plan to resolve such default within thirty (30) days following notice of default, the
non-defaulting party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by furnishing the
defaulting party with ninety (90) days written notice of termination. |
23.2. |
|
This Agreement shall terminate upon written notice should either party; (i) enter into or
file a petition, arraignment or proceeding seeking an order for relief under the federal
bankruptcy laws of its respective jurisdiction and such petition, arraignment or proceeding is
not dismissed within sixty (60) days; (ii) enter into a receivership of any of its assets; or
(iii) enter into a dissolution or liquidation of its assets or an assignment for the benefit
of its creditors and the same remains undischarged for a period sixty (60) days. |
23.3. |
|
The termination or expiration of this Agreement, except in accordance with Section 24, shall
not affect or impair the rights and obligations of either party that have accrued under this
Agreement as of the date of expiration or termination. |
23.4. |
|
Either party may terminate this Agreement, in whole or in
part for any reason upon [*] ([*])
day written notice. Plexus shall give additional notice equal to the number of days that the
longest lead time material exceeds this notice period. |
23.5. |
|
In the event of termination of this Agreement for any reason, at Harmonics option, Plexus
shall support Harmonic with Products sufficient to cover all Harmonic Orders in place at the
time of the termination notice and as may be issued by Harmonic and fulfilled by Plexus prior
to the termination date. As of the termination date, Plexus shall stop work immediately on
all affected Orders and deliver or destroy, at Harmonics option, all copies of all materials
containing any Proprietary Materials. In addition, Plexus shall deliver to Harmonic all other
Harmonic Consigned Material, confidential information and other materials in its possession.
Harmonic shall be obligated for all completed products, work-in-progress, all component
material purchased by Plexus in support of Harmonics Orders, all long lead-time material
purchased by Plexus to support Harmonics Orders, all non- cancelable/non-returnable
inventory, all minimum buy quantities of inventory, and any other such items resulting from
Services provided herein. |
24.1. |
|
In the spirit of continued cooperation, the parties intend to and hereby establish the
following dispute resolution procedure to be utilized in the event any controversy or dispute
should arise out of or concerning the performance of this Agreement. |
24.2. |
|
It is the intent of the parties that any dispute be resolved informally and promptly through
good faith negotiation between Plexus and Harmonic. Either party may initiate negotiation
proceedings by written notice to the other party setting forth the particulars of the dispute.
The parties agree to meet in good faith to jointly define the scope and a method to remedy
the dispute. If these proceedings are not productive of a resolution within thirty (30)
days, then the parties agree to submit the dispute to binding arbitration as set forth below |
24.3. |
|
Any controversy of claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof,
that cannot be resolved informally as set forth above, shall be settled by arbitration before
three (3) arbitrators in accordance with the Rules of the American Arbitration Association
(AAA) then in effect, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered
in any court having jurisdiction. Within 15 days after the commencement of arbitration, each
party shall select one person to act as arbitrator and the two selected shall select a third
arbitrator within ten (10) days of their appointment. If the arbitrators selected by the
parties are unable or fail to agree upon the third arbitrator, the third arbitrator shall be
selected by the American Arbitration Association. The place of arbitration shall be San Jose,
California. Either party, before or during any arbitration, may apply to a court having
jurisdiction for a temporary restraining order or preliminary injunction where such |
|
|
|
* |
|
Information redacted pursuant to a confidential
treatment request by Harmonic Inc. under 17 C.F.R. §§ 200.80(b)(4), 200.83 and
240.24b-2 and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harmonic Inc. / Plexus Confidential
|
|
Page 9
|
|
Harmonic-Plexus PSA 17 September 03 |
|
|
relief is necessary to protect its interest pending completion of the arbitration
proceedings. Neither party nor the arbitrators may disclose the existence or results of any
arbitration hereunder without the prior written consent of both parties. |
25. |
|
Limitation of Liability |
|
|
|
[*] |
26. |
|
Intellectual Property Indemnity |
26.1. |
|
[*]. |
|
26.2. |
|
[*]. |
|
26.3. |
|
[*]. |
|
26.4. |
|
[*]. |
27. |
|
General Indemnity. Each party (the Indemnifying Party) shall hold harmless the other party
(the Indemnified Party), against
[*]. |
28. |
|
Insurance. Without in any way limiting the obligations set forth in Sections 27, Plexus
shall maintain in full force and effect the following insurance: |
|
(a) |
|
Workers Compensation Insurance covering Plexus full liability under the
Workers Compensation Laws of the states in which work is being performed under this
Agreement. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Bodily Injury Liability Insurance (including automobile) with limits of at
least the sum of [*] for injury to or death of one person, and at least the sum of [*]
for injury to or death of more than one person in any one occurrence. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Property Damage Liability Insurance (including automobile) with limits of at
least the sum of [*] for property damage resulting from each occurrence. |
|
|
(d) |
|
In lieu of b and c above, Bodily Injury Liability Insurance (including
automobile) and Property Damage Liability Insurance (including automobile) with a
Combined Single Limit of at least the sum of [*]. |
|
|
(e) |
|
The insurance described in b, c and d above shall provide contractual liability
coverage with respect to the liability assumed by Plexus under this Agreement and
shall: |
|
(i) |
|
include Harmonic as an Additional Insured, provided that
Harmonics rights as an Additional Insured will extend only to liabilities
specifically assumed by Plexus under this Agreement and Harmonic will not
pursue insurance claims directly with Plexus insurance carrier unless
(a) Harmonic has requested that Plexus file a claim (for which Plexus is liable
under this Agreement) with its insurance carrier and Plexus has failed to do so
within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such notice, or (b) Plexus has ceased
to do business or Harmonic has the right to terminate this Agreement under
Section 23.2. Plexus insurance carrier shall have the right to deny any claim
submitted by Harmonic if not in conformity with the above; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
not be cancelable without thirty (30) days prior written notice to Harmonic; |
|
|
(iii) |
|
be primary insurance and, should Harmonic have other valid
insurance, Harmonics insurance shall be excess insurance only; and |
|
|
(iv) |
|
include a severability of interest clause, |
|
(f) |
|
At Harmonics request, Plexus shall provide Harmonic with proof of compliance
with the insurance provisions of this section. Plexus shall require its suppliers, if
any, who may enter upon Harmonics premises to maintain insurance in accordance with
the insurance provisions of this section. |
|
|
|
* |
|
Information redacted pursuant to a confidential
treatment request by Harmonic Inc. under 17 C.F.R. §§ 200.80(b)(4), 200.83 and
240.24b-2 and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harmonic Inc. / Plexus Confidential
|
|
Page 10
|
|
Harmonic-Plexus PSA 17 September 03 |
29.1. |
|
Assignment. Neither party shall delegate, assign or transfer its rights or obligations
under this Agreement, whether in whole or part, without the written consent of the other party
which shall not be unreasonably withheld, provided, however, either party may assign this
Agreement to a third party in connection with a merger transaction or the sale of all or
substantially all of its assets. |
29.2. |
|
Force Majeure. Neither party shall be liable for any failure or delay in its performance
under this Agreement due to acts of God, acts of civil or military authority, fires, floods,
earthquakes, riots, wars or any other cause beyond the reasonable control of the delayed party
provided that the delayed party: (i) gives the other party prompt written notice of such
cause; and (ii) uses reasonable commercial efforts to remedy such delay in its performance.
In the event that Plexus fails to deliver Products to Harmonic due to such causes and fails to
provide a plan for remedy which is reasonably acceptable to Harmonic, Harmonic may suspend
this Agreement in whole or in part for the duration of such delaying cause and, at its option,
buy the Products from another source and deduct the quantity so purchased from any unsatisfied
Order to Plexus. In such event Harmonic agrees to make reasonable commercial efforts to
purchase, or cause to be purchased, materials from Plexus for the manufacture of Products by a
third party, if feasible under the circumstances. |
29.3. |
|
Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the
laws of the State of California, excluding its choice of law provisions. |
29.4. |
|
Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which
will be deemed the original, but all of which will constitute but one and the same document. |
29.5. |
|
Relationship of the Parties. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to create an
agency, partnership or joint venture between Harmonic and Plexus. It is further agreed and
understood that neither party nor its employees shall be deemed to be in the employment of the
other and shall have no express or implied right or authority under this Agreement to assume
or create any obligations on behalf of the other party to any contract, agreement
or undertaking with any third party. |
29.6. |
|
Modification. No change, modification or revision of this order or this Agreement shall be
effective unless agreed to in writing and signed by each partys duly authorized
representative. |
29.7. |
|
Waiver. Failure of a Party to enforce at any time any of the provisions hereof shall not be
construed to be a waiver of such provisions, nor be deemed a waiver of any other right
hereunder or the right of a Party thereafter to enforce any such provisions. |
29.8. |
|
Severability. If any portion of this Agreement is held invalid, the parties agree that such
invalidity shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this Agreement, and the
parties shall seek in good faith to agree to substitute for the invalid provision a valid
provision that most closely approximates its terms. |
29.9. |
|
Compliance with Laws. |
|
29.9.1 |
|
In the performance hereof, the Parties shall comply with all applicable laws, rules,
regulations, orders, or ordinances of any federal, state, local or other government
agency of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction, including but not
limited to, procurement of required permits and/or certificates. Parties shall comply
with all applicable federal, state and/or local laws in any applicable jurisdiction
that require products, materials, services or containers furnished to be constructed,
packaged, labeled or registered in a prescribed manner. |
|
|
29.9.2 |
|
Parties shall comply with all laws and regulations of the United States, or any other
applicable jurisdiction, concerning importation and exportation of Products. The
parties will provide mutual assistance as required to comply with said laws and
regulations. |
|
|
29.9.3 |
|
Each party (the Breaching Party) agrees to indemnify the other Party for any loss
or damage sustained because of the Breaching Partys noncompliance with this Section
29.9. |
29.10. |
|
Notices. All notices permitted or required hereunder shall be deemed to have been given
(i) three (3) days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, first class postage prepaid, or
(ii) immediately if transmitted by confirmed facsimile, or (ii) next day if sent by overnight
commercial carrier (e.g. Federal Express) if addressed to the party as follows |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harmonic Inc. / Plexus Confidential
|
|
Page 11
|
|
Harmonic-Plexus PSA 17 September 03 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If to Harmonic:
|
|
Harmonic Inc. |
|
|
|
|
549 Baltic Way |
|
|
|
|
Sunnyvale, CA 94089 USA |
|
|
|
|
Attn: Legal Department |
|
|
|
|
Fax: 408-490-6524 |
|
|
|
If to Plexus:
|
|
Plexus Services Corp. |
|
|
|
|
55 Jewelers Park Drive |
|
|
|
|
Neenah, WI 54957 |
|
|
|
|
Attn: General Counsel |
|
|
|
|
Fax: 920-751-3234 |
29.11. |
|
Survival. The terms and conditions of Sections 1, 17, 19, 20, 21, 23, 24, 25, 26, 29 and
any other provisions that would normally be deemed to survive, shall survive the expiration or
termination of this Agreement. |
29.12. |
|
Complete Agreement. This Agreement in conjunction with all relevant Exhibits, constitutes
the complete contract between the parties and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous
representations, communications, agreements and understandings, oral or written, with respect
to the subject matter hereof. Each party represents and agrees that it has not relied on any
representation or warranty other than those contained herein in entering into this Agreement.
In the event of a conflict between this Agreement and the Exhibits attached hereto, the, terms
and conditions of this Agreement shall prevail. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accepted and agreed: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plexus: |
|
|
|
Harmonic Inc.: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harmonic Inc. / Plexus Confidential
|
|
Page 12
|
|
Harmonic-Plexus PSA 17 September 03 |
Exhibit A
Transition
1. |
|
During the Transition Period, the following terms shall apply: |
2. |
|
The parties agree that Plexus will lead all transition activities during the Transition
Period. |
3. |
|
Plexus shall provide multiple transition teams with on-site resources. Plexus shall assign
sufficient number of transition managers in order to meet project milestones agreed to by
Harmonic and Plexus. |
|
a. |
|
Plexus will purchase Active Inventory from Harmonic and its subcontractors at Plexus
standard cost, subject to such inventory meeting Plexus and Harmonics reasonable
inspection and acceptance criteria, less Plexus MOH charges. |
|
|
b. |
|
Active Inventory is defined as usable and within Harmonic forecasted demand in next 12
months plus identified end-of-life raw material (up to [*]). The value of this Active
Inventory is estimated to be [*] to [*]. Inventory transfers from Harmonic subcontractors
will be sold directly to Plexus. In the event any conflict arises between Plexus and
Harmonics subcontractors, then, Harmonic agrees to take an active role in resolving the
issues. |
5. |
|
Inventory Transfer PPV: |
|
|
|
In the event of any price differential between Plexus standard cost and Harmonic
subcontractor cost, Harmonic will settle any disputes with the Harmonic subcontractor. |
6. |
|
Costs associated with transition Non Recurring Engineering shall be borne as follows: |
|
a. |
|
Stencils Plexus |
|
|
b. |
|
Programming (ALL) Plexus |
|
|
c. |
|
SMT Tooling Plexus |
|
|
d. |
|
Jigs/Tools Plexus |
|
|
e. |
|
ICT Fixtures Plexus covers refurbishment cost and transfer of existing. Harmonic
covers new fixture expense and bring up. |
|
|
f. |
|
Functional Fixtures Harmonic |
|
|
g. |
|
Wave pallet, PCB Tooling, PCB test, and CEC Tooling If new tooling is requested by
Harmonic, Harmonic shall bear all costs. If new tooling is at the initiative of Plexus and
results in a cost reduction, Plexus shall bear all costs, and such cost reduction shall be
passed to Harmonic after Plexus recover of tooling implementation cost and as provided in
this Agreement. |
|
|
|
All costs of pre-carriage, freight, and insurance applicable to the transition of any
material, including but not limited to, components, tools, and test equipment, from existing
subcontractors and Harmonic to designated sites shall be borne by Plexus. Any VAT, duties,
customs, or other charges or fees assessed by any government applicable to the transition
with respect to any material or components shall be borne by Plexus, and with respect
to tools and test equipment, shall be equally shared between the parties. |
|
a. |
|
Prices during the Transition Period shall be in accordance with the chart below.
|
|
|
b. |
|
Pricing on products quoted during initial quote review are not to exceed quotations. |
|
|
c. |
|
Transition pricing shall include plan to transition to Plexus approved vendors
with specific timeline identifying date of implementation of pricing received in
original quote. Quoted prices have to take effect after consumption of transferred
inventory and Harmonic approval of new sources. It is understood that the
conversion to Plexus sources need to be initiated at the start of the transition
period to insure that quoted pricing is realized by Harmonic 90 days after
successful product transfer to Plexus or qualification of new sources by Harmonic,
whichever is sooner. |
|
|
d. |
|
Plexus shall provide a timeline for move from Boise to low cost manufacturing sites by
specific products |
|
|
|
* |
|
Information redacted pursuant to a confidential
treatment request by Harmonic Inc. under 17 C.F.R. §§ 200.80(b)(4), 200.83 and
240.24b-2 and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harmonic Inc. / Plexus Confidential
|
|
Page 13
|
|
Harmonic-Plexus PSA 17 September 03 |
9. |
|
Buffer Inventory Plexus agrees to hold buffer inventory to cover demand equal to eighty (80)
calendar days forecasted demand, which could be carried up to one hundred fifty (150) calendar
days by Plexus. |
10. |
|
Plexus will cover all costs not specifically identified in this Agreement for transition
activities. |
11. |
|
Harmonics NSG and MV encoder product lines shall be built in Malaysia unless otherwise
agreed in writing. If Plexus chooses to build product (that was previously designated to be
built in a low cost region) in Boise prior to transfer to low-cost sites, then Plexus shall
extend the low cost site pricing to Harmonic during the time that Product is built at the
Boise site. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harmonic Inc. / Plexus Confidential
|
|
Page 14
|
|
Harmonic-Plexus PSA 17 September 03 |
|
|
|
|
|
Transition Pricing |
Plexus Production Cost Estimator |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Boise |
|
|
Penang |
|
|
San Jose |
|
MATERIAL |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Material |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
Materials Overhead |
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Material Cost |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
LABOR |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Direct Labor Cost |
|
Hours |
|
|
Rate |
|
Total |
|
Hours |
|
|
Rate |
|
|
Total |
|
Hours |
|
|
Rate |
|
Total |
Assembly Labor |
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
SMT |
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
ICT Test |
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
Functional Test |
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Labor Cost |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Packaging |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit margin |
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Price |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NRE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
Plexus Notes and Assumptions: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denotes specific assembly information required |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1) Pricing markups to be used during transition period: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Standard |
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual |
|
Materials |
|
|
|
|
|
Material |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue |
|
Overhead |
|
Profit |
|
Markup |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The table above represents an example of the cost estimator that shall be used to calculate the
price by Product. The shaded areas in the cost estimator are filled in on a product specific basis
and the Standard Materials Overhead and Profit percentages specified in the inset table are fixed
and are applied based on location.
|
|
|
* |
|
Information redacted pursuant to a confidential
treatment request by Harmonic Inc. under 17 C.F.R. §§ 200.80(b)(4), 200.83 and
240.24b-2 and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harmonic Inc. / Plexus Confidential
|
|
Page 15
|
|
Harmonic-Plexus PSA 17 September 03 |
Exhibit B
Pricing
1. |
|
Pricing model to be utilized after the Transition Period for this Agreement shall be in
accordance with the chart below. After the Transition Period, forecasted run rate will be
reviewed each quarter and pricing will be adjusted forward accordingly. Upon completion of
transition, profit will be reduced by one-half of one percent (0.50%) at the corresponding run
rate. |
2. |
|
The mark-up charged by Plexus to Harmonic for components with
purchase prices of [*] will be
assessed a total mark-up of [*] and no other adders or mark-ups shall apply to these
components. Components consigned by Harmonic to Plexus for integration into purchased
assemblies shall be charged [*]. Such charges shall be submitted to Harmonic no later than
the next calendar month after usage. |
3. |
|
Establishment of product costs to be based on a Best of BOMs approach, utilizing the best
available price for all components during the Transition Period and thereafter. |
4. |
|
Every occurrence of a negative Purchase Price Variance (PPV) shall be adjusted at the end of
the quarter and netted against positive PPV with respect to such calendar quarter under the
following conditions: |
|
a) |
|
Market shift; or |
|
|
b) |
|
Demand increase or decrease outside the flexibility parameters outlined in
Exhibit C. |
|
|
After such quarterly netting, Plexus shall invoice Harmonic for negative PPV charges only if
such variance exceeds [*] per component. All negative PPV charges greater than [*], unless
otherwise agreed in writing, will be supported by Plexus with written justification and
Harmonics approval prior to expenditure. |
5. |
|
Plexus will be responsible for driving a collaborative cost reduction at a rate that averages
[*]. Plexus will recommend cost savings initiatives and monitor progress to targets. Plexus
and Harmonic shall also provide cost reduction initiatives at a minimum quarterly, and agree
on action plans based on benefits, and return on investment consideration. |
6. |
|
Plexus and Harmonic will meet every three (3) months during the term of this Agreement to
review pricing and determine whether any price increase or decrease is required. Any change
in price shall apply only to shipments by Plexus at a mutually agreed to date. A risk
liability program to measure performance on risk liability shall also be reviewed. This
program shall include product overall component and production lead-time reduction reviews. |
7. |
|
Plexus shall make no change in manufacturing location without Harmonics prior written
approval. Plexus will bear all costs associated with transferring production between sites
when Plexus directs the move. Transition costs associated with moves requested by Harmonic
for cost reduction purposes will be borne by Harmonic and 100% of cost reduction savings goes
to Harmonic, unless the parties agree to equally share transition costs then Section 9 below
applies to any cost savings after Plexus recovers its share of the transition costs. |
8. |
|
If a cost reduction is initiated and obtained by Harmonic, such cost reduction will be passed
on to Harmonic entirely at the next pricing review and/or for the next Order. |
9. |
|
If a cost reduction is initiated and obtained by Plexus, Plexus will be entitled to retain
[*] of such cost savings for the quarter following the next pricing review at which time [*]
will be passed on to Harmonic. |
10. |
|
On the day new pricing is implemented, Plexus will also write-down or write-up, as
applicable, existing raw materials, work-in-process and finished goods inventory held by it to
reflect the new agreed to pricing and invoice or credit Harmonic for the same, as applicable. |
11. |
|
Plexus shall, on a quarterly basis, provide a written overview of the commodities and trends
represented in Harmonics products which will be the basis for a quarterly commodity
management review. Upon Harmonics request, Plexus shall provide access to Plexuss commodity
management quarterly reports, updated supplier lists, and specific commodity plans for the
next period. |
12. |
|
Plexus shall provide Harmonic with the following deliverables for each request for quotation
requested by Harmonic: a bill of materials detailing procurement source and the proposed cost
of each component on said bills of materials (costed BOM). Costed BOMs shall also include
designations for custom engineered components, lead-times, and minimum order quantities where
applicable, which will be the basis for determining total liabilities to Harmonic. Long-lead
time items and non-cancelable/non-returnable should also be identified. |
|
|
|
* |
|
Information redacted pursuant to a confidential
treatment request by Harmonic Inc. under 17 C.F.R. §§ 200.80(b)(4), 200.83 and
240.24b-2 and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harmonic Inc. / Plexus Confidential
|
|
Page 16
|
|
Harmonic-Plexus PSA 17 September 03 |
13. |
|
Quote lead-time on production assemblies will be [*] ([*]) weeks. Rough order of magnitude
(ROM) quotes, detailing a not to exceed price will be presented on new product introductions
(NPI) within [*] of receipt of bill of materials, with the complete package to be presented
within one week after BOM release to Plexus. |
14. |
|
Plexus warrants that prices offered to Harmonic during the term of this Agreement are based
on the lowest costs offered to any of Plexuss customers for the same or substantially similar
materials or services sold or in any way made available to any other purchaser. |
15. |
|
Non-recurring Engineering charges will be invoiced by Plexus and paid by Harmonic at Plexus
actual cost plus the then current MOH percentage. |
16. |
|
Upon request, parties shall mutually agree to a special pricing model to be extended on a
case by case basis in order to support a specific product proposal, such as a multi-year
agreement. |
17. |
|
Harmonic Cost Model: Annual revenue pricing is to be reflected [*] for the respective [*].
If change to [*] is greater than [*] then the parties will mutually agree to revise the cost
model. |
18. |
|
The prices set forth herein include all applicable taxes, including but not limited to VAT,
duties, customs, and other charges or fees assessed by any government, excepting sales tax,
and such prices shall not be subject to change as a result of any change in Sellers tax
liabilities. All such taxes and charges shall be stated separately on Sellers invoice. |
|
|
|
* |
|
Information redacted pursuant to a confidential
treatment request by Harmonic Inc. under 17 C.F.R. §§ 200.80(b)(4), 200.83 and
240.24b-2 and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harmonic Inc. / Plexus Confidential
|
|
Page 17
|
|
Harmonic-Plexus PSA 17 September 03 |
Plexus Production Cost Estimator
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Boise |
|
|
Penang |
|
|
San Jose |
|
MATERIAL |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Material |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
Materials Overhead |
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Material Cost |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LABOR |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Direct Labor Cost |
|
Hours |
|
|
Rate |
|
Total |
|
Hours |
|
|
Rate |
|
Total |
|
Hours |
|
|
Rate |
|
Total |
Assembly Labor |
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
SMT |
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
ICT Test |
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
Functional Test |
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Labor Cost |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Packaging |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit margin |
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Price |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NRE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plexus Notes and Assumptions: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denotes specific assembly information required |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1) $10M quarterly run rate qualifies for the $50M pricing level. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2) Tiered Markups: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Standard |
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual |
|
Materials |
|
|
|
|
|
Material |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue |
|
Overhead |
|
Profit |
|
Markup |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
[*] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The table above represents an example of the cost estimator that shall be used to calculate the
price by Product. The shaded areas in the cost estimator are filled in on a product specific basis
and the Standard Materials Overhead and Profit percentages specified in the inset table are fixed
and are applied based on annual revenue and
location. |
|
|
|
* |
|
Information redacted pursuant to a confidential
treatment request by Harmonic Inc. under 17 C.F.R. §§ 200.80(b)(4), 200.83 and
240.24b-2 and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harmonic Inc. / Plexus Confidential
|
|
Page 18
|
|
Harmonic-Plexus PSA 17 September 03 |
Exhibit C
Scheduling and Flexibility
1. |
|
Harmonic may cancel Orders, or portions of Orders, by written notice with no liability if
cancelled at least [*] ([*]) days prior to delivery date except for components on the LLT List
and agreed upon MOQ List. Harmonic may cancel Orders within less than [*] ([*]) days of
delivery date subject only to material liabilities as defined in Exhibit D. |
|
2. |
|
Harmonic may place an Order, or any portion of an Order, on hold by written notice to Plexus
which shall take effect immediately upon receipt. Orders placed on hold will be rescheduled
in accordance with the order flexibility parameters set forth below. |
|
3. |
|
Upon written notification of an Order cancellation, Plexus shall undertake reasonable
commercial efforts to cancel all applicable component purchase orders and reduce component
inventory through return for credit programs or allocate components for alternate programs if
applicable, in addition, Plexus shall exercise reasonable commercial efforts to reduce the
value of cancellation charges incurred. |
|
4. |
|
Product lead-time after receipt of order is [*] ([*]) weeks on forecasted product. |
|
5. |
|
Upon learning of any potential delivery delays, Plexus will notify Harmonic as to the cause
and extent of such delay. |
|
6. |
|
Harmonic may reschedule Product delivery for Orders within the following Flexibility
Parameters: |
Harmonic may push out up to one months supply of Product delivery (based on then current
Harmonic Orders) for up to [*] days from originally scheduled delivery date.
|
|
|
|
|
[*]
|
|
-
|
|
Days |
|
[*]
[*]
[*]
|
|
-
- -
- -
|
|
Single Product
Total Demand
Deferral time limit |
|
|
|
|
|
[*]
|
|
-
|
|
Days |
|
[*]
[*]
[*]
|
|
-
- -
- -
|
|
Single Product
Total Demand
Deferral time limit |
|
|
|
|
|
[*]
|
|
-
|
|
Days |
|
[*]
[*]
[*]
|
|
-
- -
- -
|
|
Single Product
Total Demand
Deferral time limit |
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if mutually agreed, Plexus shall make commercially reasonable
efforts to pull in Product delivery schedules in excess of the percentages indicated above to
the extent reasonably requested by Harmonic.
|
|
|
* |
|
Information redacted pursuant to a confidential
treatment request by Harmonic Inc. under 17 C.F.R. §§ 200.80(b)(4), 200.83 and
240.24b-2 and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. |
|
|
|
|
Harmonic Inc. / Plexus Confidential
|
|
Harmonic-Plexus PSA 17 September 03 |
Page 19
Exhibit D
Material Procurement and Liability
1. |
|
Harmonic will be liable only for custom engineered components (CEC), long lead items,
non-cancelable/non-returnable, and mutually agreed upon minimum order quantity items reporting
to assemblies on Orders only. For items with lead-times greater than [*] ([*]) days, Plexus
will provide an itemized list (LLT list) of these items and will submit to Harmonic for
approval and any additional changes will be approved on an as needed basis. Harmonic also
agrees to assume material liability for safety stock items or other materials which both
parties agree to purchase from time to time. |
|
2. |
|
Harmonic assumes no material liability for components purchased outside of Order demand
and/or outside lead-time indicated above (within commercial reasonableness) unless otherwise
specified in writing. |
|
3. |
|
It is the intent of both parties to work cooperatively to establish Plexus agreements with
component suppliers which will enable delivery flexibility. |
|
4. |
|
Plexus has agreed to hold end-of life (EOL) components for Harmonic up to a value of [*] for
[*] after notification of EOL at no cost to Harmonic. |
|
5. |
|
End-of-life variances shall not exceed [*] ([*]) of the material value identified on written
end of life notice. Plexus is responsible for maintaining a balanced inventory position on
CEC devices. |
|
6. |
|
For the purposes of this Exhibit D, (i) Obsolete Inventory shall mean those components in
inventory or on order that no longer appear on a Harmonic bill of materials or which appear on
a Harmonic bill of materials for a Product that has no Order or forecast demand; (ii)Inactive
Inventory shall mean those components in inventory or on order that are on the bill of
material for an Product that has current Order or forecast demand, but which demand will not
consume such components; and (iii)Excess Inventory shall mean those components in inventory or
on order that are projected to be consumed by a Harmonic Order or forecasted demand, but not
within the next one hundred twenty (120) calendar days. |
|
7. |
|
Plexus agrees to carry Inactive and Excess Inventory at no more than [*] ([*]) of Plexus
latest fiscal quarterly revenue with Harmonic. Included in the [*] ([*]) calculation are the
End of Life components identified in Section 4 above. When reviewed monthly, if the [*] ([*])
threshold is exceeded, Plexus shall allow ninety (90) additional calendar days for the amount
in excess of the [*] ([*]) threshold to be consumed. If the amount is not consumed in such
ninety (90) calendar days, Harmonic shall pay Plexus a monthly carrying charge of [*] ([*]) on
the amount over the [*] ([*]) for a period not to exceed an additional ninety (90) calendar
days. If at the end of that time the Inactive and Excess Inventory is still not consumed,
Harmonic shall pay Plexus a cash deposit for the amount in excess of the [*] ([*]) plus MOH.
Obsolete Inventory shall be identified by Plexus and reported to Harmonic on a monthly basis.
Harmonic shall make reasonable commercial efforts to review such report and buy from Plexus
any Obsolete Inventory within ten (10) business days, but in no event later than twenty (20)
business days of receipt of such report. Plexus shall make reasonable commercial efforts to
consume or sell off commercial Obsolete, Inactive or Excess components on behalf of Harmonic
unless otherwise notified in writing by Harmonic. |
|
|
|
* |
|
Information redacted pursuant to a confidential
treatment request by Harmonic Inc. under 17 C.F.R. §§ 200.80(b)(4), 200.83 and
240.24b-2 and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. |
|
|
|
|
Harmonic Inc. / Plexus Confidential
|
|
Harmonic-Plexus PSA 17 September 03 |
Page 20
Exhibit E
Fulfillment Services
1. |
|
Fulfillment Services requested by Harmonic shall to be provided by Plexus shall be in
accordance with the following: |
|
2. |
|
Storage of completed shippable Product for thirty (30) calendar days; |
|
3. |
|
Distribution of Product per Harmonics instructions (any export activity shall be mutually
agreed by the parties prior to shipment); |
|
4. |
|
Plexus shall provide and Harmonic shall purchase sufficient warehousing space to store an
inventory of finished Products (the Finished Goods Inventory). |
|
5. |
|
Harmonic shall provide to Plexus in writing on a monthly basis a report specifying the
required levels of Finished Goods Inventory to be maintained on Plexus premises (the
Finished Goods Authorization Schedule). |
|
6. |
|
Harmonic shall have the right to audit the actual quantities of Products in Finished Goods
Inventory during normal Plexus business hours upon forty-eight (48) hours prior written
notice. In the event that the actual Finished Goods Inventory is less than Harmonics
accounting records, the difference shall be manufactured and delivered to Harmonic by Plexus
within two weeks at no cost to Harmonic. Plexus shall have the right to verify Harmonics
accounting records and Harmonic shall make reasonable disclosures to Plexus in order to affect
said audit. |
|
7. |
|
Fulfillment services are independent of and separate from any manufacturing services which
Plexus may provide. |
|
8. |
|
Plexus shall package, label, and ship the Products from Finished Goods Inventory on a
first-in first-out basis to Harmonics customers in quantities specified in weekly Releases
provided to Plexus by Harmonic and in accordance with Harmonics written instructions. |
|
9. |
|
Plexus shall provide a bill of lading and packing slip for each shipment pick-up. |
|
|
|
|
Harmonic Inc. / Plexus Confidential
|
|
Harmonic-Plexus PSA 17 September 03 |
Page 21
Exhibit F
Harmonic Quality Specifications
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
PARAGRAPH |
|
TOPIC |
|
PAGE |
1.0 |
|
Purpose |
|
2 |
2.0 |
|
Scope |
|
2 |
3.0 |
|
References |
|
2 |
4.0 |
|
Procedure |
|
3 |
4.1 |
|
NPI Support |
|
3 |
4.2 |
|
Quality Planning |
|
4 |
4.3 |
|
Quality Data Management |
|
4 |
4.4 |
|
Agency and Industry Approvals |
|
4 |
4.5 |
|
Process Development and Qualification
(Assembly, Inspection and Test) |
|
5 |
4.6 |
|
Product Identification and Traceability |
|
5 |
4.7 |
|
Workmanship Standard |
|
5 |
4.8 |
|
Training and Certification |
|
6 |
4.9 |
|
Equipment Maintenance, Schedule and Calibration
Compliance |
|
6 |
4.10 |
|
First Article |
|
6 |
4.11 |
|
Out of Box Audit |
|
7 |
4.12 |
|
ESS/Burn-In |
|
7 |
4.13 |
|
On-Going Reliability Test |
|
7 |
4.14 |
|
RMA Repair (Customer Returns) |
|
7 |
4.15 |
|
Harmonic Audits |
|
7 |
4.16 |
|
ESD Compliance |
|
7 |
4.17 |
|
Supplier Management |
|
8 |
4.18 |
|
Source Inspection |
|
8 |
4.19 |
|
Meetings |
|
8 |
4.20 |
|
Disaster Recovery Plan |
|
8 |
4.21 |
|
Restrictions |
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
Harmonic Inc. / Plexus Confidential
|
|
Harmonic-Plexus PSA 17 September 03 |
Page 22
1.0 PURPOSE:
1.1 |
|
To establish a procedure that defines the Quality Requirements for Contract Manufacturer (CM)
that provides products to Harmonic. The Contract Manufacturer referred in this procedure is
specific to the Electronic Manufacturer Services (EMS) whose products include the Printed
Circuit Board Assemblies (PCBA) and Box-Builds. |
|
1.2 |
|
To inform the Contract Manufacturer (CM) that they should demonstrate and/or provide
evidences to ensure that the Quality Requirements will be met during the
manufacturing/production of Harmonic products. This document could be used to create the
Quality Plan for Harmonic Products. These evidences should include but not limited to the
following: |
|
1.2.1 |
|
QA Manual |
|
|
1.2.2 |
|
Quality System |
|
|
1.2.3 |
|
Quality Plan |
|
|
1.2.4 |
|
Manufacturing/Production Process Procedures and Flow Chart |
|
|
1.2.5 |
|
Quality Process Flow-Chart. (QA Inspection Gates/Stations) |
|
|
1.2.6 |
|
Preventive and Corrective Action Request System (Supplier, Internal and
Customer Corrective Action System) |
|
|
1.2.7 |
|
Internal Audit Process Procedure |
|
|
1.2.8 |
|
Electrical / Functional Test Plan. |
|
|
1.2.9 |
|
IQA Inspection Process (Turn Key Parts) |
|
|
1.2.10 |
|
Discrepant Material Reporting (DMR) and Material Review Board (MRB) |
|
|
1.2.11 |
|
SPC and other Quality Data Reporting System |
|
|
1.2.12 |
|
Finished Product First Article (FA) / FQA Inspection Procedure |
2.0 SCOPE:
The purpose of this document is to fulfill the Harmonic Quality Requirements for Contract
Manufacturer, specifically the Electronic Manufacturer Services; and to guide the Contract
Manufacturer to be compliant to the Harmonic Quality Requirements.
3.0 REFERENCES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.1.1 |
|
|
IPC-A-610, Latest Rev.
|
|
Acceptability of Electronic Assemblies |
|
|
|
|
3.1.2 |
|
|
IPC-A-600, Latest Rev.
|
|
Acceptability of Printed Boards |
|
|
|
|
3.1.3 |
|
|
ANSI/J-STD-001, Latest Rev.
|
|
Requirement for Soldered Electrical and Electronic
Assemblies |
|
|
|
|
3.1.4 |
|
|
ANSl/J-STD-002, Latest Rev.
|
|
Solderability Tests for Component Leads,
Terminations, Lugs, Terminals and Wires |
|
|
|
|
3.1.5 |
|
|
ANSI/J-STD-003, Latest Rev.
|
|
Solderability Tests for Printed Boards |
3.2 |
|
Harmonic Procedures (Latest Revisions) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.2.1 |
|
|
QA0201
|
|
Quality Policy Manual |
|
|
|
|
3.2.2 |
|
|
QA0601
|
|
AVL Procedure |
|
|
|
|
3.2.3 |
|
|
QA0604
|
|
First Article Procedure |
|
|
|
|
3.2.4 |
|
|
QA0908
|
|
Workmanship Standard Procedure |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.2.5 |
|
|
QA0910
|
|
Cosmetic Inspection Standard Procedure |
|
|
|
|
3.2.6 |
|
|
QA1001
|
|
Supplier Product Assurance Procedure |
|
|
|
|
3.2.7 |
|
|
QA1011F
|
|
QA Source Inspection Report |
|
|
|
|
3.2.8 |
|
|
MA1502
|
|
Handling, Storage, Packaging and Preservation Policy |
|
|
|
|
3.2.9 |
|
|
SP250-0051167-1
|
|
Serialization and date of manufacture labeling requirement |
4.0 PROCEDURE:
|
|
|
|
Harmonic Inc. / Plexus Confidential
|
|
Harmonic-Plexus PSA 17 September 03 |
Page 23
The Contract Manufacturers response to the Harmonic Quality Requirement should include, but
not limited to, the paragraphs stated below. The Contract Manufacturer should demonstrate
and provide evidences that will ensure that the manufacturing/production will consistently
meet the Harmonic Quality Requirements in these areas.
|
4.1.1.1 |
|
Set-up communication center via focal points (single point of contact for
Harmonic Inc. and Contract Manufacturer) for Purchasing, Production and Quality
issues and resolution, respectively. |
|
|
4.1.1.2 |
|
CM shall review drawing package from Harmonic prior to release to production. |
|
|
4.1.1.3 |
|
CM shall establish a robust ECN process to ensure effective implementation of
the ECNs. |
|
|
4.1.1.4 |
|
CM develops an internal MPI to implement assembly processes and control
processes such as Rework Instructions, Revision Change, Revision Control, SBR,
others. |
|
4.1.2 |
|
Prototype Builds: It is preferred that the CM support build of new products. The CM will: |
|
4.1.2.1 |
|
Participate in the Design Reviews upon request from Harmonic. |
|
|
4.1.2.2 |
|
Will perform DFX reviews and submit the reports to Harmonic immediately after
the Protobuild. |
|
4.1.3 |
|
Pilot / Production NPI Builds: |
|
4.1.3.1 |
|
CM shall work with Harmonic Team to transition the product from Proto to
Pilot/production build according to the Manufacturing Engineerings NPI Plan. |
|
|
4.1.3.2 |
|
CM shall work with Harmonic Quality/Manufacturing Engineering to set-up
manufacturing routing for new products. |
|
|
4.1.3.3 |
|
CM shall establish all applicable processes outlined below on this document. |
|
4.1.4 |
|
Component Engineering Support: CM shall provide Harmonic with Component
Engineering support on turnkey parts on an on-going basis. The support activities will
include: |
|
4.1.4.1 |
|
Identification of alternative sources or components for better quality,
availability of cost |
|
|
4.1.4.2 |
|
Notification of Harmonic representatives on device end of life notices. A
documented process is required. |
|
|
4.1.4.3 |
|
Advance notification of process, specification, part number change or
components. |
|
|
4.1.4.4 |
|
Obtain samples of alternate components for qualification. |
|
|
4.1.4.5 |
|
Conduct qualification (visual, electrical, functional tests) of alternate
components and report result to Harmonic. |
|
4.2.1 |
|
CM shall develop process specific Quality Plan for all Harmonic products. |
|
|
4.2.2 |
|
The Quality Plan is composed of activities required of the Contract
Manufacturer (CM) to ensure and to consistently meet both their internal and Customer
Quality Requirements (Harmonic). As a minimum, the CMs Quality Plan should
include: |
|
4.2.2.1 |
|
A closed-loop process diagram |
|
|
4.2.2.2 |
|
Audit and inspection points throughout the manufacturing / test processes. |
|
|
4.2.2.3 |
|
Methodology and sampling techniques for audit or inspection |
|
|
4.2.2.4 |
|
Acceptance or rejection criteria |
|
|
4.2.2.5 |
|
Process Audit
4.2.2.6 Quality Data collection and other QR requirements |
|
|
4.2.2.7 |
|
Control and feedback mechanism. |
|
|
4.2.2.8 |
|
Preventive and Corrective Action System. |
|
4.2.3 |
|
Harmonic will review and provide comments on CEMs process and quality documentation. |
4.3 |
|
QUALITY DATA MANAGEMENT: |
|
4.3.1 |
|
All Quality Data on the products shall be shared with Harmonic. |
|
|
4.3.2 |
|
Harmonic and the CM shall meet periodically, preferably weekly, to review
quality data and discussed action item as needed. CM shall submit a regular Quality
Summary Report to Harmonic for review and for data analysis. The reports shall
include, but not limited to, the following information: |
|
|
|
|
Harmonic Inc. / Plexus Confidential
|
|
Harmonic-Plexus PSA 17 September 03 |
Page 24
|
4.3.2.1 |
|
CM shall collect data on all critical processes. As a minimum, CM is
required to collect data for the following process steps: |
|
|
|
4.3.2.1.1 Incoming Inspection |
|
|
|
|
4.3.2.1.2 Post solder re-flow (before touch-up) |
|
|
|
|
4.3.2.1.3 Post wave soldering (before touch-up) |
|
|
|
|
4.3.2.1.4 BGA X-ray and AOI |
|
|
|
|
4.3.2.1.5 In-circuit test or other product specific test(s) (if applicable) |
|
|
|
|
4.3.2.1.6 Pre-ESS/Burn-in functional test (if applicable) |
|
|
|
|
4.3.2.1.7 ESS/Burn-in test (if applicable) |
|
|
|
|
4.3.2.1.8 Post ESS/Burn-in functional test (if applicable) |
|
|
|
|
4.3.2.1.9 Hi-pot Test (if applicable) |
|
|
|
|
4.3.2.1.10 Final Inspection (FQA) |
|
|
|
|
4.3.2.1.11 Out-of-Box Audit (OBA) |
|
|
|
|
4.3.2.1.12 Harmonic source/in-house inspection result |
|
|
|
|
4.3.2.1.13 RMA repair data |
|
4.3.2.2 |
|
Test yield by product and by process |
|
|
4.3.2.3 |
|
Defect Pareto by product and by process |
|
|
4.3.2.4 |
|
Pareto for top 5 defects on the high failure products. |
|
|
4.3.2.5 |
|
Root cause analysis and corrective action on top 3 high failure products |
|
|
4.3.2.6 |
|
Test throughput yield by product |
|
|
4.3.2.7 |
|
Weekly overall test throughput yield. |
4.4 |
|
AGENCY AND INDUSTRY APPROVALS/CERTIFICATIONS: |
|
4.4.1 |
|
The Quality System of the CM is required to be compliant to the ISO standard. |
|
|
4.4.2 |
|
Minimum certification requirement is lSO-9002. |
|
|
4.4.3 |
|
CM manufacturing processes shall comply with the related, UL or other industry standards. |
|
|
4.4.4 |
|
CM will provide Harmonic with proof of Agency and Industry certification(s) and/or approval(s). |
|
|
4.4.5 |
|
Upon selection, CM will be added to Harmonic AVL on specified approved products. |
|
|
4.4.6 |
|
CM shall develop and implement a control process for all regulated components
(such as safety and critical components). |
|
|
4.4.7 |
|
Harmonic or agencies will periodically audit CM process for compliance. |
4.5 |
|
PROCESS DEVELOPMENT AND QUALIFICATION (ASSEMBLY, INSPECTION AND TEST) |
The CM shall develop detailed product specific process instruction for individual Harmonic
product. Harmonic will review and approve the process instructions prior to start of
production. Process instruction shall include as a minimum:
|
4.5.1 |
|
Process Development |
|
4.5.1.1 |
|
Detailed process steps |
|
|
4.5.1.2 |
|
Associated tools/equipment |
|
|
4.5.1.3 |
|
Critical process parameters and machine settings |
|
|
4.5.1.4 |
|
Identification of direct/indirect materials |
|
|
4.5.1.5 |
|
Handling of non-conformities |
|
|
4.5.1.6 |
|
Product handling precaution and training requirement |
|
|
4.5.1.7 |
|
Data collection |
|
|
4.5.1.8 |
|
Escalation process |
|
4.5.2 |
|
Process Qualification: |
|
4.5.2.1 |
|
Harmonic may select to conduct process qualification on all new builds. |
|
|
4.5.2.2 |
|
Qualification lot quantity will be in the range of 10 to 100 units depending
on the type of product. Qualification quantity will be defined in the PO. |
|
|
4.5.2.3 |
|
CM shall develop a complete set of documentation prior to start of
qualification. The documentation includes: |
|
4.5.2.3.1 |
|
Quality Plan |
|
|
4.5.2.3.2 |
|
Process Instruction |
|
|
4.5.2.3.3 |
|
Critical Process Goal Target |
|
|
|
|
Harmonic Inc. / Plexus Confidential
|
|
Harmonic-Plexus PSA 17 September 03 |
Page 25
|
4.5.2.3.4 |
|
Training and Certification record |
|
4.5.2.4 |
|
CM shall run the qualification lot in presence of Harmonic representative and
complete the qualification lot in agreed upon time frame. |
|
|
4.5.2.5 |
|
Harmonic will conclude the qualification run upon completion. If CM fails to
achieve the predetermined process goals, a re-qualification is required. |
|
|
4.5.2.6 |
|
Re-qualification can only be started after necessary adjustment, correction
or improvement is made. |
4.6 |
|
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION AND TRACEABILITY: (MARKING/LABELING AND SERIALIZATION) |
Harmonic Inc. product lines may have common Part Numbers across product lines. It is,
therefore, necessary to distinguish carefully which product is being built to avoid
confusion.
|
4.6.1 |
|
Configuration Control Plan will be necessary. (Part No., Revision,
Serialization, Date of Manufacture/Lot Date Code) |
|
|
4.6.2 |
|
Product identification should be in accordance with Harmonic Document No.
SP250-0051167, Latest Rev. -Intelligent Date of Manufacture (DoM) |
|
|
4.6.3 |
|
In cases where there are mother-daughter boards, serialization of the
assemblies should be linked and tracked. |
|
|
4.6.4 |
|
There should be Record Retention and Retrieval System. This includes: |
|
4.6.4.1 |
|
All inspection and test results are captured based on the serial numbers. |
|
|
4.6.4.2 |
|
All rework, repair, and upgrade data are captured based on the serial numbers |
|
|
4.6.4.3 |
|
In cases of Drop-ship, serial numbers are traceable to Harmonic customer name
and Sales Order Numbers. |
4.7 |
|
WORKMANSHIP STANDARD: |
|
4.7.1 |
|
Components shall meet manufacturers requirements |
|
|
4.7.2 |
|
Bare PCBs shall meet IPC-A-600, Class II (latest revision) |
|
|
4.7.3 |
|
PCBAs shall meet IPC-A-610, Class II (latest revision) |
|
|
4.7.4 |
|
Finished goods shall meet Harmonic product specific Manufacturing Instruction
(Ml) and Test Instruction (TI). |
|
|
4.7.5 |
|
Finished goods shall meet Harmonic Cosmetic requirement Harmonic: QA0910. |
4.8 |
|
TRAINING AND CERTIFICATION: |
|
4.8.1 |
|
CM shall only have trained and certified operators performing assembly, tests,
inspection and packing of Harmonic products. |
|
|
4.8.2 |
|
CM should maintain Training Records and Certifications in all areas/stages of
production. |
|
|
4.8.3 |
|
Training matrix for the personnel should be posted and available to Harmonic
personnel upon request. |
4.9 |
|
EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE, SCHEDULE AND CALIBRATION COMPLIANCE |
Supplier must plan ahead with calibration process to avoid line shutdowns.
|
4.9.1.1 |
|
Consigned Equipment: |
|
4.9.1.1.1 |
|
The CM is expected to assume responsibility for calibration
of Harmonic consigned test equipment. |
|
|
4.9.1.1.2 |
|
The CM shall inform Harmonic of any Out of Tolerance
calibration immediately so that a pertinent analysis can be done
to assess the impact on products shipped to Harmonic and/or its
customers |
|
4.9.1.2.1 |
|
Provide Preventative Schedule and Records for all equipment
used in production as requested. |
|
|
4.9.1.2.2 |
|
Calibration and Recall List Records |
|
|
4.9.1.2.3 |
|
Certification and Maintenance Records |
|
|
|
|
Harmonic Inc. / Plexus Confidential
|
|
Harmonic-Plexus PSA 17 September 03 |
Page 26
|
4.9.2 |
|
Preventive Maintenance: |
|
4.9.2.1 |
|
Based on mutually agreed terms and conditions, the CM is expected to
assume the responsibility for performing preventive maintenance (PM)
on the equipment used to test Harmonic products. |
|
|
4.9.2.2 |
|
Harmonic is responsible for the cost and replacement of parts/systems if due
to the normal usage for test. |
4.10 |
|
First Article Process/Procedure: |
|
4.10.1 |
|
CM is required to submit a detailed and itemized First Article Report with the First
Article Unit to Harmonic. |
|
|
4.10.2 |
|
CM should not proceed with mass production until receiving approval of the First
Article from Harmonic. |
|
|
4.10.3 |
|
If CM chooses to proceed with mass production without gaining approval of the First
Article, CM will bear the responsibility for any consequences. |
|
|
4.10.4 |
|
First Article include: |
|
4.10.4.1 |
|
Product built by CM for the first time (new product), |
|
|
4.10.4.2 |
|
ECN validation |
|
|
4.10.4.3 |
|
Build Re-start (> 3 months of no production), |
|
|
4.10.4.4 |
|
Process validation and/or major process change |
|
|
4.10.4.5 |
|
Fabricated components such as Cable Assemblies, PCB, Plastics, Sheet Metals,
Power Supplies, Programmable Device |
|
|
4.10.5 First Article Inspection Result |
|
4.10.5.1 |
|
CM shall document and maintain the First Article inspection result for future tracking. |
|
|
4.10.5.2 |
|
CM shall provide the First Article Report along with the unit(s) to Harmonic. |
4.11 |
|
Out-of-Box Audit (OBA): |
|
4.11.1 |
|
CM shall establish an independent out-of-box audit for ALL sub-assemblies and
finished goods that shipped to Harmonic or Harmonic customers |
|
|
4.11.2 |
|
CM shall use a standard based sampling inspection plan for out-of-box audit. Audit
should include both visual inspection and electrical acceptance tests, where
applicable. Acceptance limit, C, shall always be zero. |
|
|
4.11.3 |
|
Weekly OBA report shall be reviewed with Harmonic as part of the weekly Quality reviews. |
|
4.12.1 |
|
It is preferred for the CM to provide box build product accommodations such as hot
room or chamber for ESS/Burn-in for Harmonic products. |
|
|
4.12.2 The ESS/Burn-in parameters will be set by Harmonic. |
|
|
4.12.3 The ESS/Burn-in criteria will be developed by Harmonic. |
4.13 |
|
ON-GOING RELIABILITY TEST: |
|
4.13.1 |
|
Based on mutual agreement, CM shall support Harmonic with box build products on-going
reliability test (ORT) process for mean time between failure (MTBF) demonstration of
mature products |
|
|
4.13.2 |
|
Harmonic Reliability Engineering will set up the specific ORT, coordinate failure
analysis, and analyze/report the data. |
|
|
4.13.3 |
|
ORT monitoring is done by CM |
|
|
4.13.4 |
|
CM shall provide failure analysis support on units that failed reliability testing.
If failure is CM related, a formal corrective action report will be submitted to
Harmonic. |
4.14 |
|
RMA REPAIR: (CUSTOMER RETURNS) |
Harmonic requires RMA repair capability at the CMs. Based on mutual agreement:
|
4.14.1 |
|
CM will process all Harmonic customer returned products for repair and upgrade. |
|
|
4.14.2 |
|
CM shall develop an RMA process to inspect, re-test and repair/upgrade the returned products |
|
|
4.14.3 |
|
CM shall get access to Vantive Database to enter RMA Repair Data on to capture
product specific return rate, inspection/test/repair data for all returns. All data
should be entered in the Vantive Database in real time basis. |
|
|
4.14.4 |
|
CM shall submit RMA Summary Report along with root cause analysis and corrective
action to Harmonic on a regular basis |
|
|
|
|
Harmonic Inc. / Plexus Confidential
|
|
Harmonic-Plexus PSA 17 September 03 |
Page 27
|
4.14.5 |
|
CM shall complete the analysis and repair of the returns within two weeks or on a mutually agreed time frame. |
|
4.15.1 |
|
Harmonic conducts scheduled and UN-announced CM audits and visits. |
|
|
4.15.2 |
|
Harmonic audits can be process, process capability and quality systems audits. |
|
|
4.15.3 |
|
Harmonic shall set-up audits with corresponding CM representatives (ME, QE,
Production Engineers). |
|
|
4.15.4 |
|
CM to provide and make available internal data and Audit Plan for Quality and Process
compliance |
|
|
4.15.5 |
|
CM to establish streamlined, easy access to and availability of Records/SPC data during |
CM shall have the following:
|
4.16.1 |
|
ESD Procedure |
|
|
4.16.2 |
|
ESD Inspection Log |
|
|
4.16.3 |
|
Area and Station Audit Tag/Certification |
|
|
4.16.4 |
|
Employee Records Training and Certification |
|
|
|
4.17 |
|
SUPPLIER MANAGEMENT: SUPPLIER QUALIFICATION, PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT AND AUDIT PLAN |
|
4.17.1 |
|
Supplier should develop performance measurement process for sub-tier suppliers. |
|
|
4.17.2 |
|
CM shall have or develop the following Supplier Management procedures: |
|
4.17.2.1 |
|
Supplier Qualification Process/Procedure |
|
|
4.17.2.2 |
|
Supplier Audits |
|
|
4.17.2.3 |
|
Supplier Rating System Procedure |
|
|
4.17.2.4 |
|
Supplier Performance Data |
|
|
4.17.2.5 |
|
Supplier Disqualification |
|
4.17.3 |
|
The CM supplier performance measurement criteria shall include, as a minimum: |
|
4.17.3.1 |
|
Quality |
|
|
4.17.3.2 |
|
Technical capability |
|
|
4.17.3.3 |
|
Delivery |
|
|
4.17.3.4 |
|
Cost |
|
|
4.17.3.5 |
|
Responsiveness |
|
4.17.4 |
|
CM shall provide on an agreed upon frequency the relevant supplier performance
metrics to Harmonic for review. |
|
4.18.1 |
|
Source Inspection may be performed at the Supplier site at Harmonic discretion. |
|
|
4.18.2 |
|
CM is required to provide adequate space for the Harmonic Source Inspector to conduct
the inspection. |
|
|
4.18.3 |
|
Mutually agreed goals will be set for the source inspection. |
|
|
4.18.4 |
|
Sampling Plan is in accordance with Single Sampling Plan for Normal Inspection
(Reference: Mil-Std-105E, Tables I and II A) : Level II, 2.5% AQL with an option to
perform 100% inspection. |
|
|
4.18.5 |
|
If CM fails to achieve the source inspection target for 3 consecutive months,
Harmonic will resume source inspection effort at CMs cost. |
|
4.19.1 |
|
CM shall attend scheduled Quality Meetings with Harmonic. |
|
|
4.19.2 |
|
Meeting schedules/frequency will be established between CM and Harmonic representatives. |
|
|
4.19.3 |
|
Attendants from CM shall include but not limited to the following: |
|
4.19.3.1 |
|
Program Manager |
|
|
4.19.3.2 |
|
Process Engineer/ Manager |
|
|
4.19.3.3 |
|
Quality Engineer/ Manager |
|
|
4.19.3.4 |
|
Production Supervisor / Manager |
|
4.19.4 |
|
CM shall prepare and publish meeting agenda and minutes. |
|
|
|
|
Harmonic Inc. / Plexus Confidential
|
|
Harmonic-Plexus PSA 17 September 03 |
Page 28
4.20 |
|
DISASTER RECOVERY PLAN: |
|
4.20.1 |
|
CM shall have a Disaster Recovery Plan |
|
4.21.1 |
|
CM shall not transfer Harmonic product to other manufacturing location(s) without
written approval from Harmonic. |
|
|
4.21.2 |
|
CM shall not sub-contract any portion of the manufacturing, test, and inspection
without written approval from Harmonic. |
|
|
4.21.3 |
|
CM must purchase parts to Harmonics approved AVL with no exceptions allowed. AVL
additions must be formally approved by Harmonic by a Harmonic MCO before use is
authorized. |
|
|
4.21.4 |
|
CM shall obtain written authorization from Harmonic for any major process changes.
Such changes include: |
|
4.21.4.1 |
|
Elimination of any of the required manufacturing, test, and inspection process steps. |
|
|
4.21.4.2 |
|
Changes in ISO, BABT, UL or other agency approval. |
|
|
4.21.4.3 |
|
Changes in manufacturing, test, and inspection process flow. |
|
|
4.21.4.4 |
|
Parts and components changes (BOM changes) |
|
|
|
|
Harmonic Inc. / Plexus Confidential
|
|
Harmonic-Plexus PSA 17 September 03 |
Page 29
exv10w32
EXHIBIT
10.32
CERTAIN INFORMATION FROM THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN REDACTED PURSUANT TO A CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT
REQUEST BY HARMONIC INC. UNDER 17 C.F.R. §§ 200.80(B)(4), 200.83 AND 240.24B-2 AND SUBMITTED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.
Amendment to the Professional
Services Agreement for Manufacturing
This Amendment made this 6th day of January, 2006, between Harmonic Inc., hereinafter
called HARMONIC and Plexus Services Corp., hereinafter called PLEXUS.
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, HARMONIC AND PLEXUS entered into a Professional Services Agreement dated September 22,
2003 (PSA) for the purpose of Plexus providing Harmonic with manufacturing services of electronic
products for resale to Harmonics customers.
WHEREAS, HARMONIC and PLEXUS wish to modify and amend the PSA;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises and the mutual promises contained herein,
IT IS HEREBY AGREED that the PSA shall be and hereby is modified and amended as follows:
|
1. |
|
In the fifth (5th) line in Section 7 of Exhibit D, change the carrying
charge of [*] ([*]) to [*] ([*]). |
|
|
2. |
|
All of the other terms and conditions of the PSA shall remain in full force and
effect, except as specifically amended herein. |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this First Amendment as of the day and year first
written above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HARMONIC INC. |
|
PLEXUS SERVICES CORP. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BY:
|
|
|
|
BY: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TITLE:
|
|
|
|
TITLE: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DATE:
|
|
|
|
DATE: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Information redacted pursuant to a confidential
treatment request by Harmonic Inc. under 17 C.F.R. §§ 200.80(b)(4), 200.83 and
240.24b-2 and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. |
exv10w33
EXHIBIT
10.33
CERTAIN INFORMATION FROM THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN REDACTED PURSUANT
TO A CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST BY HARMONIC INC. UNDER 17 C.F.R. §§
200.80(B)(4), 200.83 AND 240.24B-2 AND SUBMITTED SEPARATELY
WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.
Addendum 1
To the Professional Services Agreement
Between Harmonic and Plexus
For ROP/ROQ Demand Pull Program
This Addendum 1 (Addendum), to the Professional Services Agreement, entered into on September 22,
2003, including its Amendment made 6th of January 2006 (Agreement), is made and
entered into as of November 26, 2007 (Effective Date) by and between Plexus Services Corp,
including its subsidiaries and affiliates (Plexus) and Harmonic Inc., including its subsidiaries
and affiliates (Harmonic).
WHEREAS, Harmonic and Plexus have entered into the Agreement and;
WHEREAS, Harmonic and Plexus each desire to supplement the Agreement.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto
agree as follows:
This Addendum applies to the ROP/ROQ Demand Pull Program:
A. Forecasting, Ordering, and Inventory Planning
|
a. |
|
After Receipt of Order (ARO) |
|
|
|
|
Shall be the amount of time from Plexus receipt of a Purchase Order to the time
Plexus ships the Assemblies, and is set at [*] days (with the intent to get to [*]
days). |
|
|
b. |
|
Demand |
|
|
|
|
Shall mean quantities of Assemblies required by Harmonic and communicated to
Plexus via Forecast and/or Harmonics Purchase Orders. |
|
|
|
* |
|
Information redacted pursuant to a confidential
treatment request by Harmonic Inc. under 17 C.F.R. §§ 200.80(b)(4), 200.83 and
240.24b-2 and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. |
Plexus and Harmonic
Rev. Date November 20, 2007
Demand Pull Addendum
1
|
c. |
|
Demand Flexibility |
|
|
|
|
Shall mean the defined level of Demand variability that the program is normally
able to absorb and still provide the Service Level, and is set between 32% to 85%,
dependent upon Assembly. |
|
|
d. |
|
Demand Pull |
|
|
|
|
Shall mean the procurement of Components, the movement of either Components or
work-in-process Sub-Assemblies, and the manufacture of Sub-Assemblies as demanded
for use or to replace the Components or Sub-Assemblies consumed by Demand |
|
|
e. |
|
Manufacturing Lead-Time |
|
|
|
|
The lead-time communicated by Plexus to Harmonic to kit Components and manufacture
an Assembly, and set between 2 to 3 weeks, dependent upon Assembly. (NOTE: This
does NOT include the Transit time). |
|
|
f. |
|
Reorder Point (ROP) |
|
|
|
|
Shall mean the point in time when reached Plexus needs to release a replenishment
order for Components or Sub-Assemblies in a ROQ. |
|
|
g. |
|
Reorder Quantity (ROQ) |
|
|
|
|
Shall mean the minimum or economic order quantity for a Component or Sub-Assembly |
|
|
h. |
|
Safety Stock |
|
|
|
|
Shall be the mutually agreed to quantity of Components and Sub-Assemblies on hand
at Plexus necessary to provide Harmonic with the desired Service Level. |
|
|
i. |
|
Service Level |
|
|
|
|
Shall be the mutually agreed to percentage of Assemblies delivered complete to the
Harmonic-requested Delivery Date, and is set at 98.0% initially. This level is
subject to change after periodic review of conditions and mutual agreement. |
2. |
|
FORECASTS AND PURCHASE ORDERS |
a. |
|
Forecasts |
|
|
|
Harmonic agrees to provide Plexus an updated Forecast each month for each Assembly
manufactured by Plexus. Forecasts will be non-binding on Harmonic with respect to
Assemblies estimated to be required, but Harmonic will be responsible for
Components procured to support Forecasts and the agreed-to Safety Stock necessary
to achieve the desired Service Level, as provided herein. |
|
b. |
|
Service Level Modeling |
|
|
|
Harmonic agrees to make all reasonable efforts to provide Plexus with historical
Demand data for all Assemblies relevant to the program being entered upon. This
will include, by Assembly number, original Purchase Order creation date, original
Purchase Order requested Delivery Date, and quantity requested. Historical Demand
data will be used in conjunction with the agreed upon Modeling Inputs (Demand
Flexibility, Service Level, ARO, Manufacturing and Component Lead-Time(s) to
establish Safety Stock, ROP and ROQ levels for Components and Sub-Assemblies.)
Harmonic understands that Plexus utilized the Modeling Inputs stipulated in this
Addendum in creating an optimal fulfillment model and associated cost model. If,
after a period of time, the actual Modeling Inputs deviate from what was
originally
modeled, Plexus reserves the right to request that a new optimal fulfillment
model, and corresponding cost model, be implemented. |
Plexus and Harmonic
Rev. Date November 20, 2007
Demand Pull Addendum
2 of 5
|
c. |
|
Purchase Orders |
|
|
|
|
Harmonic agrees to issue Purchase Orders for an Assembly at least a Manufacturing
Lead-Time in advance of the requested Delivery Date set forth in Harmonics
Purchase Order. Plexus will use commercially reasonable efforts to respond to
(CTO) Purchase Orders in writing within 24 hours with either its acceptance or
rejection of the Purchase Order. Any rejection by Plexus of a Purchase Order
shall be accompanied with an explanation of the reasons for the rejection. Plexus
will make reasonable efforts to accommodate all Purchase Orders. |
|
|
d. |
|
Component Procurement |
|
|
|
|
Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, Plexus will procure all Components based
on two basic procurement models: |
(i) Plexus will procure some Components necessary to fulfill Demand at
replenishment lead-time. These Components will be managed on an MRP-push
basis.
(ii) Plexus will procure other Components based on initializing and
maintaining a properly calculated Safety Stock, ROP, and ROQ for those
Components which are to be managed on a replenishment or Demand-pull basis to
achieve the Service Level.
|
|
|
Components will be selected for these two procurement models based on the written
mutual agreement of Plexus and Harmonic, which shall not be unreasonably withheld
by any party. |
|
|
e. |
|
Manufacture of Assemblies |
|
|
|
|
Plexus will manufacture Assemblies as needed, to support both the discrete
Harmonic orders, and the Harmonics Configuration to Order/Direct Order
Fulfillment model, where Plexus agrees to build and stock levels of
Sub-Assemblies, then configure as required, and ship directly to Harmonics end
customer. |
3. |
|
DEMAND CHANGES AND CANCELLATION |
|
|
|
Plexus operates under two models concerning the exercise of Demand Changes and
Cancellations; one for programs with defined Demand Flexibility parameters, and another for
programs with Frozen Periods within the planning horizon. |
|
|
|
Under Demand Flexibility parameters, Demand changes and cancellations will be handled based
on the agreed level of Demand Flexibility described herein. Any changes that fall within
the agreed ranges will result in no additional liability or any additional costs to
Harmonic, unless explicitly described in writing by Plexus prior to the exercise of the
change or cancellation. Any changes that fall outside of the agreed levels of Demand
Flexibility require Harmonic to pay for any costs incurred by Plexus to exercise the change
or cancellation. All such costs are to be paid per the payment terms in the PSA. |
|
|
|
From time to time, demand fluctuations outside of the modeling parameters may occur that
result in inventories of Configured Finished Goods Units (CFGU) at Plexus. |
Plexus and Harmonic
Rev. Date November 20, 2007
Demand Pull Addendum
3 of 5
|
|
For CFGU that age beyond [*] ([*]) days, Harmonic agrees to provide Plexus with a
Non-Cancelable/Non-Deferrable Purchase Order to re-configure the CFGU at Harmonic expense
within thirty (30) days from the date that Harmonic is notified in writing by Plexus. |
|
|
|
Plexus will make all reasonable efforts to accommodate any increase in Demand by Harmonic.
Plexus will notify Harmonic in writing as soon as practicable of any Components impeding
Harmonics requested increase in Demand. Should any additional costs be required to
expedite delivery of Assemblies or Components to meet Harmonics increase in Demand, Plexus
will notify Harmonic in writing of the same and, if approved by Harmonic in writing,
Harmonic shall pay Plexus for such additional cost. |
|
4. |
|
DELIVERY |
|
|
|
The delivery date for an Assembly will be the delivery date set forth in Harmonics
Purchase Order accepted in writing by Plexus (the Delivery Date). Assemblies will be
shipped to Harmonics customers (ie. non-Harmonic facilities) by Plexus Ex Works (Incoterms
2000) Plexus plant of manufacture in Penang and/or Nampa. Assemblies will be deemed
delivered upon Plexus release of Assemblies to the carrier for shipment. For all
shipments directly to Harmonic, terms in PSA will apply. |
B. Inventory Mitigation, Reporting, and Liability
|
a. |
|
Aged Sub-Assemblies |
|
|
|
|
Shall mean those Assemblies that result from a calculated decrease in required Kan
Ban quantities, due to a decrease in Demand, that have aged in Plexus inventory
for more than [*] ([*]) days. All Aged Sub-Assemblies shall be fully usable
Assemblies, and not unusable Assemblies due to rework, debug, etc. |
2. |
|
COMPONENT INVENTORY REPORTING, LIABILITY AND COVERAGE |
|
a. |
|
Component Liability |
|
|
|
|
Both parties acknowledge that Harmonics maximum liability for a Component under
demand pull is equal to the ROQ plus the Safety Stock plus any Components on order
subject to the ROP. |
|
|
b. |
|
Aged Sub-Assemblies Reporting and Resolution |
|
|
|
|
From time to time, on its own initiative or upon Harmonic request, Plexus will
provide a written report to Harmonic detailing the level of Aged Sub-Assemblies at
Plexus (the Aged Sub-Assembly Report) that support the Configure-to-Order (CTO)
model. Harmonic will respond to Plexus in writing within thirty (30) days of
receipt of the Aged Sub-Assembly Report with any good faith disagreement to it,
detailing with reasonable particularity the nature of any such disagreement.
Harmonics failure to respond within such period will represent its acceptance of
the Aged Sub-Assembly Report. Should Harmonic disagree with the Aged Sub-Assembly
Report, Harmonic and Plexus will work in good faith to promptly resolve |
|
|
|
* |
|
Information redacted pursuant to a confidential
treatment request by Harmonic Inc. under 17 C.F.R. §§ 200.80(b)(4), 200.83 and
240.24b-2 and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. |
Plexus and Harmonic
Rev. Date November 20, 2007
Demand Pull Addendum
4 of 5
|
|
|
the disagreement, escalating such disagreement to executive management at the
request of either party. Any undisputed portion of the Aged Sub-Assembly Report
will proceed to resolution as provided immediately below. |
|
|
|
|
For Aged Sub-Assemblies that age beyond [*] ([*]) days, Plexus reserves the right
to charge Harmonic an inventory management cost of [*] ([*]) per month, for the
period from [*] ([*]) days aged to [*] ([*]) days aged. |
|
|
|
|
In the event that Aged Sub-Assemblies age beyond [*] days, Harmonic shall issue
Plexus a Non-Cancelable/Non-Deferrable Purchase Order to consume these
Sub-Assemblies within fifteen (15) days. |
This Addendum shall supplement and supersede the applicable provisions of the Agreement with
respect to the subject matter herein. All other provisions not modified by this Addendum shall
remain in full force and effect. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency in the definition
or interpretation of any term or provision set forth in this Addendum and the Agreement, such
conflict or inconsistency shall be resolved by giving precedence first to this Addendum.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HAS EXECUTED THIS ADDENDUM, OR HAS CAUSED THIS
ADDENDUM TO BE DULY EXECUTED ON ITS BEHALF, AS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE SET FORTH ABOVE.
|
|
|
HARMONIC INC.
|
|
PLEXUS SERVICES CORP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Signature)
|
|
(Signature) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Printed Name)
|
|
(Printed Name) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Title)
|
|
(Title) |
|
|
|
* |
|
Information redacted pursuant to a confidential
treatment request by Harmonic Inc. under 17 C.F.R. §§ 200.80(b)(4), 200.83 and
240.24b-2 and submitted separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. |
Plexus and Harmonic
Rev. Date November 20, 2007
Demand Pull Addendum
5 of 5
exv21w1
Exhibit 21.1
HARMONIC INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State or Other Jurisdiction |
|
Percent of Voting Securities Owned by |
Name |
|
of Incorporation |
|
Harmonic |
Harmonic (Asia Pacific) Limited. |
|
Hong Kong |
|
100% |
Harmonic Delaware, L.L.C. |
|
U.S.A. |
|
100% |
Harmonic Europe S.A.S. |
|
France |
|
100% |
Harmonic Germany GmbH |
|
Germany |
|
100% |
Harmonic Global Limited |
|
Cayman Islands |
|
100% |
Harmonic India Private Limited |
|
India |
|
100% |
Harmonic International A.G. |
|
Switzerland |
|
100% |
Harmonic International Inc. |
|
U.S.A. |
|
100% |
Harmonic International Limited |
|
Bermuda |
|
100% |
Harmonic Norway A.S. |
|
Norway |
|
100% |
Harmonic Singapore P.T.E. Ltd. |
|
Singapore |
|
100% |
Harmonic Spain SL |
|
Spain |
|
100% |
Harmonic Technologies, Inc. |
|
U.S.A. |
|
100% |
Harmonic Technologies (HK) Limited |
|
Hong Kong |
|
100% |
Harmonic (UK) Limited |
|
United Kingdom |
|
100% |
Harmonic Video Systems Ltd. |
|
Israel |
|
100% |
exv23w1
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8
(Nos. 333-105873, 333-91464, 333-84720, 333-59248, 333-43160, 333-86649, 333-65051, 333-44265,
333-136425, 333-116467 , 333-38025, 333-140935, and 333-154715) and Form S-3 (No. 333-147719,
333-141603, 333-43903, 333-44748, 333-74599, 333-84430 and 333-123823) of Harmonic Inc. of our
report dated February, 27 2009, relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10 K.
/S/PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS
LLP
PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS
LLP
San Jose, California
February 27, 2009
exv31w1
Exhibit 31.1
HARMONIC INC.
CERTIFICATION
I, Patrick J. Harshman, certify that:
1. |
|
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Harmonic Inc.: |
|
2. |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
covered by this report; |
|
3. |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in
this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report; |
|
4. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
a) |
|
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls
and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information
relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us
by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being prepared; |
|
|
b) |
|
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal
control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation
of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles; |
|
|
c) |
|
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and procedures
and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure
controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such
evaluation; and |
|
|
d) |
|
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrants fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected,
or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants internal control over
financial reporting; and |
5. |
|
The registrants other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the
audit committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions): |
|
a) |
|
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of
internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect
the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information;
and |
|
|
b) |
|
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who
have a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial reporting. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: February 27, 2009
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Patrick J. Harshman
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Patrick J. Harshman |
|
|
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
(Principal Executive Officer) |
|
|
exv31w2
Exhibit 31.2
HARMONIC INC.
CERTIFICATION
I, Robin N. Dickson, certify that:
1. |
|
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Harmonic Inc.: |
|
2. |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
covered by this report; |
|
3. |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in
this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report; |
|
4. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
a) |
|
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls
and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information
relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us
by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being prepared; |
|
|
b |
|
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal
control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation
of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles; |
|
|
c) |
|
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and procedures
and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure
controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such
evaluation; and |
|
|
d) |
|
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrants fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected,
or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants internal control over
financial reporting; and |
5. |
|
The registrants other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the
audit committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions): |
|
a) |
|
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of
internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect
the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information;
and |
|
|
b) |
|
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who
have a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial reporting. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: February 27, 2009
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Robin N. Dickson
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robin N. Dickson |
|
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
(Principal Financial Officer) |
|
|
exv32w1
Exhibit 32.1
HARMONIC INC.
Certification of Principal Executive Officer
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
As of the date hereof, I, Patrick J. Harshman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Harmonic
Inc. (the Company), certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the annual report of the Company on Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
Report), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material
respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. This written statement
is being furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit accompanying such Report
and shall not be deemed filed pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Date: February 27, 2009
|
|
|
/s/ Patrick J. Harshman
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Patrick J. Harshman |
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
(Principal Executive Officer) |
|
|
exv32w2
Exhibit 32.2
Harmonic Inc.
Certification of Principal Financial Officer
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
As of the date hereof, I, Robin N. Dickson, Chief Financial Officer of Harmonic Inc. (the
Company), certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the annual report of the Company on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2008, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Report), fully
complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and
that information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial
condition and results of operations of the Company. This written statement is being furnished to
the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit accompanying such Report and shall not be
deemed filed pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Date: February 27, 2009
|
|
|
/s/ Robin N. Dickson
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robin N. Dickson |
|
|
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
(Principal Financial Officer) |
|
|